HomeMy WebLinkAbout1977
I C
t 1
10
2.::t ' M1:'. wv:: .e.. t.~i 1!nri' y ` ; 7d .I~ •'f
YNFi. a/ tr . k y M,t.. e~*S ~ y~~ 1 • •~~yM~1 '
4
I
I~
1
I~
omo~m MIN.T
1 W
;k t " t y t`" Ji
rv
t 11
Y
~t
SPUCIPICAT-IONO AND' 10ONTRACT occuMPNTNi
PC i: HE -CON
Y
.l
r y'
r t •
ill" 41CIPAL
044 AIAPOOT
AIRPORT,, IMPROVEM'FENTS
,I
' I
PHASE
N „P A W N W AY,. AND TAXI WAY ■XTION
PUNWAY L10HTr,I,NI,T ANC] .VA*I•-o4
` pq■PAPoa
ag,
i J r iM.►r~ y }~'i~V 41i i1[ f 11 ~~li.{./'y .
F GriNfVtttNC fkr~iNEEA3
nuaV~4T , 11ry'f <
S~ q. e v {r`ti r , is
y~~T ni i~4t Y,'f ~ 1 1 r err tl ro +r~j,
r~
~ C
`T~ ,S Nt~Gb~.. r, I,~Sh 'i.~ r ~7Fy J 4. t 1 n r~•.x • t ^,y S~' r I I ~7 It''#l.~
~'Y. ! r trgY t. •1 t 9
^'Ire:; • 1 f ' t~
r
r
CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS
1
1
' Specifications And Contract Documents
For The Construction OF
I
DENTON MUNICIPAL AIRPORT
AIRPORT IMPROVEMENTS
PHASE 11
1
1
1
r
r
Prepared By
SHIMEK, JACOBS A FINKLEA
Consulting Engineers
Dallas$ Texas
August, 1977
f
r
e
1
i CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS
i
i MAYOR
Elinor Hughes
CITY COUNCIL
Mary C. Gay r
Joe Mitchell
Bill Nash
Richard 0. Stewart
I
' CITY,MANAGER
' Chris G. Hartung
1
AIRPORT BOARD CHAIRMAN
wally Reed
AIRPORT BOARD MEMBERS
Oran Crouch
Nancy Hundley
Ed Moorehead
Roland Vela
0. Walston
Gene Wright
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ADDENDA
UOTICE TO CONTRACTOR
' ''ROPOSAL AND AID SCHEDULE
CERTIFICATION OF BIDDER REGARDING EQUAL
' EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
(PATE RATES
' WAGE, LABOR, EEO AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
SECTION A Federal Aviation Administration Requirements
SECTION B Secretary of Labor Requirements
SECTION C Equal Employment Opportunity Clause
SECTION D Health and Safety Requirements
SECTION E Air and Water Quality Standards
STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT
PERFORMANCE BOND
PAYMENT BOND
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
' GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION
' NO. SECTION DESCRIPTION
10 Definition of Terms
20 Proposal Requirements and Conditions
' 30 Award and Execution of Contract
40 Scopn of work
50 Control of work
60 Control of Materials
70 Legal Relations and Responsibility to Public
80 Prosecution and Progress
90 Measurement and Payment
' TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
' SECTION ITEM DESCRIPTION
P-151 Clearing and Grubbing
P-152 Excavation and Embedment
P-153 Watering
P-154 Subbase Course
P-155 Lime Treated Subgrade
P-209 Crushed Aggregate Base Course
P-401 Bituminous Surface Course
P-602 Bituminous Prime Coat
P-610 Structural Portland Cement Course
P-620 Runway and Taxiway Painting
1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION BM DESCRIPTION
D-701 Pipe for Storm Sewers and Culvertn
D-751 Manholes, Cztch Basins, Inlets and
' D-752 Inspection Hales
Concrete Culverts, Headwalls and
Miscellaneous Drainage Structures
' T-901 Seeding
T-901 Sprigging
T-905
'ibpsoiling
L-110 Airport Underground Electrical Duct
T-611 Compaction Control Test
L-107 Installation of Air v
L-108 Installation of Underground Cablelforoot Hind Cones
L-109(5) Airports
' Installation of Airport Lighting
Regulator and Terminal Building
L-116 Equipment
Installation of Medium Intensity Runway and
L-117 Taxiway Lights with stake mounting
Installation of Internally Lighted Taxi
L-V Guidance Signs with Stake Mounting
' Installation of Visual Approach slope indi-
cators and Accessories
r
CITY OF DIMON, TEXAS
' DENTON MUNICIPAi AIRPORT IMPROVFMENTS, PHASE II,
' N-S RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY EXTENSION,
RUNWAY LIGHTING AND VASI-IV
' ADDENDUM N0: 1
September 30, 1977
' The Plans and Specifications for construction of H-S Runway and Taxiway
Extension, Runway Lighting and Vasi-IV are hereby modified as followsi
' I. NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
In the first sentence, delete the phrase, "will be received at the
office of the City Manager," and substitute the phrase, "011 be received at
the office of the Purchasing Agent",.
' II. PLANS
Reference is made to Sheet No. 1 of eleven sheets, SUMARY OF QUANTITIES.
' Under Item No. 7 having a description, "30-inch reinforces concrete pipe", add
"Class 5". Also on Sheet No. 6 of eleven sheets, at the location of the 30-inch
RCP, add "Class 5".
M. The Contractor shall acknowledge zeceipt of this Addendum No. 1 to Phase II
on the outer envelope of his bid as well as in the appropriate space in
his Proposal.
r
SHINER, JACOBS & FINRLEA
Ccnsulting Engineers
' 1300 Adolphus Tower
Dallas, Texas 75202
r
r
NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
' Sealed bids addressed to the Honorable Mayor and City Council of Denton,
Denton County, Texas will be received at the office of the City Manager, City
Hall, Denton, Texas until 1000 A. M., October 6, 1977 , and
then publicly opened and read for the construction of Denton Municipal Airport,
Airport Improvements-Phase II, FAA Project No. 5-48-0067-05.
' Under Base Bid At the City desires to receive bids for the paving and
grading improvements required to extend to North-South Runway 850 feet and to
construct the related taxiways. Included are 50,000 cubic yards of unclassified
' Excavation, 6100 cubic yards of Crushed Stone Base, 2350 tons of Bituminous Sur-
face Course, 22,150 square yards of Lime Treated Subgrade, 16,800 square feet
of Runway and Taxiway Painting and miscellaneous drainage and turfing improve-
ments,
Under Base. Bid Be the City also desires to receive bids for the construc-
tion of a medium intensity runway lighting system for the 50000 foot runway, a
36-inch Rotating Beacon and Beacon Tower, a Lighted Windcone and Segmented
Circle and the relocation and conversion of a VASI-2 to a VASI-4 on the north
end of the runway.
' Proposals shall be accompanied by a cashiers or certified check upon a
national or state bank in an amount not leas than five percent (5t) of the total
amount bid payable without recourse to the City of Denton, Texas, or a bid bond
in the same amount from a reliable surety company, as guarantee that the bidder
will enter into a contract and execute Performance Bond within ten (10) days after
notice of award of contract to him.
' The successful bidder must furnish Performance and Payment Bonds upon the
form provided in the amount of 100 percent of the contract price from an approved
surety company holding a permit from the State of Texas to act as surety, or other
' surety or sureties acceptable to the owner.
This proposed contract is under and subject to Executive Order 11246 of
September 24, 1965, and to the Equal Opportunity Clause contained in the Proposal.
The Bidder (Proposer) must supply all the information required by the Bid or Pro-
posal Form.
' The successful bidder will be required to submit a Certification of Non-
Segregated Facilities prior to award of tha contract, and to notify prospective
subcontractors of the requirement for such a certification. Samples of the Certi-
fication and the Notice to Subcontractors appear in the Specifications.
Women will be afforded equal opportunity in all areas of employment. Vow-
ever, the employment of women shall not diminish the standards or requirements for
the employment of minorities.
A contractor having fifty or more employees and his subcontractors having
fifty or more employees who may be awarded a subcontract will be required to main-
tain an affirmative action program within 120 days of the commencement of the
contract.
The City reserves the right to accept or reject any and all bids and to
waive any informalities in connection with such bide except those requirements
related above.
r
r
Plans, specifications and bidding documents may be secured from the office
of Shimek, Jacobs a Finklea, Consulting Engineers, 1300 Adolphus 'Power, Dallas,
Toxas, 75202, on deposit of $25.00 per s(t, which sum so dejositei will be re-
funded, provided the provisions of the specifications regarding the return of
Klich documents are complied with.
i
CITY OF DEUTON, TEXAS
' s/ Chris G. Hartung
- - C1=18 Hartung
City Manager
r
1
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
rr
r
i 5 t c
PROPOSAL
TO
' THE CITY OF DENTONr TEXAS (OSdNER)
DENTON MUNICIPAL AIRPORT
AIRPORT IMPROVEMENTS
' PHASE II
The undersigned, as bidder declares that the only person or parties
1 interested in this proposal as principals are those named hereint that his
proposal is made without collusion with any other person, firm or corporations
thr.t he bas carefully examined the form of contract, Notice to Contractors,
specifications and the plans therein referred to, and has carefully examined
the locations, conditions and classes of materials of the proposed works and
agrees that he will provide all the necessary labor, machinery, tools, appara-
tus and other items incidental to construction, and will do all the work and
furnish all the materials called for in the contract and specifications in the
manner prescribed herein.
It is understood that the following quantities of work to be done at
unit prices are approximate only, and are intended principally to serve as a
quide in evaluating bids.
It is further agreed that the quantities of work to be done at unit
prices and material to be furnished may be increased or diminished as may be
considered necessary to comrlete the work fully as planned and contemplated,
and that all quantities of work whether increased or decreased are to be per-
formed at the unit prices set forth below except as provided for in the speci-
fications.
It is further agreed that lump-sum prices may be increased to cover
additional work not shown on the plans or required by the specifications, in
accordance with the provisions of the General Provisions. Similarly, they
may be decreased to cover deletion of work so ordered.
It is understood and agreed that the work is to be completed in full
within the time designated in the Special Conditions of these specifications.
Accompanying this proposal is a (Certified or Cashier's Check payable
i to the OWNER)(Bid Bond) in the amount of
)
The bid security accompanying this proposal shall be returned to the .
bidder, unless in case of the acceptance of the proposal the bidder shall fail
to execute a contract and file a performance bond within ten (10) days after
its acceptance, in which case the bid security shall become the property of
the OWNER, and shall be considered as payment for damages due to delay and other
inco:%veniences suffered by the OWNER on account of such failure of the bidder.
The City reserves the right as the interest of the OWNER may require, to
accept or reject any and all bids and waive informalities in connection with such s Exec bids, except the requirements that the question regarding the President
and tau
tive order 11246 or September 240 19650 to the Equal Opportunity
Certification of Non-Segregated Facilities has been complied with.
P&BS-1
77
l ' PROPOSAL
TO
4 THE CITY OF DENTONr TEXAS (OWNER)
' DENTON t•SUNICIPAL AIRPORT
AIRPORT IMPROVEMENTS
PHASE II
The as bidder declares that the only Person or parties
'
I undersigned,
interested in this proposal as principals are those ~ o°d firmior coarporationt
' proposal is msde without collusion with any other pe
that he has carefully examined the form of contract, Notice to Contractors,
1 specifications and the plans therein referred to, and has carefully examined
! t the locations, conditions and classes of materials of the proposed oworks and
agrees that he will provide all the necessary labor, machinery,
u end l:eitemsincidental called for consttion, and will do all the
contact and specificationskinnt
furnish he
all the
manner prescribed herein.
It is understood that the following quantities of work t!o e~eeasta
unit prices are approximate onYy, and are intended principally
quids in evaluating bids.
' It is further agreed that the quantities of work to be done at unit
prices and material to be furnished may be increased or diminirh's8 as may be
as planned and contemplated,
considered necessary to complete the work fully
' and that all quantities of work whether increased or decreased are to be per-
formed at the unit prices set forth below except as provided for in the speci-
fications.
rises may be increased to cover
It is further agreed that lump-sum p s
by the speai`:ications, in
additional work not,shown on the plans or required
accordance with the provisions of the General Provisions. Similarly, they
' may be decreased to cover deletion of work so ordered.
the work is
thesepspecif cations. '
it is time understood in agreed
within the time design
Accompanying this proposal is a (Certified or Cashier's Check payable
'
In the amount Of FiV2 Itercent {5t~ 4f )
to the OWNER) (Bid Bond)
Amount Bid
The bid security accompanying this proposal shall be raturned to the
bidder, unless in case of the acceptance of the proposal the bidder shall fail
to execute a contract and file a performance bond within ten (10) dontyftev
its acceptance, in which case the bid sec lityfoh'dlb~ become the proper delay and other
' the OWNER, and shall be considered as p Ym due to
inconveniences suffered by the OWNER on account of such failure of the bidder.
The City reserves the riand the interest of the OWNER may require, such waive informalitie accept or reject any and all bids
bids, except the requirements that the question regarding the President's and to
to the Equal Opportunity Clause and to
tive order 11246 or Execu-
September 24, 19651
certification 46 t on-Segregated Facilities has been complied with.
r
~r PiB9-1 "
rie
A BhSE BID B
' Item Estimated Price in
No uantity Unit vesctiption and Price in Words Figures Amount
50 Ea. For Medium Intensity Runway $ 96.00 $ 4,800.00
Edge Lights, the sum of
Ninety Six.
Dollars
and No
i rs Cents per Each.
2 16 Ea. For Medium Intensity Threshold $ 101.00 S 1,616.00
4 I' Lights, the sum of
Hundred One Doliare
one
and No
' Cents per Each.
3 12,000 LF For Cable Trench, the sum of $ .35 S 4,200.00
No Dollars
'
and •rs,+s-Flue
Cents per Linear root*
I ' 4 13,300 LF For Cable in Trench, the sum of $ .29 $ 3,857.00 1
No Dollars
' and TWeuty-;tine
k Cents per Linear root.
II _
5 250 LF For Cable in Duct, the sum of $ .33 $ 62.50
' Dollars
and Thix~,,-Threfl -
I cents per Linear root.
6 12,300 LF For Counterpoise Wire, the sum $ .20 S 2,40.00
of
No Dollars
and _._lytAnty
Cents per Linear Foot.
4 P&SS-5
r~
l' Prica in
Fi res Amount
Unit Estimated Unit Description tion and Price in Words
' No. antic
1 LS For Converting VASI-2 to VAST-4 $6850.00 $ 60850.00
13 including Cable in Trench, the
t sum of Six Thousand E1Rb_1___
Hundred Fift Dollars
and
Cents per Lump Sum.
For Lighted Wind Cone including $1750.00 $ 10750.00
' 1.4 1 LS
Cable in Trench, the sum of
one Thousand Seven Dollars
1, Hundred Fifty
II1i and No
Cents per Lump Sum.
TOTAL AMOUNT DID-BASE SID Br $ 33.739.50
(Items 1 Through 14)
low
~t
E~
11 ^
II
1
p6BS-7
1
i
1
Item Estimated Price in
N0, Quantity Unit Description and Price in Words Figures- Amount
r 7 6 Ea For Taxiguidance Signs, the sum $ 160.00 $ 960.00
of
1 One Hundred Sixty Dollars
and No
Cents per Each.
8 18 Ea. For Reconnecting Existing Taxiway $ 30.00 $ 540.00
' Lights, the sum of
Thirty
Dollars and
f ' No Cents per Each,
' 9 1 Ea. For 7.5 KW Regulator, the sum of $2900.00 $ 2,900.00
Two Thousand Nine.
Hundred Dollars
t and_ No
f Cents per Each.
10 64 Ea. For Duct 6 Cable Markers, the sum $ 16.00 $ 10024.00
'
of
y ' sixteen Dollars
and No
Cents per Each.
i~
11 1 LS For Temporary Threshold Light- $ 350.00 $ 350.00
' ing, the sum of '
Three Hundred. Fifty Dollars
and No
' Cents per Lump Sum.
t
12 1 LS For Segmented Circle, the sum $1850.00 $ 11850.00
of One Thousand Eight
Hundred Fifty Dollars
1 t and No
Cents per Lump Sum.
III
1
P&B8-6
t d of a contract to the undersigned. the under-
In the event of the agar bond for the full amount
t signed will furnish a performance bond and a payment
of the contract, to secure proper compliance with the terms and provisions of
the contract, to insure and guarantee the work until final completion and accep-
the fulfillment laf clams labor performed and
tance an 0
materfals furnished nten payment of all
t
The work proposed to be done shall be accepted when fully completed and
l ' finished in accordance with the plans and specifications, to the satisfaction
of the Engineer.
' The undersigned certifies that the bid prices contained in this ti sal
have been carefully checked and are submitted as correct and final.
l ' NOTE: Unit and lump-sum prices must be shown
SS in words and figures for each item listed
in this proposal, and in the event of dis-
crepancy the words shall control.
Receipt is hereby acknowledged of the following addenda to the contract
' documents%
Addendum No. 1 Dated 9-30-77 Received Yes
Addendum No. 2 Dated Received
Addendum No. 3 Dated Received
' 1 -
Addendum No. 4 Dated Received Addendum No. 5 Dated,_ L _ Received -
i'
I'
I,
I'
pi8S~8
~1
q
1 .
fl
1 CERTIFICATION 07 BID= FoaenINO
EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
MERAL
BOMB ?E*M Gl'o Construction' Company
1 ADDRESS Post Office Box 34198 Dallas, Texas 75234
' IJnWML REVEM SERVICE EMPLOYER IDMIFICATION NOMR 75-1244607
1 ?idNSEGRE(iATED FACILITgS INOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE FE MALLy ASSLSM COIISV=10:1 COiiTRACTORs:
(1) A Certification of ]nonsegregated Facilities must be submitted
prior to the award of a federel]y assisted construction contract
I ' exceeding $10,000 which is not exempt from the pcovi:j"ons of
the equal opportunity clause.
(2) Contractors receiving federally assisted construction'coatradt
1 awards exceeding $100000 which are not exempt from the provisions
of the equal opportunity clause will be required to provide for
the forwarding of the following notice to prospective sub.
' contractors for supplies and construction contracts where the
subcontracts exceed $10,000 and are not exempt from the pro-
visions or the equal opportunity clause, NOVAE: The penalty
' for making statements in offers is prescribed in 18 U.S.C. 1001.
NOTICE To PROSPECTIVE SUBCOMMACL'ORS Or MUIRP2 M FOR CERTIFICATION ON
NONSEaRE ED FACILITIES:
(1) A Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities must b3 submitted I
prior to the award of a subcontract exceeding $10 000 which is
' not exempt f10m the provisions of the equa). opportunity clause.
(2) Contractors receiving subcontract awards exceeding e$10,000 which
t are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity
caluse will be required to provide for the forwarding of this
notice to prospective subcontractors for supplies and constrac-
' tion contracts where the subcontracts exceed $10)000 and are
not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause.
NOTES The penalty for raking false statements in offers is
i prescribed in 1$ U.S.C, 1001.
,11 r'
PS9s- 9
i
7 17,
CER3'IFICATIOH OF NONSECS;7FAAM FACL TIES:
' The federally assisted aonstruzetion contractor certifies that be
does not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated
' facilities at any of his establisbaents, and that he does not permit
hie employees to perform their services at any location, under his
cont_-ol, vhero segregated facilities are maintained. The federally
' asoisted construction contractor cortifies further that he vill. not
maintain or provide for hie employees any segregated facilities at
any of his establishments, and that he will not permit hie cnsployeea
to perform their services at any location, under his control, There
segregated facilities are maintained. The federally assisted
construction contractor agrees that a breach of this certification
In a violation of the equal opportunity clause in this contract. As
used in this certification, the terse "segregated facilities" means
( any waiting roccu, work areas, restroome and vcabrooms, restaurants
and other eating areas, timeclocke, locker roams and other storage
or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or
entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided
for employees which are segregated by explicit directive or are in
fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, sex or
national origin, because of habit, local custaci, or any other ,
reason, The federally assisted construction contractor agrees that
(ixeept where he has obtained identical certifications from proposed
subcontractors for specific time periods) he will obtain identical
certifications frm proposed subcontr'aotors prior to the award of
subcontracts exceeding $10,000 whicb era not exempt from the provisions
of that equal opportunity clause, and that he will retain such certifi-
Q vationo in his files.
NOTICE TO FROWWTIPE CONTRACTORS OF RDQUIItII W MR CERTIFICATION OF
11Q'.5BEMOATED yACILITIFS:
A Certification of Nonsegregated ftellities must be submitted prior
to the avsxd of a contract or subcontract exceeding $10,000 which
is not exempt iYom the provisions of tLe Equal Opportunity Clause.
Certification -'Ilse information above is truo and complete to the beat of
vW knowledge and bolief.
a1
C. -F. Martin President
and Title f -Signer see Type
L 10-6-77
at
I~ NOTE: The penalty for making false stat saints in offers is prescribed
in 18 U.BsC. 10019
P&BS-10
t
t
' The Bidder (proposer) shall complete the following statement by checking
the appropriate boxes.
has not participated in a pre-
' 0
The Bidder (proposer) has Executive
vious contract subject to the Equal Opportunity Clause prescribed by
order 11246.
10925, or Executive order 11114# or
has Executive not U
submitted -
l ' all compliance uir
e
The Bidder (proposer) has licable filing req
4 reports in connection with any such contract due under the app
' md and representations prior to award of sl tubcontracs.
signed by p P
` If the Bidder (proposer) has participated in a previous contrasct subject
r
' to the Equal Opportunity Clause and has not submitted compliance repo
applicable filing requirementst t Bidder ((Propon r) shall su1"iprior otoltheC
t report on Standard Form 1041 ,Employee
award of contract."
- Glo construction company
Contractor
' 'title)
poa s~ O- ffice Sox 34198
(Mdreae)
Dallas TexaCity2and State)
Seal,and Authoritation
1 ' 241-3411
(If a Corporation) (Tclephonel
The Siadee (Proposer) shall complete the "Certification of Bidder Regarding
'
Equal l Enpl Employment opportunity" on sheets pgBS-7 and p6s5-8.
DABS- 11
r
~zta NOTICES
1 s
393
i ~
1 Jill RR qq g R
•Bt.S~~~l~J it 3.iJ8:1313333 ~s">; 8 ~
Jill
t'
of"~~,x s'~ew F` ~ r•, y ~R.. 1 ~.4 r..~ „r' 4 i, C'. W p
' NOTICH .
• _ 42105
1
~ pp Q s
w
114111,111111,111
Y Ps .''7.T,~ r•f`t" ' r^~, i.~L f.. x'''
I
I
I
WAO£. LABOR, M and SAFEPY RMUIRFNUMS
1
CCTION A (Federal Aviation Administration Requirements)
A-1 Airport Dcvelo ent Aid Program Project. The work in this
Contract is included in Airport Development Aid Project flo.
5-48-0067-05 which is being undertaken and accomplished
by the `city of Denton (Sponsor) in accordance
vith the terms and conditions of a grant agreement between
' the (Sponsor) and the United
States, under the Airport and Airway Development Act of 1970
U.S.C. 1701) entd Part 152 of the Federal Aviation Regulations
N49 CFR Part 152), pursuant to which the United States has
' agreed to pay a certain percentage of the toots of the project
that are determined to be allowable project costs tinder that
Act. The United States is not a party to this contract and
' no reference in this contract to the FAA or any representative
thereof, or to any rights granted to the FAA or any repre-
sentative thereof, or the United States, by the contract,
makes the United States a party to this contract.
' A-2 Consent to assignment. The contractor shall obtain the rior
yr tten consent of the City of Denton f(Sponsor)
to any proposed assignment of any interest In or part of this
Contract.
' A-3 Convict labor. No convict labor may be employed under We
c`ontrnc .
A-4 Veterans preference. In the emyloyment of labor (except in
executive, administrative, and supervisory positions),
preference shall be given to qualified individuals who have
served in the military, service of the United States (as
' defined in section 101(1) of the Soldiers' and Sailors'
Civil Relief Act of 1940) and have been honorably discharged
from that service, except that preference taay be given only
' where that labor is available locally and Is qualified to perform
the work to which the employment relates.
A-5 uithholdin;: Sponsor from contractor. Whether or not ps ents
' or a vancei to the g y o Denton (Sponsor are
1 ~
.
withheld or suspended by the FAA, the _Ch of Denton
(Sponsor) may withhold or causf: id- be wit e
from_flio contractor so much of the accrued payments or
advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers
' and mechanics employed by the contractor or any
subcontractor on the wort: the full amount of wages
required by this contract.
t A-6 Nonpgment of wages. If the contractor or subcontractor
fails to pay piny laborer or mechanic employed or working
' on the site of the work any of the wages requires by this
contract the City of Denton (Sponsor) may,
after writte~i notice to U conYractoi'-#take such action
as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further
' payment or advance of funds until the violations cease.
A-7 FAA inspection and review. The contractor shall allow
' any iulliorize-&-represenative of the FAA to inspect and
review any work or materials used in the performance of
this contract.
' A-S Subcontracts,. The contractor shall insert in each of
McCsubontracts the provisions contained in paragraphs
A-1, A-3, A-4, A-5, A-6, and A-7 requiring the subcontractors
' to include these provisions in any lower tier subcontracts
which they may enter into, together with a clause requiring
this insertion in any further subcontracts that may in
' turn be made.
A-9 Contract termination. A breach of paragraphs A--6, A-7,
' nW 9-8 may tie g`rourids for termination of the contract.
1
1
1
2
i
1
' SECTION S (Secretary of Labor Requirements)
D-1 Minimum wages.
' (a) All mechanics and laborers employed or working upon
the site of the work will be paid unconditionally and not less
often than once a meek, and without subsequent deduction or
1 rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are
permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under
the Copeland Act (29 CPR Part 3), the full amounts due at time
' of payment computed at wage rates not less than those contained
in the wage determination decision(s) of the Secretary of Labor
which is (are) attached hereto and made a part hereof, regard-
less of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to
exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics;
and the wage determination decision(s) shall be posted by the
' contractor at the site of the work in a prominent place where
it (they) can be easily seen by the workers. For the purpose
of this paragraph, contributions made or costs reasonably
anticipated under Section 1(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on
behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to
such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of
subparagraph (4) below. Also for the purpose of this paragraph,
regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a
weekly period under plans, funds, or programs, but covering
the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively
made or incurred during such weekly period (29 CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (i)) .
(b) Any class of laborers or mechanics, including
' apprentices and trainees, which is not listed in the wage
determination(s) and which is to be employed under the contract,
shall be classified or reclassified conformably to the wage
determination(s), and a report of the action taken shall be
' sent by the (insert sponsor's name) City of Denton
to the FAA for approval and transmiEfaaFrti }?~e eoreEary of
Labor. In the event that the interested parties cannot agree
on the proper classification or reclassification of a
particular class of laborers and mechanics, including
apprentices and trainees, to be used, the question accompanied
by the recommendation of the FAA shall be referred to the
' Secretary of Labor for final determination (29 CPR 5.5(a)(1)(ii)),
(c) Whenever the minimum viage rate prescribed in the
' contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe
benefit which is not expressed as an hourly wage rate and the
contractor is obligated to pay a cash equivalent of such a
' fringe benefit, an hourly cash equivalent thereof shall be
established. In the event the interested parties cannot agree
upon a cash' equivalent of the fringe benefit, the question
' accompanied by the recommendation of the FAA shall be referred
to the Secretary of Labor for determination (29 CPR 5,5(a)(1)(111))
3
1
1
(d) If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee
or other third person, he may consider as part of the wages of
' any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costa reasonably
anticipated in providing benefits under a plaft or program of
a type expressly listed in the wage deter►nination decision of
the Secretary of Labor which is a part of this contract:
Provided, However, the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the
written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards
of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor
may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account
assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program
(29 CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (iv)) .
B-2 Withholding: _ FAA from ponsor. Pursuant to the terms of
the grant agreements between tK76 United States and (insert
sponsor's name) , city of Denton relating to Airport
' Development Aid Project ho. "5-4800067-05
and Part 152
of the Federal Aviation lie guratTons`-(1T CFR Part 152) , the FAA
may withhold or cause to be withheld from the (insert sponsor's
' name) city of Denton so much of the accrued payments
or advance's as maybe oonsFcFe_recT necessary to pay laborers and
mechanics, including apprentices and trainees, employed by the
t contractor or any subcontractor on the work the full amount of
wages required by this contract. In the event of failure to pay
any laborer or mechanics, including any apprentice or trainee,
employed or working cn the site of the work all or part of the
t wages required by this contract, the FAA may, after written
notice to the (insert sponsor's name), city of Denton
take such action as may be necessary to cause tN`e suspensflon of
' any further payment or advance of funds until such violations
have ceased (29 CFR 5.5(a)(2)).
B-3 Payrolls and basic records.
(a) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto will be
maintained during the course of the work and preserved for a
1 period of 3 years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics
working at the site of the work. Such records will contain
the name and address of each such employee, his correct
' classification, rates of pay (including rates of contributions
or costs anticipated of the types 'described in Section 1(b)(2)
of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours
' worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the
Secretary of Labor has found, under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv)
(see subparagraph (d) of paragraph B-1 above), that the wages
' of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs
reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or
program described in Section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act,
the contractor shall maintain records which show that the
commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the
plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan
' 4
1
or progran has been communicated in writing to the laborers
or trechanics affected, and records which show the costs
' anticipated or the actual costs incurred in providing such
benefits (29 CPR 5.5(a)(3)(i)).
(b) The contractor will submit weekly a copy of all
payrolls to the (insert sponsor's name) City of i)enton _
f59
or availability to the FAA, as requiredy paragraph-152. a .
The copy shall t..e accompanied by a statement signed by the
' employer or his agent indicating that the payro11t3 are correct
and complete, that the wage rates contained therein are not
less than those determined by the Secretary of Labor and that
t the classifications set forth for each laborer or mechanic
conform with the work performed. A submission of a "Weekly
Statement of Compliance" which is required under this contract
and the Copeland regulations of the Secretary of,Labor
(29 CPR Part 3) and the filing with the initial payroll or
any subsequent payroll of a copy of any findings by the Secretary
of Labor, under 29 CFR 5.5 (a)(1)(iv) (see subparagraph (d) of
' paragraph B-1 above), shall satisfy this requirement. The
prime contractor shall be responsible for the submission of
copies of payrolls of all subcontractors. The contractor will
' make the records required under the labor standards clauses of
the contract available for inspection by authorized represent-
atives of the FAA and the Department of Labor, and will permit
' such representatives to interview employees during working hours
on the job. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under
approved programs shall include a notation on the first weekly
certified payrolls submitted to the (insert sponsor's name:)
t City of Denton for availability to the FAA,
$Fiat-6eT employment ~s pursuant to an approved program and
shall identify the program (29 CFR 5.50) (3) (IM.
' B-4 Apprentices and trainees.
(a) Apprentices. Apprentices will be Vermitted to work
at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed
when they are employed and individually registered in a bona
fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department
' of Labor, Manpower Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship
and Training, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized
by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in his first 90 days
' of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an
apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in
the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of
t Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship Agency
(where appropriate) to be eligible for, probationary employment
as an apprentice, The allowable ratio of apprentices to
journeymen in any craft classification shall not be greater
than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to his entire
5
-77 w
ti+ork force under the registered program. Any employee
listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not
a trainee as defined in subparagraph (b) of thin paragraph
or is not registered or otherwise e:nployert an stated above,
shall be paid the wage rate determined by the Secretary of
Labor for the classification of worlc he actually performed.
The contractor or subcontractor will be required to furnish
to the (insert sponsor's name) city of Denton
written evidence of the registration oT-iis program an
apprentices as well as the appropriate ratios and wage rates
(expressed in percentages of the journeymen hourly rates),
for the area of construction prior to using any apprentices
on the contract work. The wage rate paid apprentices shall
be not less than the appropriate percentage of the journey-
men's rate contained in the applicable wage determination
(29 CFR 5.5 (a) (4) (i) ) .
' (b) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.15
trainees will not ;:e permitted to work at less than the
predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are
employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program
which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal
certification, by the U.S. Department of Labor, Manpower
' Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training.-
The ratio of trainees to journeymen shall not be greater
than permitted under the plan approved by the Bureau of
Apprenticeship and Training. Every trainee must be paid
At not less than the rate specified in the approved program
fog his level of progress. Any employee listed on the payroll
at a trainee rate io riot registered and participating in a
t training plan approved by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and
Training shall be paid not less than the wage rate determined
by the Secretary of Labor for the classification of work he
' actually performed. The contractor or subcontractor will be
required to furnish the (insert sponsor's name)ciy of Denton
written evidence of the certification of his program, We~
registration of the trainees, and the ratios and wage rates
proscribed in that program. In the event the Bureau of
Apprenticeship and Training withdraws approval of a training
program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize
trainees at less than the applicable predetermined vate for
the work performed until an acceptable program is approved
(29 CFR 5.5(a) (4) (ii)).
' (c) Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of
apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this paragraph shall
' be in conformity with the equal employment- opportunity
requircmentr, of Executive order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR
Part 30 (29 CFA 5.5 (a) (4) (iii) ) .
' 6
(d) Application of 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(4). on contracts
in excess of $2,000 the employment of all apprentices and
trainees as defined in 29 CFR 5.2(c) shall be subject to the
provisions of 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(4) (see paragraph B-4(a),
' (b) and (c) above).
(e) Enforcement.
' (i) The FAA shall promulgate the necessary regula-
tions or procedures, for federally assisted construction programs
for which it does not contract directly, necessary to insure
that contracts contain the provisions herein or such modifica-
tions thereof which have been approved by the Department of
Labor. No payment, advance, grant, loan or guarantee of funds
' shall be approved by the FAA after the beginning of construction
unless there is on file with the FAA a certification by the
contractor that he and his subcontractors have complied or that
' there is substantial dispute with respect to the required
provisions (29 CFR 5.6(x)(1)).
' (ii) Enforcement activities, including the
investigation of complaints of violations, to insure compliance
with the requirements of these provisions shall be the primary
duty of the FAA. The Department of Labor will coordinate its
' efforts with the FAA, as mar' be necessary to ensure consistent
enforcement of the requirerents of these provisions. Enforce-
ment of these provisions shuli be in accordance with 29 CFR 5.6.
B-5 Compliance with Copeland Regulations. The contractor shall
comply with -t?ie Coefand Reiju~ations -t~ f CFR Part 3) of the
Secretary of Labor which are heroin incorporated by reference
(29 CFR 5.5 (a) (5)) ,
B-6 overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor
' contracting Tor any part of the contract work which may require
or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require
or permit any laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he
is employed on such work to work in excess of 8 hours in any
calendar day or in excess of 40 hours in such workweek unless
such laborer or mechanic received compensation at a rate not
' less than 1 1/2 times his basic rate of pay for all hours
worked in excess of 8 hours in any calendar day or in excess
of 40 hours in such workweek, as the case may be (29 CFR 5.5(c)(1))
' B-7 Violations, liabilit ►~for unpaid wa~es,_wliquidated damages.
in the event of any violation of paragraph B-6 of this
' provision, the contractor and any subcontractor responsible
therefor shall be liable to any affected employee for his
unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor
' shall be liable to the United States for liquidated damages,
7
r
Such liquidated damages shall be computed, with respect to
' each individual laborer or mechanic employed in violation of
said paragraph B-6 of this provision, in the sum of $10 for
each calendar day on which such employee was required or
' permitted to work in excess of 8 !tours or in excess of the
standard workweek of 40 hours without payment.of the overtime
wages required by said paragraph B-6 of this provision
' (29 CPR 5.5(c)(2)) .
B-8 Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages, and
priority of payment.
(a) The FAA may withhold or cause to be withheld, from
any monies payable on accowtt of work performed by the contractor
' or subcontractor, such sums as may administratively be
determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of
such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and
liquidated damages as provided in paragraph B-7 of this
provision (29 CFR 5.5 (c) (3) ) .
(b) In the event of failure or refusal of the contractor
' or any subcontractor to comply with overtime pay requirements
of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, if the
funds withheld by the FAA for the violations are not sufficient
' to pay fully both the unsaid wages due laborers and mechanics
and the liquidated damages due the United States, the
available funds shall be used first to compensate the laborers
' and mechanics for the wages to which they are entitled (or
an equitable portion thereof when the funds are not adequate
for this purpose); and the balance, if any, shall be used for
the payment of liquidated damages (29 CFR 5.14(d)(2)).
B-9 Working ~ conditions. No contractor may require any laborer
or mbcT e Toyee ~ri the performance of the contract to work
' in surroundings or under working conditions that are unsanitary,
hazardous, or dangerous to his health or safety as determined
under construction safety and health standards (29 CPR Part 1926;
' 37 F.R. 27503) issued by the Secretary of Labor.
B-10 Subcontracts. The contractor will insert in each of his
subconfracFE t}ie' clauses contained in paragraphs B-1 through
B-11 of this provision, and also a clause requiring the
subcontractors to include these provisions in any lower tior
subcontracts which they may enter into, together with a clause
' requiring this insertion in any further subcontracts that may
in turn be made (29 CFR 5.5 (a) (6) , 5.5(c)(4)).
1
8
r
r B-11 Contract termination; debarment. A breach of
paragraphs B-1 through D-10 of tlife provision may be grounds
' for termination of the contract. A breach of paragraphs
B-1 through B-5 and B-10 may also be grounds for debarment
as provided in 29 CFR 5.6 of the regulations of the Secretary
of Labor (29 CFR 5.5(a)(7)).
I
1
1
r
I
1
1
1
1
1
• 9
1
a SECTION C (Equal Employment Opportunity Clause) - During the
performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows:
' C-1 The contractor will not discriminate against any employee
or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion,
' sex or national origin. The contractor will take sifirma-
tive action to ensure that applicant are employed, and that
employees are treated during employment without regard to
' their race, color, sex or national origin. Such action shall
include, but not be limited to the following: Employment,
upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment nr recruitment
advertising; layoff or termination, rates of pay or other
forms of compensation; and selection for training, including
apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in con-
t spicuous places, available to employees and applicants
for employment, notices to be provided matting forth the
provisions of this nondiscrimination clause,
' C-2 The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements
for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state'
' that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for
employment without regard to race, color, relitlon, sex
or national origin. V
' 0-3 The contractor will send to each labor union or representative
of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agree-
ment or other contract or understanding, a notice to be
provided, advising the said labor union or workers' representa-
tives of the contractor's commitments under this section, and
' shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available
to employees and applicants for employment,
' C-4 The contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive
Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, and of the
rules, regulations and revelant orders of the Secretary of
' Labor,
C-5 The contractor will furnish all information and reports re-
quired by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as
amended, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the
Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit
' access to hie books, records, and accounts by the administer-
Ing agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of
Investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules,
' regulations, and others.
' to
r
r C-6 In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with of e none
said ru -
i ion ula clauses r thiscontract this contact may be
' said ruleesso , rag part and
canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in pa
the contractor may be declared ineligible for further
! government contracts or federally asst st d con authoristzedructIin on
contracts in accordance with procedure
1965 as amended,
Executive Order 11246 of September Z4sed and remedies
1 and such other sanctions may
invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September on, or 24, 19retar aofeLabor, or
rule, by law of
1 the Secc Y
C.7 The contractor will include the portion of the sentence
r immedlately preceding paragraph C-1 and the provisions
of paragraphs C-1 through C-7 In every subcontract or
purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or
orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section
1 1965, as
204 of Executive Order 1=ovietor;eewilltbe binding upon-each
provisions
amended, so that such
1 subcontractor or vendor. subcontract will'take such
order
action with respect to any direct as a means of agency may enforcing p
as the enforcing suchtprovg ions, including sanctions for non-
1
compliance; Provided, however,rthat
is threatened with,
or
contractor becomes Involved in,
litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as ca result such
' direction by the administering ageYp the request
such litigation to enter Into p
rotect the interests of theoUnited States.
1
1
1
1
1
11 .
1
1
SECTION D (Health and Safety Requirements)
' D-1 it is a condition of this contract, and shall be made a
condition of each subcontract entered into pursuant to
this contract, that the contractor and any subcontractor
shall not require any laborer or mechanic employed in
' performance of the contract to work in surroundings or
under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous,
or dangerous to his health or safety, as determined
' under ConatruCtion Safety and Health Standards
Title 29 Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1518 36 F.R.
7340 promulgated by the United Sates Secretary of Labor,
' in accordance with Section 107 of tho Contract Work Hours
and Safety Standards Act, 83 STAT. 96.
1
1
1
t
1
' 12
1
. d~.l tK
r' SECTION E (Air and Water Quality Standards)
E-1 Any other provision herein to the contrary not- ,
' withstanding, the contractor in carrying out work
under this contract, shall at all times comply with
all applicable state and federal air and water quality
' standards; with all pollution control laws; and with
such rules, regulations, and directives as may be
lawfully issued by a local, state or federal agency I
' having within its jurisdiction the protection of the
environment in the area surrouniing where work under I
this contract will be performed. In addition, the
contractor shall comply with directives given by the
Project Engineer in implementation of the letter and
intent of FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-7 entitled
Airport Construction Controls to Prevent Air and
' Water Pollution. Copies of this Advisory Circular
can be obtained free of charge from Department of
Transportatioa, Distribution Unit, TAD-484.3,
Washington, D. C. 20590.
E-2 Contractors and subcontractors agrees
' a. That any facility to be used in the performance
of the contract or to benefit from the contract
is not listed on the Environmental Prote.:tion
' Agency (EPA) List of Violating Facilities..
I
B. To comply with all the requirements of Section j
' 114 of the Clean Air Act and Section 308 of the
Federal Water Pollution Control Act and all
regulations issued thereunder.
' c. That as a condition for award of a contract he
will notify the awarding official of the receipt
of any communication from the EPA indicating
that a facility to be utilized for performance
of or benefit from the contract is under con-
sideration to be listed on the EPA List of
Violating Facilities.
d. To include or cause to be included in any contract
' or subcontract which exceeds $100,000 the afore-
mentioned criteria and requirements.
' 13
1
i
^ n{ rNf I'a` ~'n~Pi %11 YWn i.r6 ti~i'-~ ^'Yyi+7 4'a S~'is96M1~i Cox .
~e ~r_ V• Ft b~ b € r. ~u`°4{T ;Y: N .w~h.',y
4 I-. S ! ' f~ ~ IA~~~~~~YV■~~ '41 /It~~-1'~r~~~~ r I
As Adopts Hy
THE TEXAS 881 OF'TH'9 AMERICAN SOCIETY 011CIVIL 'RIVCQVEERS
October 7j jolt
' Reytaed IVovember'17 1928
Revised Apra 15,1932
' Revised Oct*r 27j 1034
Revised Octobet 19,1945
Revised April 81, ' Revbed Aptfl 21,1860
Revised Oetober'T,1071
' Approved as to Legal Form by
Legal-counsel
STATEW OF TEXAS
' COUNTY OF~ton
TH1s. AGREEMENT, ade' and e
m ntered into this_]1th_duy of
A. U. f9? , by and,between..,:_City ofnto-n~.
,
of the County 'of ' I?ehton '
>nd State of Texas, aFtine through
P+►tY'ot'the First Part,' tsr tereid O theret{nto duty auth'orited oo to do
'aim inst WNERS ahd.~;'
Oonatrdct on', nY
of 0o City of Dallas
a ~ " Ql Texee . G County, of sl ae
W 1'FOR , Party, 'of the SecotSd' 1'400 hereinAftet tamed
s' tT ETH: That toy' abd 'in cohsldi'rition 'of 'ttie' to 2
at."r,fingn oned to be t~;a a end performed b th Party eb 4, afire tflghta herein
the 0hdltione ex' teased yin'the' bofsd a ,af the ifs( P!~owlI
Port (CpNTRA , ahQ urxier
p beS01h;I even'date, lierewi h,'•the W►Id 1'f}ty"'o end
;t`1bRy, hereby Altries With the ttie
asld Pitt
commence ,Arid comptete the conek~ructlort °of cbrtalrI , f. Y g ,the Fl yt Park (OWNT~M to
provetnlnts 'depc~lbed ad folfowAt
Denton Municipal Airport-Aitcport ;ygpa;"~AQnte,
Phase TI-A-Airport LiphtingI& Vast IV
Pd aU extra work in rannecticn; terewlth, under the kMta as rued fn the (leneral Conditions
If the A>Yreerrient and at his (or their) own proper coot and expense to'fyrniah Ali ths. materials, r
supplier, rrachlneary,: equipment, tools, superlrtend nk+s labor, inlu
And iervlce# r Vince, snd 6ther„Ae06kles
Y. to. to- the Aid cotta't cltdn In~xordat a wlth 0" 0r~~ Iitiona and
+ pricea'ptated In:t1 a Proposal *1 thod hest6 , 'nd , I in accords a
MUM d $ c 4 X41 with'thcRptipe fa Cotlt actors
l Cgnditlon# bA
,Areomenf, Planr „and, other Arttivincs hd printed or Writteft
explanatory matter tha6of, And, the Specifications
hhirae pipk 'and Addenda therefor, as prepared by. ;
k acobe. rr ll Oo a Itiilg n ineo'a
13GQ Adol ua P
{ , , _ Ph Mrer, ballaa, 2sxai 1.. 07
b'
` herein entltied tfic tKNO1NM;F:R each of whlc has been identified Ly (fie CONTI;ACTp}t and
The 'PNGINEER, -togather with the CONTRA(,'Tptt'S written PrI of the Agreement,'and the >•061`mance and'Paynknt Bondi hereto attached! Rfi ofnahl are made
a fart hereof and t'ollecllyi1ievlde6ce'and' constitute the, entire CoAtratt.
. ~ i ti w t«~ ►w,, sin w~ ~ 4
i
, °~y,, r , Mr ~~o, •r,~ 'w" S~ ,:z . rr. ^,x. ti { ti i a.[,iP.. Z t~ 4; .y. ~ ~
k u`
ilia,
p
v rt y l i ~ 4 ~ S + i+ 1 Yl 4 )w r~Y ~n II a ~VY S ~ V d i f } S F tt r V~. y! k'y
h l.~ i'K 0. ~~s i , ! 1 I " 0.y, Y R r 'D ♦ f vw r J ~f~ ~ v''Rgz li ~ ;
I[ r X.. t t,~ ~r.1e ~ 7y} y Ai w E :ry < y +~a r f311' ti^~.
I 'I J..I Y e a~" z M rots ~ a} vJ ~ 'r,
r Y~i Y,1 y: ~ a v~~~ ~ ~,}a ka tllYt..~ t J {r w ' J Zr ~ i 5 ' {Y y 7~•~ ~ v t ~ ~`r , ~C ' ' ' y' v ~~5 1 ~ ;
x+ 4 = e GUIr' 'ACx`O i li+ereLy ~ e :t# eQaamen~e 4k:: vy~thia tee (i) daya_ rl ' to e
wrllten notice to do so, shail.have n iv6if 'to him, and t0 utietaetta y ioniplete the sitne
eekndi►r da e
wtlhln atkey the Ote of the written not;e k,to eonlmence'work, eibject
to ouch iliteniloneo ti are; provided by the Geheyat and'8pec141 Condittohe.
r THE OWNER agrees to pi the 4NTRACTOR in current funds the itice or prkes'sht n, to
the proposal, Whlch forts °a part of this coatract, such Oaymentd to be eubf ect; to the 4tneral
r aid $pecta! Conditions of the oontrfict, ,
tN WITNEM WHEEEOP, the parties to these presents have, executed this Agreemdsit in
the year and dsy: first above v ritf.0.
r citof Denton' Texas Oao Construction 4pompany
R1a.
Put fit P (OW R) Putr ( AOTO
ITRI y f By
r t
ATt't~SRT A'><TP.R 1
t f , `
M, b Q 1~ 1 ~ M ry A I I 41
1, IT, r I' yi
r 111
rr
k'
r'II .r r' `r ~ ~
Pik
I
p V
~ tI iBlr ywK Mai sirs
% gkti E~"'I~+ 7'gwF Y r'+S ~L ( x` ~~'+"e~'L r i'rr~, iA .rr'r fry4::,
g
VIM'
t~ y T ~1 1 YN•f !yr L. r wal' ,p , a
i - i y "l k`x P Z W f v E,
ri
! w t ht `14 .t '1 a. fix, r r , (ti n~ r rt~ 1 4Wf! f~'..w'rY
r 3"tli~e J:. yp LP i
~]Rr>1fIA1~C8 taON~l` '
r "
BTAT~ OIr"'TEXAS
' KNOW ALL MEN BY THEsEI pRESENT'SThxt Gio. Construction Ccmpany
-of the City of- iii s
County of Dallas and State Of_ Texas
,.a
Principal, and _ _ Amerioar~ Sfiat s sJ?SL _ _ _ _
_Lan
Authorised under the laws of the State of Texiis to net as surety on bonds for prtnetpelE are head
and firml , bound unto City of Denton ,
io thb pen6ly'aum o mff~ !I
Y pllars (>f 3 2 9 bt9.
for the, obyrn0 wherwir, the eaPrint Pal nd surety bind thnnaelVeb; and their hbira, ,
a4ministrotora; executor suc6s ri and A:Ysi na, jointly and.iwwera11y7t~y there Pt'Meh#a:"
1 ~!~VNERNAB, the Pri~ipal hoe entered Into a certain written c6ntr'act with the Owger,
= 77 to!
di~ted the
"df_ 10
Dent tioi
,yy~'q'p r p~♦)~1 Y S '~]~,p iV YC~IISI~~S P : <
a+hkh nti =lq~ lbx referred ''k rind Msde _r l + a
r r
aN.1f egpied 'ilt; Ia hergof as fW1y Wd to thq Brune e~ctoial
he"ln,
r r
F" I 1
ril;R li'01iE xxE ,C0$DM& O1i' THIS ? O IJIC{i~TJON is r$ ti t It fife'`
Oak' Psincil►ai sh l faith 1 '
9 o d ~ontr ct and. h3l1 In,,P~ .>~ests du f.lth~tufty
r
obeeweahd perform aft bfngulaf the. poY$nanta~,9osb~ions, and ap"ments Irt and bye a#id `
ct ntraEt at >~eed rovenshted ~ ► the Prin i f) 4 be of", iii ~jnd per rnted, tend "NI r to
the true intent did moen ng of bald Contract saga the iris rind 8pecitleattOns efeto'anne'X114
' thrii thli` oblitxition shall` Gq voidi otberwieq to remain In u ,
f U I'oroe and, #ffect,
~pitOVIDEb, HOWEV,E t Chet this bo)' '
rrd Ia executed pursuant to the provisions of Article 6160 ot.`
the Revk*d Civil Statutes pf.Texas' as amended and alt Ilabtlities on this bond shall be detgtmined In
sceerdnftq with.the provWons of sado,Articlb to the`same exten►. It fxerq to at lend{h hb'teIn.
surety, for value recelVea, stipf later and agrees that nb change, eitte~nslon of time► oiteration
4r addition 0 the terms 6i the oghtraear to the work perfo ed thereunde'r; 'or, r fie 0>4",
r rpeclfi¢atiops," ,or drawings accompanyit d' the 'eeme,, shrltl,irt,an0vise affect Its obii{~ltpij op this
w~
A L,
0
S
, 14 M,I a A J • °?r 'w ~e ak n~
'i V44
nF%w
a,
( yr~ f ~q ~?7 ~ <Fr ~ ~ rr , ~ „'n J~ ~ ~r ) _y~ rv x n t' 3~ fe t i ~ e 1~: '~"1 1 .
•G ( n J 1 Y ~ ~ k I 1X fM ~ [ ~ 4 ,n ~ r "^~"1 Y ~ a+'A YY., ~ t P 'L t ~ F Y
2 ♦ ^ k 1~~ q 1v~ ly r j` f a~ d `1~t ~4!
A
vse t tw I s
O + R L r r I r a I ,
N1 , dose bereby WWO tlotiou of as ~►u&
~haaie, eztenatan of tlede, eltereibn or iddltio.. ° '
Y
to the tettne of the contrast, or to the Bork td be performed thereunder,
IN VVITNFSS W441189F, the said Principal and Surety have Rimed 4add sealed this Instru-
ment this 21th ~ day of 0tc"r jg 77
Glo Construction' Corgpar~y ~Arae ican States Insurance. Oa-art
BY By ~
tao Norr
Title President Title Attorney ~ Fact
''Address P. 0. Box 34198
M
Dallas Texas 57234 Da11ss` Texas 76219
Tie n4me aiid address otM the R~dideat"ilgof Surety
ltud4$Qh N4~ris, _ NoPr+is & Caropany
a ,
~ D1 c T",*. st16231.
1
R f ~ i 9 " PY ~ '
1~ ~ P
1 I
1
1
i
-0 00 %6i
a I ! 1 y 1 A'
I d
A Y* d +'i I, . % 64 .~l 4~^w 7(y~i i~ . n IlJ G,4 i~So , Sw i .
ktna`.~1ks rI
x S hp yr 1~ . s ` a i ta4 ' w' rxX ~i~i ~Aw~~+ r y r'{ F *n
I?A +~iS 0 SFS, x x 1 r~'J r a 9 S : ~ 4 ~ w ~ . a , 4,' A 7 y ~ ~ s
E as I + i, ti ~J A ~a + ~ i b ~ 0.~ ! ' ra"n^r
,a! r 4 n,"Yr .g S.n s r r s 3 ~ ak 1~ ~ 0 r
rr . ' yam/ ~ s/~~}~~
r + I
r F,
STATE OF' TEXAS
COUNTr ol? Dillm
r
r KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PR&IENTS: That alo Constzuation Company
Of tha City of Dallas
r County of Dallas Texas
and St#0 of ~ as ^
principals and American States Insumce
authoriied undgr the laws of the 8tt jofQ'b ao ct h~ aurety' bn bonds loir`prl»clp~ 11d cn,
apd firmly bound uhto-in,~ ' t0~vner?~
-=r--- ti
In tli` peAai our •qf 50+41GA--- bellai'0u 'h%33,23930
` for,;th'e payment whertsf, we'eirld Mnclpal uia Surety bird "the?~~veb' ~nd~tlNlr ~heire,, pdmit~lr=`' ~
'r
tratore, executors, eueeeaaore and 'aanigne, jointly and severally, by thefts yre'¢nt,t
Itt, t'3 the 1 rincipa! hap``i3n~e~'ed into t sertald writt oont cE k wi t e~a0wner
to r s iI
odt&i~ 14 77 4
ic A.
.
• 'i
. a • /.lLrlTAixport ufg Y~i 1~ S r S
1
which epntrsct Is hereby rofer* to and made a pgit hereof as tally fed to tie "me stamt afi',' a
S if COpIOd atl4n!~th.¢ere~nr/~ ~ ~
AN OW, THER I! 6p of ' nlz~ CONK ON 0 ' THIS O' WQI ' 'kOI 1011 'CH, it' tf t fii
aal~ " Prlrcigft ahtli pay•'ill 'cWWnt9ntj1 litp~►14*j,lab6f and, tnutflrlal to`bipt O~,e,'sgbo9'pitutor
ira the oroaftution o! the work provided tor' tn'eald contract, then, thb obliira I. atwil be'w,:t,
' otherwifie to remain •ln full force tied effect;
ROV kDEb, HO1Nl;Y R, that th!* bond is executed pursuant to tNif pr6wlfdono of AttCcle 6180 df
PROVID'ED','
the Revised Chnl Statutes of Texan u amended and all 6abiiitlei on Ws bond a* a determined in
acCOtden"te ai{h the ptpvialotul of said ,~lrtlsla P. the eatne extent as it it *ere popl at' Mq*,h harelq.
r ,fir a ~lr T)
i3uretyr"tor value recefved4 iftipulatre and ads that 40 chance, extevaieo of},ttme, i► ►tlo~`
ar pdditlpn to thf! ternln'i+! the oontrMCt, or to ;thy wink pe>w!o>;nted thorf" s.r, or t'hi~ i►,' .
~•r ppeftfiuftlona or drfiwi aeoompvufyini thf+ 1 e, shah to alzyNrt e'aKrct olfiptMtt,oiy"
'
b { / it
r~;e' , r 4 ; r Ifo7. 7.k. y1, i !wF on,
r ( er
p{ vy ~1, y
I ~,p ~+11I ~ . vV ~ij. ~e kaw lar+b{k ~ k~'• ..dp{~1 rv~&Vti „aV '.r
ti r , . ' L' F Ir 4' $ P 5 r,, c , A
+JrJ ~ r P
! s C Al uw `p4 r r4'{ h 1,l~ J v J{
> ~ Y ~h . 'P i 4" l h y H P 1 ~ ` '~j, ''1 1r f v K ~^wV ~~1{-. dl v r +r 1 f 5 9 v t ,
J4 T 'rv t~ rtt { 'A V ~;1 \ li ,y lA;~ 4 r x *.f F 5
Y N i~L n e~ r FTi tai ~~,,LhL n ~v 1, rv r' v 1 ~o qi ri .r FIC ~i' 91 ~~M'> sn{• l
~ ' S f - "1",i ' i { w n e { ♦ ~ : fT ~ { s ♦ r: k k L s
w t r'S .N m nv°,!i n Im W 1, 7 r/ 5 P Vk a L s 4°'S id
h~ rd ~5 1 ' k, ~1f s 'Tt d1 i 5 'h' ~,k p1 t n+~t ~!y' i t 'jm't vmpy s rAq
' 4a r ~ v ~~~+9'.~d0eA0 ~5X 11 M {a ~ 5 N h 3'.~k' ~F # Y! F~ 4 ' ~ ~ ~',P r~~ r ~w~ } 5!(
tir
CATIP
to t~i'b ferme of 4he contract, br 5!0 tTiaiffy '4fth cht,q, d° ° " q of #Ime,"allRitition or a~dltba {y
he perfoTme~ thereunder,
Rnl+R Cj th9 aidd Pr1nelM Su
14e8t -L- th _day of 1 Obtober tY a rfrned grid ,deAled thta' iaatru•
Pr1nolpsl ' _aStQt
f !lardy
tac
Bq _ R
TItje A t2j~ Tnn Fact a
r Addxesa P: 0. Bax 3k198 ti
Addreea. p. b. $adc`. is+87
Dallas; T°}cas 75234
' Dallis 'T'exas 75229
1 {
;~t~6e nie andridreaa of thA„aldegl 'f►Sant di Sui{y
1tlS1`;~
I^`
"-----W--- is
Dall.as~ l~#~ bite 220
Texas
75231 x ,
C
0 11 . a
„!1 ' F W 1 .F Y\ 'j I^~ 1 , 44 ~ i4.,~ ` A~ ✓f, v ,1F`4
H,i ! a i " V n44444ir , ~ ,p~ ~ eve dl ^i:^ f:•
-7 1 77,
GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY
American States Insurance Company
INDIANAPOLIS, INDIANA
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Amincan States Insurance Company, a Corporation duly organized and eni.tyng
under the laws of the State of Indiana, and having its principal office in the City o Indianapolis, Indiana, hath made, constiluted
and nPl0rited, and does by these presents make, constitute and appoint
' RuDOLPH NoRns, sTm RIOKmicKER Suer NORRIS Arm
- CARII!'ON S~
Jointly or Severally}
of Dallas Texes
and Slate of
Is true Ind lawfu# Attorneys}in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute,
acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, recogntuances, contracts of indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings,
provideda however: that_ the penal stint of any one _such istrument ex~_tgd be~'flUnder_
' shall not exceed FIVE MILLION AND N0/100_($5,000 000.00
and to bind the Corporation thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bands were signed by the President, sealed with the
common seal of the Corporation and duly attested by its Secretary, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said Allorney(s)in
fact may do in the premises. This Power of Attorney is executed and may be revoked pursuant to and by authority granted by
' Section 7.07 of the By-laws of the American States Insurance Company, which reads as follows:
"The Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice-President shall have power, by and with the concurrence
with the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, to appoint Resident Vice-Presidents, Resident
Assistant Secretaries and Attorneys-in-Fact as the business of the Corporation may require or to authorize any one of
such persons to execute, on behalf of the Corporation, any bonds, recognizances, stipulations and undertakings,
whether by way of surety or otherwise"
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, American States Insurance Company has caused these presents to be signed by its Vice President,
attested by its Assistant Secretary and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this 30th _
' day of . _Altattst _
ADt9 TI.
AMERICAN STATES INSURANCE COMPANY
' (SEAL)
ATTEST: Sterile L i By . Hillieab.M. EYana_._--- .
Y , P_ As! Second vice Prix Gent
Assistant Secretary
5TArE OF INDIANA
COUNTY OF MARIONf SS:
On this ..30th. . day of August- A, D., 19_ -77, before me personally came
William M. EvsnB to me known, who
be ng by me duly sworn, acknowledged the execution of the above instrument and did dep~4Se and say; that he is Vice President i..I
American States Insurance Company, that he knows the seal of said Corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is
1 such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said Corporation; and that ne signed his name
liierr;to by like order. And said - William M. Evans - further said that he is acquainted with L Stanley
L. Riegel
and knows him to be the Assistant Secretary of said Corporation; and that he executed the above instrument
' Aunt T480 . ---Lauri.-A. - ~(Oa2,n
H r.
pneSi - - olary ~umlc
STATt OF INDIANA 1 SS
(.rjUNfY OF MARION j
1, Stanley L• Riegel the Assistant Secretary of AMERICAN STATES iNSURANCI COMPANY,
d,, r„ ,n.by centily that the above arnl foregoing is a true and correc! copy of a Power of Attorney, executed by said AMERICAN
TEff' 11iSl1FtANCF COMPANY, wh ch is still in full force and effect.
:11 his (1 thhcalo may be signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority (it the following resolution of the flnard ul
Ilur n uI American States Insurance Company at a meeting duly called and held on the ISIh day of December 1911 Ass eeknyrr, n any cert fication ofothe prior
ectness of a cop y of an instrument executed company the Pre dent or aivicet Presideol purlsuan!
' ! i '.echnri 1.01 of the Bylaws appointing and authorizing an Attorney-in Fact to sign in the name and on behalf of the company
unify bond', underwriting undertakings or other instruments described in said Section 1.07, with like effect as if such seal and
0
In witnrss whereof, lI have Ihereunto set my hand eand affixed tithe seal ofa 11th
said Corporation, this
day ul October- ----IA. A., 19.
e',t r,t 1
rm'" s 1451 (17 ill A1`Ifl Simi Se~ -
awl.
N44F A4", nrCArSS 4c lGIN?
COMPANIES AFFORDINQ CUYERAGFS
om Norl East 1220 uriua PAcmc INv1JwtLa ~COWRIY
Dallas, Tars 75231
.,;r Y
't;rlr~
C
.n Mr Ih,.'I„C,'; V v..lltl i'
I r,
Glo Gonstxv n Caqwy
P. 0. Box 84198 I x,1 1,N D
Dallas, Texas 75234 ~n
~r.Ml h'•Y
if r,k lr
T fns is to ct r h!y ili it p0111 ins ul 'nyU I,tr,1,1.• II .Ic,1 be:() 11 Jvi' ~1~` r 1t.u`U tp tl iu[ ,r~ ~ l i,+~' r: , . f r.c v d +re IIt 1 ,Tre.11 1 n
',lump.
i l ml s of Gil in Thous - Obb) ra i
1
T
,rota 1lr w 'JAN I I.,',.,,+I •r 1 nfr i a„!N I
.
G£NEF_I4 EIASi6TY s 00 t
r'pnr 0411/N,'Of 1UNM `
igrgi'I.Nir . 4'•f., 5Q 106
IPt Ill let I V'AT 10N',
A
n
UNi AND
rARU HPi p{?~J Cif
1C~iucliurfscun+r•rilru GA7581750 1/20/78
i,~:r,u+Inn,N.rvo ~
~i(P~T It,Nj Hu~NiJ
Gf
'r,h RK ili r,l IN JrA NCf ^.t fLrrrr+•r',r s $
r,UMf, NCCI
!li tgt~ta[,1
Pit 'f rf Nif Vt (:1lN -
~~4iNx.'Na N1140 IEP '.A; UF.p
Fp, i
, q" s 256
AUTOMOBILE 1.111 III `
500
A ~y GA7581750 1/20/78 `
M ~S 60
TWI t
x!
EXCESS E AHMI i
~WOI!NEkS COMC'ENSAfIO^Io
A and j PC4329970 1/20/78 r
EMPIOYEP.`,tAWIL TY 100
1
fj111ER j
4LjOA AIL
Job: Denton Muiicipal Airport-Airport Improvements, Maw II-E3- Airport Lig)Iting 5 Vass IV
loll, Additional Insureds T)enton l9ulici Ait'po¢~t, ' job onlyasks their e~;ente aril enployeee, wif respects to tCi li of Denton, Shilmk, J:ioobe FinKlea
rn! etII,i,, IrtiIr. 10/19/77
iAmtcn Mxddpal Airp~rr~
City of DentonDenton, Tetras au r
CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS
' DENTON MUNICIPAL AIRPORT
AIRPORT IMPRObT JMNTS
' PHASE II
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
' SC.01 GENERAL
' The provisicne of Leis section of the specifications shall govern in
the event of any conflict between them and the "General Conditions of Agreement".
SC.02 ENGINEER
The word "Engineer" in these specifications shall be understood as
' referring to Shimek, Jacobs and Finklea, Consulting Engineers, 1300 Adolphus
Tower, Dallas, Texas, Engineer of the owner, or such other representatives as
may be authorized by said owner to act in any particular position.
' SC.03 LOCATION OF PROJECT
This project is locates at the north end of the Denton Municipal Air-
' poet. A location map is included in the plans.
SC.04 SCOPE OF WORK
The work to be perfon>>ed under this contract consists of furnishing
all materials, labor, supervision, equipment, and all incidentals required, and
performing all work necessary for the extension of the north end of the N-S Run-
way 850 feet, extension of the parallel taxiway, medium intensity runway lighting
system and relocation of the VASI on the north end of the Denton Municipal Air-
port.
' SC.05 FORMS, PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Forms of Proposal, Contract and Bonds, and Plans and Specifications may
' be obtained from the office of Shimek, Jacobs and Finklea, Consulting Engineers,
1300 Adolphus Tower, Dallas, Texas, upon deposit of Thirty Dollars ($30.00) per
sot.
' The sum deposited will be refunded, provided the prospective bidder
ctxnplies with one of the following requirements:
' (a) If no proposal is submitted:
All documents must be returned in good order to the above
' office not later than forty-eight (48) hours after the
time and date of receiving proposalel or
' (b) If proposal is submitted:
All documents except proposal forms submitted as bid must
' be returned in good order to the above office within fif-
SC-1
' teen (15) days after the time and date of receiving proposals.
' Provided the prospective bidder complies with neither of the two above
requirements, the sum deposited shall became the property of the City of Denton,
Texas.
SC.06 EXAMINATION OF SITE OF PROJECT
' Prospective bidders shall make a careful examination of the site of the
project, conditions to be encountered, improvements to be protected, and require-
ments for keeping the airport operational during construction.
SC.07 QUALIFICATION OF WW BIDDER
Before being awarded a contract, the low bidder shall submit such evi-
dence as the Engineer may require to establish his financial responsibility, ex-
perience and possession of such equ-.)7Aent as may be needed to prosecute the work
in an expeditious, safe and satisfa--tory manner.
Should the low bidder fail to produce evidence satisfactory to the
Engineer on any of the foregoing points, he may be disqualified and the work award-
ed to the next low bidder so qualifying,
SC.08 AWARD OF CONTRACT
' It is the intention of the owner to award a contract on the basis of the
lowest acceptable bid submitted by a qualified bidder, as determined by the Owner.
The right is reserved, as the interest of the owner may require, to reject any and
' all bids and to waive any informality in bids received.
The City of Denton will notify the successful bidder, in writing, within
Thirty (30)days after the date of receiving bids, of its acceptance of his proposal.
' The Contractor shall complete the execution of the required Bonds and Contract within
ten (10) days of such notice.
SC.04 TIME ALLOTTED FOR COMPLETION
Ali items of work included under this contract shall be completed within
' one hundred-eighty(180) consecutive calendar days, which time shall commence on the
tenth (10th) day after the issuance of the Work Order. The Work order shall consist
of a written request by the Engineer for the Contractor to proceed with construction
of the project.
SC.10 ADDENDA
' Bidders desiring further information, or interpretation of the plans and
sepcifications, must make request for such information to the Engineer prior to
forty-eight (48) hours before the bid opening. Answers to all such requests will
' be given in writing to all bidders in addendum form and all addenda will be bound
with and made a part of the contract documents. No other explanation or interpre-
tation will be considered official or binding. Should a bidder find discrepancies
in, or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he shall at once notify the Engi-
neer in order that a writt.en addendum may be sent to all bidders. Any addenda issued
' prior to twenty-four (24) hours of the opening of bids will be mailed or delivered
to each Contractor conteriplating the submission of a proposal on this work. The
proposal as submitted by the Contractor will be so constructed as to include any
addenda if such are issued by the Engineer prior to twenty-four (24) hours of the
opening of bids.
SC-2
r..
1 .
' SC.11 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY BY CONTRACTOR
' The Contractor agrees that time is of the essence of this contract and
that for each day of delay beyond the date agreed upon for the completion of
all items of work herein specified and contracted for (after due allowance for
such extension of time as is provided for in the General Conditions of Agreement),
' the Owner may withhold permanently from the Contractor's total compensation the
sum of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) per day as stipulated damages for each day.
' SC.12 COPIES OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED
Five (5) sets of plans and specifications shall be furnished to the
' Contractor, at no charge, for construction purposes. If plans have been reduced
to one-half size, three (3) sets of those, together with two (2) sets reproduced
on the original scale, shall constitute the five (5) sets of plans furnished to the
Contractor, Additional copies may be obyained at cost of reproduction upon request.
SC.13 STATE AND CITY SALES TAXES
' The Contractor's attention is directed to Amendment No. 7 to Section 6a,
Article 20.01, Chapter 200 Title 122A, Taxation-General of the Revised Civil Sta-
tutes of Texas.
' This amendment provides that all items used or consumed by a contractor,
whether incorporated into the project or not, can be purchased free of State and
City sales tax when the project is being performed for an exempt agency. Included
' are equipment rentals and other items which are consumed by the Contractor but are
not incorporated into the project.
This contract is issued by an agency which qualifies for exemption pur-
suant to the provisions of Article 20.04 (f) of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and
Use Tax Act.
' The Contractor performing this contract may purchase, rent, or lease all
materials, supplies, equipment used or consumed in the performance of this contract
by issuing to his supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the tax, said exemp-
tion certificate complying with State Comptroller's ruling #95-0.07. Any such
exemption certificate issued by the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall be subject
to the provisions of the State Comptroller's ruling 095-0.09 as amended to be ef-
fective October 2, 1968.
SC.14 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS
Where reference is made in these specifications to specifications compiled
by others, such reference is made for expediency and standardization from the
material supplier's point of view, and such specifications referred to are hereby
' made a part of these specifications.
SC.15 TRADE NAMES AND MATERIALS
' No material which has been used by the Contractor for any temporary pur-
pose whatever is to be incorporated in the permanent structure without written con-
sent of the Engineer.
' SC-3
1
' Where materials or equipment are specified by a trade or brand name, it
' is not the intention of the owner to discriminate against an equal product of
another manufacturer, but rather to set a definite standard of quality or performance,
and to establish an equal basis for the evaluation of bids. Where the words "equi-
valent", "proper", or "equal to" are used, they shall be understood to mean that the
' thing referred to shall be proper, the equivalent of, or oqual to some'other thing,
in the opinion or judgment of the Engineer. Unless otherwise specified all materials
shall be the best of their respective kinds and shall be in all cases fully equal to
' approved samples. Notwithstanding that the words "or equal to" or other such expres-
sions may be used in the specifications in connection with a material, manufactured
article or process, the material, article or process specifically designated shall
be used, unless a substitute shall be approved in writing by the Engineer, and the
' Engineer shall have the right to require the use of such specifically designated
material, article or process.
SC.16 PER41TS AND RIGHT-OF-WAY
li
The Owner will provide rights-of-way for the purpose of construction without
cost to the Contractor by securing permits in areas of public dedication or by ob-
taining easements across privately owned property. It shall be the responsibility
of the Contractor, prior to the initiation of construction on easements through pri-
vate,property, to inform the property owner of his intent to begin construction.
' Before beginning construction in areas of public dedication, the Contractor shall in-
form the agency having jurisdiction in the area forty-eight (48) hours prior to
initiation of the work.
SC.17 PROPERTY LINES AND MONUMENTS
' The Contractor shall protect all property corner markers, and when any such
markers or monuments are in danger of being disturbed they shall be properly referenced
and if disturbed shall be reset at the expense of the Contractor.
' SC.18 EXISTING STRUCTURES
The plans show the location of all known surface and subsurface structures.
' However, the Owner assumes no responsibility for failure to show any or all of these
structures on the plans, or to show them in their exact location. It is mutually
agreed that such failure shall not be considered sufficient basis for claims for addi-
tional compensation for extra work or for increasing the pay quantities in any man-
ner whatsoever, unless the obstruction encountered is such as to necessitate changes
in the lines or grades, or require the building of special work, provisions for which
are not made in the plans and proposal, in which case the provisions in these spe':,-
' fications for extra work shall apply.
SC.19 EXISTING UTILITIES AND SERVICE LINES
' The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all existing
utilities or service lines crossed or exposed by his construction operations. where
' existing utilities or service lines are cut, broken or damaged, the Contractor shall
replace the utilities or service lines with the same type of original construction,
or better, at his own cost and expense. Power poles which interfere with the pro-
posed improvements shall be relocated by the power company.
SC-4
'd' •'h r.n t . ae
' SC.20 PUBLIC UTILITIES AND OTHER PROPERTY To BE CHANG£6
In case it is necessary to change or move the
' property of any owner or of
a public utility, such property shall not be moved or interfered with until autho-
rized by the utility company and approved by the Engineer. The right is reserved to
the owner of public utilities to enter upon the limits of the project for the pur-
pose of making such changes or repairs of their property that may be made necessary
by the performance of this contract.
' SC.21 FENCES, DRAINAGE CHANNELS AND CROP DAMAGE
Boundary fences or other improvements removed to permit this construction
' shall be replaced in the same location and left in a condition of grade and cross
section after the work of construction is completed.
' SC.22 PROJECT MAINTENANCE
The Contractor shall maintain, and keep in good repair, the improvemento
' covered by these plans and specifications during the life of his contract.
SC.23 CLEANUP
' During Construction. The Contractor shall at all times keep the job,sit•e
as free from all material, debris and rubbish as is practicable and shall remove
same from any portion of the job site when it becomes objectionable or interferes
' with the progress of the project in the opinion of the Engineer or the owner.
Final. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall remove from the
' site all plant, materials, tools and equipment belonging to him and leave the site
with an appearance acceptable to the Engineer and the Owner. The Contractor shall
thoroughly clean all equipment and materials installed by him and shall deliver over
such materials and equipment in a bright, clean, polished and new-appearing condition.
' SC.24 GUARANTY AGAINST DEFECTIVE WORK
' The Contractor shall indemnify the owner against any repairs which may be-
come necessary to any part of the work performed under the contract, arising from
defective workmanship or materials used therein, for a period of one (1) year from
the date of final acceptance of the work.
SC.25 TESTING, INSPECTION AND CONTROL
' Observation of the Contractor's work to determine compliance with the
plans and specifications will include testing of material installed on the project.
Testing of work performed and materials furnished shall be done by a commercial
' laboratory employed by the Owner. The Contractor shall furnish, at his own expense,
all necessary specimens for testing of the materials. If the Contractor fails to
meet specified conditions by the second test, further tests shall be at the expense
of the Contractor.
SC.26 COORDINATION WITH OTHERS
' In the event other contractors are doing work in the same area simul-
taneously with this project, the Contractor shall coordinate his proposed construc-
tion with that of the other contractors.
1
SC-5
a r
SC. 27 BARRICADES, LIGHTS AND WATCM42N
Within the limits of the work under this contract, the Contractor shall,
' at his own cost and expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights,
and danger signals, shall provide such watchmen, an-1 shall provide such other pre-
cautionary measures for the protection of persons or property and of the work as are
necessary. Barricades shall be painted in a color that will be visible at night.
From sunset to sunrise, the Contractor shall furnish and maintain at least one light
at each barricade and sufficient numbers of barricades shall be erected to keep
vehicles from being driven on or into any work under construction. The Contractor
' shall furnish watchmen in sufficient numbers to protect the work.
The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to
failure of barricades, signs, lights and watchmen to protect it and whenever evi-
dence is found of such damagy the Contractor shall immediately remove the damaged
portion and replace it at his cost and expense. The Contractor's responsibility
for the maintenance of barricades, signs, and lights, and for providing watchmen
' shall not cease until the project shall have been accepted by the Owner.
SC. 28 DISPOSAL OF WASTE AND SURPLUS EXCAVATION
' All trees, stumps, slashings, brush or other debris removed from the site
as a preliminary to the construction shall be burned or removed from the property.
Any required disposal permits shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
' All excavated earth in excess of that required for backfilling shall be
stockpiled on the airport property for use in constructing improvements to the air-
port.
SC.29 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION
' The Contractor shall make the necessary arrangements for securing and
transporting all water required in the construction.
' SC.30 INSPECTION
The word "Inspection", or other forms of the word, as used in the Contract
' Documents for this project, shall be understood as meaning the Engineer will, observe
the construction on behalf of the Owner. The Engineer will observe and check the
construction in sufficient detail to satisfy himself that the work is proceeding in
' general accordance with the Contract Documents, but he will not be a guarantor of the
Contractor's performance.
SC.31 LIGHTS AND POWER
The Contractor shall provide, at his own expense, temporary lighting and
power facilities required for the proper prosecution of the work.
SC.32 INSURANCE
' Before the Contractor commences work in connection with this contract, or
before he allows any subcontractor to commence any work, he shall purchase compre-
hensive general liability insurance with bodily injury limits of not less than
$300,000 each occurrence and $300,000 in the aggregate, and property damage limits
' of not less than $50,000 each occurrence and $500000 in the aggregate, and shall in-
clude as an additional insured in such policy the Owner, the Engineer, and their agents
and employees as additional insureds. At the Contractor's option he may furnish an
SC-6
' Owners and Contractor's Policy with the owner as insured and the Engineer, their
agents and employees as additional insureds.
' The Contractor shall furnish a certificate of insurance for the above
coverage with a provision that the Owner will be notified by the insurance company
ten days (10) prior to cancellation of the policy during the term of this contract.
' S^..33 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT AM STAKING
Construction layout and staking for this project shall be performed in
' accordance witn paragraph 50-06 of General Provisions, Sectlon 50, CONTROL OF WORK.
t SC.34 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR
The Contractor shall have on the project at all times, as his agent, a
competent Superintendent capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the plans
e and specifications and thoroughly experienced in the type of work being performed.
The Superintendent shall have full authority to execute orders or directions and to
promptly supply such materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals as may be
' required. such superintendence shall be furnished irrespective of the amount of work
subcontracted.
The Superintendent and the Contractor shall be responsible for all work
performed by the subcontractor at all times during construction.
SC.35 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
' Prior to starting work, the Contractor shall sulnit a proposed schedule
for the work included herein and shall submit any major revisions to this schedule
' as the project progresses. This schedule shall provide for completion of the pro-
ject within the time provided in the specifications.
1
1
' SC-7
M t.. . , . ;f^
' SPECIAL PROVISION
AIR AND WATER It1711TMF CONTROL
' DESCRIPTION:
' This work shall consist of control measures as shown on the plans
or ordered by the engin°e,- during the life of the contract to
control air and water pollution, through use of berms, dikes, dams,
' sediment basins, fiber mats, netting, gravel, mulches, grasses,
slope drains, and other control devices or methods.
' The pollution control provisions contained herein shall be coordinated
vith the permanent control features specified elsewhere in the
contract to the extent practical to assure economical, effective
and continuous control'throughout the construction and preconstruction
period.
MA'PIIiIATS
a. Mulches may be hay, stray, fiber mats, netting, wood cellulose,
corn or tobacco stalks, bark, corn cobs, wood chips, or other
suitable materials acceptable to the engineer and shall be
reasonably clean and free of noxious needs and deleterious materials.
1 b. Slope drains may be constructed of pipe, fiber mats, rubble,
Portland Cement Concrete, bituminous concrete, plastic sheets,
or other material acceptable to the engineer that vill adequately
control erosion.
e. Grass shall be a quick growing species (such as rye grass,
Italian rye grass, or cereal grasses) suitable to the area
' providing a temporary cover which will not later compete
vith grasses sown or otherwise planted for later cover,
d. Fertilizer and soil conditioners shall be a standard commerical
' grade acceptable to the engineer.
e. Others as specified by the engineer.
t Such work may involve the construction of temporary berms, dikes, dams,
sediment basins, slope drains, and the use of temporary mulches,Mts,
' seeding, or other control devices or methods as necessary to control
eater erosion and to apply methods, similar in natw-n, to control air
pollution as practicable. Out slopes shall be seeded and mulched as the
' excavation proceeds to the extent considered desirable and practicable.
1
1
i
1
1 2
1 The contractor will be required to incorporate all permanent erosion
control features into the project at the earliest practicable time as
outlined in his accepted schedule. Temporary pollution control measures
1 will be used to correct conditions that develop during construction that
were nit foreseen during the design stage; that are needed prior
to insulation of permanent pollution control features; or that are
' needed temporarily to control erosion that developes during normal
construction practices, but are not associated with permanent control
features on the project.
1 Where erosion is likely to be a problem, clearing and grubbing operations
should be so scheduled and performed that grading operations and
permanent erosion control features can be followed immediately thereafter
1 if the project conditions permit; otherwise temporary erosion control
measures may be required between successive construction, stages. Under
no conditions shall the surface area of erodible earth material exposed
1 at one time by clearing and grubbing, exceed 750,000 square feet without
approval by the engineer.
The engineer will limit the area of excavation, borrow and eabankment
' operations in progress commensurate with the contractor's capa'oilitr
and progress in keeping the finished grading, mulching, seeding, and other
such permanent pollution control measures current in accordance with the
1 accepted schedule. Should seasonal limitations make such coordination
unrealistic, temporary erosion control measures shall be taken Immeaiately
to the extent feasible and justified.
Under no conditions shall the amount of surface area-of erodible earth
1 material exposed at one time by excavation, borrow or fill within the
right-of-way exceed 750,000 square.feet without prior approval by the
1 engineer.
The engineer may increase or decrease the amount of surface area of
' erodible earth materials to be exposed at one time by clearing and grubbing,
excavation, borrow and fill operations as determined by his analysis of
project conditions.
1 The contractor will not be permitted frequent fording of live streams
with construction equipment; therefore, temporary bridges or other
structures shall be used whenever an appreciable number of stream crossings
1 are necessary.
All waterways will be cleared by the contractor as soon as practicable
of falsework, piling, debris, or other obstructions placed during
construction operations and not part of the finished work.
1
'.r i ,
' Water from aggregate washing or other operations containing sediment
shall be treated by filtration, a settling basin or other means sufficient
to reduce the sediment content to not more than that of the stream into
which it is discharged.
t Pollutants, fuels, lubricants, bitumenif rav sewage and other harmful
materials, will not be discharged into near rivers, streams, and
impoundments or into natural or manmade channels leading thereto. Wash
water or waste from concrete mixing or coring operations shall not be
' allowed to enter live streams. ,
Under no conditions shall tires, oils, asphalt, paint, or coated metals
1 be permitted in combustible waste. piles.
Under no conditions shall burning be permitted within IMO feet of a
residential or built-up area.
' Burning will not be permitted unless the pre+railing vied is away from
a nearby town or built-up area.
' Burning will not be permitted during a local air inversion or other
climatic condition as would result in a pall of smoke over a nearby
town or built-up area.
Earning will not be permitted unen the danger of brush or forest fires
is made known by state, local or Federal officials.
1 The size and number of fires shall be restricted to avoid the danger
of brush or forest fires. Fires shall have reasonable surveillance
' and countermeasures shall be available to guard against such dangers.
Control of dust and other air pollutants 1s the responsibility of the
' contractor. Like provisions applicable to dust, air borne materials
as carried by the wind apply equally to the water erosion conditions
stated.
Dust collecting and dust precipitating equipmer,Z and materials applicable
are to be incorlorated as needed.
' Misting condition3 will be controlled through temporary mulch with or
without seeding, water application by sprinkler trucks, covering of
haul vehicles, stabilizing agents in solution, dust pallatives, pens-
' tration asphalt on temporary roads, wood chips, plastic sheeting, but
1
1
' mainly through the scheduling of work and the controls needed to minimize
exposure to dusting conditions. The engineer miy increase or decrease
the restrictions during his analysis of the project conditions.
i In the event of conflict between these requirements and pollution control
laws, rules, or regulations of other Federal or State or local agencies,
the more restrictive laws, rules, or regulations shall apply.
MMOD OF MEASURE?2E.N'I' AND PAYMENT:
In the event that temporary erosion and pollution control measures
ore required due to the contractor's negligence, carolessneos, or
failure to install permanent controls as apart of the work as
scheduled, and are ordered by the engineer, such work shall be
performed by the contractor at his own expense. Temporary erosion
and pollution control work required which in not attributed to the
' contractor's neglig.:nce, carelessness or failure to install permanent
controls, will be parformed as ordered by the engineer.
Were the work to bra performed is not attributed to the contractor's
negligence, careleminess or failure to install permanent controls
and falls within tho specifications for a work item that has a
contract price, the units of work shall be paid for at the proper
' contract price. Should the work not be comparable to the project
work under the applicable contract items, the contractor shall be
ordered to perform the work on a force account basis, or by agreed
e unit prices.
In case of repeated failures on the part of the contractor to control
erosion, pollution, and/or siltration, the eer reserves the
' right to employ outside assistance or to use his am forces to provide
the necessary corrective measures. Such incurred direct cost
plus appropriate engineering and administrative coats will be charged
' to the contractor and appropriate deductions made from the contractor's
progress estimate.
' Temporary pollution control may include construction work outside
the defined work area where sueb ^rk is necessary as a result of
,borrow pit operations, haul roads and e;uipment storage sites.
' The control features installed by the contractor shall be acceptably
maintained by the contractor.
' SANITARY FACILITIES;
The contractor shall provide suitable sanitary facilities for use of his
employees and inspection personnel. Such facilities, temporary or permanent,
' shall meet local sanitary codes, and may not contribute untreated sewage
to any dry or flowing watercourse. There will be no separate payment for
this item.
1
' 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
DIVISION I
' GENERAL PROVISIONS
' SECTION 10 .
' DEFINITION OF TERMS
Whenever the following terms are used in these specifications, in the
contract, in any documents or other instruments pertaining to construction
t where these specifications govern, the intent and meaning shall be
interpreted as follows:
' 10-01 AASHTO. The American Association of State Highway and Transportation
Officials, the successor association to AASHO. '
' 10-02 ACCESS ROAD. The right-of-way, the roadway and all improvements
constructed thereon connecting the airport to a public highway.
10-03 ADAP. The Ai±
' port Development Aid Program, a grant-in-aid program,
administered by the Qederal Aviation,Administration.'
' 10-04 ADVERTISEMENT, A public annovnc(!ment, so; required by local law,
Inviting bids for work to be performed and materials to be furnished.
10-05 AIR OPERATIONS AREA. For the purpose of these specifications, the
term air operations area shall mean any area of the airport used or intended
to be used for the landing, takeoff, or surface maneuvering of aircraft. An
air operation area shall include such paved or unpaved areas that are used
' or intended to be used for the unobstructed movement of aircraft in addition
to its associated runway, taxiway, or apron.
' 10-06 AIRPORT. Airport means an area of land or water which is used or
intended to be used for the landing and takeoff of aircraft, and includes
its buildings and facilities, if any.
1
DI V I Page 1
AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
' DEFINITION OF TERMS
10-07 ASTM. The American Society for Testing and Materials.
10-08 AWARD. The acceptance, by the owner, of the successful bidder's
' proposal.
10-09 BIDDER. Any individual, partnership, firm, or corporation, acting
directly or through a duly authorized representative, who submits a proposal
for the work contemplated.
' 10-10 BUILD114G AREA. An area on the airport to be used, considered, or
intended to be used for airport buildings or other airport facilities or
' rights-of-way together with all airport buildings and facilities located
thereon.
' 10-11 CALENDAR TKY. Every day shown on the calendar.
' 10-12 CHANGE ORDER. A written order to the contractor :Overing changes in
the plans, specifications, or proposal quantities and establishing the basis
of payment and contract time adjustment, if any, for the work affected by
such changes. The work, covered by a change order, shall be within the
' scope of the contract.
' 10-13 CONTRACT. The written agreement covering the work to be performed.
The awarded contract shall include, but is not limited to; The
Advertisement, The Contract Form; The Proposal; The Performance Bond; The
' Payment Bond; any required insurance certificates; The Specifications; The
Plans; and any addenda issued to bidders.
' 10-14 CONTRACT ITEM (PAY ITEM)_. A specific unit 'of work for which a
price is provided in the contract.
10-15 CONTRACT TIME. The number of calendar days or working days, stated
1
it the proposal, allowed for completion of the contract, including
' authorized time extensions. If a calendar date of completion is stated in
' Page 2 DIV I
is 777-77. .040111
10/24/74
' AC 15015370-10
' DEFINITION OF TERMS
the proposal, et lieu of a number of calendar or workin
' shall be completed by that date,
8 days, the contract
' 10-16 CONTRACTOR. The individual
primarily liable fo , partnerships firm
for the r the acceptable performance of ' or corporation
or through Payment of all Iegaldebts the work contracted and
' pertaining to the work who acts directly
employees to complete the contract work.
10-17 DRAINAGE SYSTEM, The system of es
' which surface or
airport area, subsurface waters are. collected epdi tends and structures by
conducted from the
i
' 10-18 ENGINEER. The individual
authorized by the owner (sponsor) partnership, firms o
supervision of the w to be responsible for engineering duly
' authorized re contract work and acting directly or through ere
presentative, n
-I9 EQUIPMENT
upkeep and MMNTT naAll mandialsopalogethe with the necessa tools and proper construction and acceptable co Pthe wo a ne essarPliea for
'"Pletion of the work, Y for the
I0-20 EXTRA WORKodi. fied An by as previously m work not provided for In the
' !a found us the engineer ytchbnbt order or supplemental awarded contract
intended scope of t be necessa agreement, but which
he contract as h' to complete the work within the
previously modified.
1Q-21
Transport. Federal Aviation Administration of the U S.
Administrator or When edused to designate a person, FAA shall Department of
' y authorized representative. mean the
1Q-22 FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS, Fede ' end supplements, amendments andTindices ttheretoiareatioa and Standards,
the General Services Administration of prepared and issued by
obtained from the Specifications Act the Federal Government.
on, from
Divisions
n ivity, Printt:t They may be
g 197, Naval Weapons Plant, Washington, . Supply
D. C, 20407,
DIy I
Page 3
' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
DEFINITION OF TERMS
W-23 INSPECTOR. An authorized representative of the engineer assigned to
make all necessary inspections and/or tests of the work performed or being
performed, or of the materials furnished or being furnished by the
' contractor.
10-24 INTENTION OF TERMS. Whenever, in these specifications or on the
plans, the words "directed," "required," "permitted," "ordered,"
"designated," "prescribed," or words of the like import are used, it shall
' be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order,
designation, or prescription of the engineer is intended; and similarly, the
words "approved," "acceptable," "satisfactory," or words of like import,
shall mean approved by, or acceptable to, or satisfactory to the engineer,
' subject in each case to the final determination of the owner.
Any reference to a specific requirement of a numbered paragraph of the
' contract specifications or a cited standard shall be interpreted to include
all general requirements of the entire section, specification item, or cited
standard that may be pertinent to such specific reference.
' 10-25 LABORATORY. The official testing laboratories of the owner or such
other laboratories as may be designated by the engineer.
10-26 LIGHTING. A system of fixtures providing or controlling the light
' sources used on or near the airport or within the airport buildings. The
field lighting includes all luminous signals, markers, floodlights, and
illuminating devices used on or near the airport or to aid in the operation
' of aircraft landing at, taking off from, or taxiing on the airport surface.
10-27 MAJOR AND MINOR CONTRACT ITEMS, A major contract item shall be any
' item that is listed in the proposal, the total cost of which is equal to or
greater than 10 percent of the total amount of the awarded contract. All
other items shall be considered min(: contract items.
10-28 MATERIALS. Any substance specified for use in the construction of
the contract work.
1
' Page 4 DIV I
' 10/24/74 AC 150/5310-0
' DEFINITION OF TERMS
' 10-29 NOTICE TO PROCEED. A written notice to the contractor to begin the
actual contract work on a previously agreed to date. If applicable, the
' Notice to Proceed shall state the date on which the contract time begins.
10-30 OWNER (SPONSOR). The term owner shall mean tho party of the first
' part or the contracting agency signatory to the contract. For ADAP
contracts, the tc:m sponsor shall have the same meaning as the term owner.
' 10-31 PAVEMENT. The combined surface course, base course, and subbase
course, if any, considered as a single unit.
10-32 PAYMENT BOND. The approved form of security furnished by the
contractor and his surety as a guaranty that he will pay in full all bills
and accounts for materials and labor used in the construction of the work.
10-33 PERFORMANCE BOND. The approved form of security furnished by the
contractor and his surety as a guaranty that the contractor will complete
the work in accordance with the terms of the contract.
1 10-34 PLANS. The official drawings or exact reproductions, approved by the
engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions and details of the'
' airport and the work to be done and which are to be considered as a part of
the contract, supplementary to the specifications.
' 10-35 PROJE(T. The agreed scope of work for accomplishing specific airport
development with respect to a particular airport.
1 10-36 PROPOSAL. The written offer of the bidder (when submitted on the
approved proposal form) to perform the contemplated work and furnish the
necessary materials in accordance with the provisions of the plans and
specifications.
' 10-37 PROPOSAL CUARANTY. The security furnished with a proposal to
guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract if his proposal is
accepted by the owner.
DIV I Page 5
.:-'i a•. :'ti ~o:. y~ n ; , , r Wig'" ~`r~.
' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
' DEFINITION OF TERMS
' 10-38 RUNWAY. The area on the airport prepared for the landing and takeoff
of aircraft.
' 10-39 SPECIFICATIONS. A part of the contract containing the written
directions and requirements for completing the contract work. Standards for
' specifying materials or testing which are cited in the contract
specifications by reference shall have the same force and effect as if
included in the contact physically.
' 10-40 STRUCTURES. Airport facilities such as bridges; culverts; catch
basins; inlets; retaining walls; cribbing; storm and sanitary sewer lines;
water lines; underdrains; electrical ducts, manholes, handholes, lighting
fixtures and bases; transformers; flexible and rigid pavements;
navigational aids; buildings; vaults; and, other manmade features of the
airport that may be encountered in the work and not otherwise classified
herein.
' 10-41 SUBGRADE. The soil which forms the pavement foundation.
' 10-42 SUPERINTENDENT. The contractor's executive representative who is
present on the work during progress, authorized to receive and fulfill
instructions from the engineer, and who shall supervise and direct the
construction.
10-43 SUPPLEtMENTAL AGREEMENT. A written agreement between the contractor
' and the owner covering: 1) work that would increase or decrease the total
amount of the awarded contract, or any major contract item, by more than 25
percent, such increased or decreased work being within the scope of the
originally awarded contract, or 2) work that is not within the scope of the
' originally awarded contract.
10-44 SURETY. The corporation, partnership, or individual, other than the
contractor, executing payment or performance bonds which are furnished to the
owner by the contractor.
1 .
Page 6 DIV 1
' 10/24/74 Ac 150/5770-10
' DEFINITION OF TERMS
10-45 TAXik'!Y, For the purpose of this document, the term taxiway means
the portion of the air operations area of an airport that has been
' designated by competent airport authority for movement of aircraft to and
from the airport's runways or aircraft parking areas.
' 10-46 WORK. The furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment. and
incidentals necessary or convenient to the contractor's performance of all
duties and obligations imposed by the contract, plans, and specifications.
10-47 WORKING DAY. A working day shall be any day other than a legal
holiday, Saturday, or Sunday on which the normal working forces of the
contractor may proceed with regular work for at least 6 hours toward
completion of the contract. Unless work is suspended for causes beyond the
contractor's control, Saturdays, Sundays and holidays on which the
' contractor's forces engage iii regular work, requiring the presence of an
inspector, will be considered as working days,
1
DIV I Page 7 (Reserve Page g) ~I
' 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
t SECTION 20
t PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS
' 20-01 ADVERTISEMENT (Notice to Bidders).
M official notice to contractors stating the time and
' place for the culomission of sealed proposals on designated
projects or proposed work. This notice shall contain a
description of the proposed work, instructions to the
bidder regarding proposal forma, proposal guaranty, plans,
specifications, and the reservation of the right of the
ovaer to reject any or all bids.
1
20-02 AL+SBRV®.
1
1
DIV I Page 9
' ,AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
' PROPOSAL. REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS
20-03 CONTENTS OF PROPOSAL FORKS. The owner shall furnish bidders with
proposal forms. All papers bound with or attached to the proposal forms are
necessary parts and must not be detached.
The plans, specifications, and other documents designated in the proposal
form shall be considered a part of the proposal whether attached or not.
20-04 ISSUANCE OF PROPOSAL FORMS. The owner reserves the right to refuse
' to issue a proposal form to a prospective bidder should such bidder be in
default for any of the following reasons:
' (a) Failure to comply with any prequalification regulations of the
owner, if such regulations are cited, or otherwise included, in the proposal
as a requirement for bidding.
' (b) Failure to pay, or satisfactorily settle, all bills due for labor
and materials on former contracts in force (with the owner) at the time the
owner issues the proposal to a prospective bidder.
(c) Contractor default under previous contracts with the owner.
Ll I Page 10 DIV I
1
r
' 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
' PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS
t (d) Unsatisfactory work on previous contracts with the owner.
' 20-05 INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATED PROPOSAL UANTITIES. An estimate of
quantities of work to be done and materials to be furnished under these
specifications is given in the proposal. It is the result of careful
' calculations and is believed to be correct. It is given only as a basis for
comparison of proposals and the award of the contract. The owner does not
expressly or by implication agree that the actual quantities involved will
correspond exactly therewith; nor shall the bidder plead misunderstanding or
' deception because of such estimates of quantities, or of the character,
location, or other conditions pertaining to the work. Payment to the
contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of work performed or
' materials furnished in accordance with the plans and specifications. It is
understood that the quantities may be increased or decreased as hereinafter
provided in the subsection titled ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of
' Section 40 without in any way invalidating the unit bid prices.
20-06 EXAMINATION OF PLANS. SPECIFICATIONS AND SITE. The bidder to
expected to carefully examine the site of the proposed work, the proposal
plans, specifications, and conttact forms. He shall satisfy himself as to
the character, quality, and quantities of work to be performed, materials to
' be furnished, and as to the requirements of the proposed contract. The
submission of a proposal shall be prima facie evidence that the bidder has
made such examination and is satisfied as to the conditions to be
encountered in performing the work and as to the requirements of the
proposed contract, plans, and specifications.
Boring logs and other records of subsurface investigations and tests are
' available for inspection of bidders. It is understood and agreed that such
subsurface information, whether included in the plans, specifications, or
otherwise made available to the bidder, was obtained and is intended for the
owner's design and estimating purposes only. Such information has been made
available for the convenience of all bidders. It is further understood and
agreed that each bidder is solely responsible for all assumptions,
deductions, or conclusions which he may make or obtain from his examination
of the boring logs and other records of subsurface investigations and tests
that are furnished by the owner.
20-07 PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL. The bidder shall submit his proposal on the
forms furnished by the owner. All blank spaces in the proposal forms crust
be correctly filled in where indicated for each and every item for which a
1
Div I Page 11
a
' AC 150/3370-10 10/24/74
PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS
' quantity is given. The bidder shall state the price (written in ink or
typed) both in words and numerals for which he proposeq to do each pay item
furnished in the proposal. In case of conflict between words and numerals,
the words, unless obviously incorrect, shall govern.
The bidder shall sign his proposal correctly and in ink. If the proposal is
' made by an individual, his name and post office address must be shown. If
made by a partnership, the name an4 post office address of each member of
the partnership must be shown. If made by a corporation, the person signing
t the proposal shall give the name of the State under the laws of which the
corporation was chartered and the name, titles, and business address of the
president, secretary, and the treasurer. Anyone signing a proposal 4s an
' agent shall file evidence of his authority to do so and that the signature
is binding upon the firm or corporation.
20-08 In t%,,iLAR PROPOSALS. Proposals shall be considered irregular for the
following reasons;
(a) If the proposal is on a form other than that furnished by the
' owner, or if the owner's form is altered, or if any part of the proposal
form is detached.
' (b) If there are unauthorized additions, conditional or alternate pay
items, or irregularities of any kind which make the proposal incomplete,
indefinite, or otherwise ambiguous.
' (e) If the proposal does not contain a unit price for each pay item
listed in the proposal, except in the case of authorized alternate pay
' items, for which the bidder is not required to furnish a unit price.
(d) If the proposal contains unit prices that are obviously unbalanced.
1 (e) If the proposal is not accompanied by the proposal guaranty
specified by the owner.
' For ADAP contracts, proposals shall be considered irregular for any of the
reasons stated and, in addition, if the proposal is "nonresponsive" with
respect to the requirements
' as specified in the proposal form.
t
Page 12 DIV 1
10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
' PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND C014DITIONS
' The owner reserves the right to reject any irregular proposal and the right
to waive technicalities if such waiver is in the tent interest of the owner
and conforms to local laws and ordinances pertaining to the letting of
' construction contracts.
' 20-09 PROPOSAL GUARANTY. Each separate proposal shall be accompanied by a
certified check, or other specified acceptable collateral, in the amount
specified in the proposal form. Such check, or collateral, shall be made
' payable to the owner.
' 20-10 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL. Each proposal submitted shall be placed in a 1
sealed envelope plainly marked with the project number, location of airport,
' and name and business address of the bidder on the outside. When sent by
trail, preferably registered, the sealed proposal, marked as indicated above,
should be enclosed in an additional envelope. No proposal will be
' considered unless received at the place specified in the advertisement
before the time specified for opening all bids. Proposals received after
the bid opening time shall be returned to the bidder unopened.
' 20-11 WITHDRAWAL OR REVISION' OF PROPOSALS. A bidder may withdraw or revise
(by withdrawal of o,ie proposal and submission of another) a proposal
' provided that the bidder's request for withdrawal is received by the owner
in writing or by telegram before the time specified for opening bids.
Revised proposals must be received at the place specified in the
' advertisement before the time specified for opening all bids.
20-12 PUBLIC OPENING OF PROPOSALS. Proposals shall be opened, and read,
' publicly at the time and place specified in the advertisement. Bidders,
their authorized agents, and Wier interested persons are invited to attend.
' DIV I Pages 13
' AC 150/5370-10 11/24/74
PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS
t Proposals that have been withdrawn (by written or telegraFnic request) or
received after the time specified for opening bids shall be returned to the
e bidder unopened.
20-13 DISSUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS. A bidder shall be considered
disqualified for any of the following reasons:
(a) Submitting more than one proposal from the same partnership, firm,
or corporation under the same or different name.
(b) Evidence of collusion among bidders. Bidders participating in such
collusion shall be disqualified as bidders for any future work of the owner
until any such participating bider has been reinstated by the owner as a
qualified bidder.
1 (c) If the bidder is considered to be in "default" for any reason
specified in the subsection titled ISSUANCE OF PROPOSAL FORMS of this
section.
1
1
t
t
' I
Page 14 DIV
1 AO 150/5370-110,124/74 1 SECTION 30
AWARD AND VXE CUTION OF CONTRACT
' 30-01 CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS. After the proposals a79 publicly opened
and read, they will be compared on the basis of the sums-Jon of the
products obtained by m+iltiplying the estimated quantities shown in the
proposal by the unit bid pricra if a bidder's proposal contains a
written and unit
govebn. prices
writ tenant), ynumbersn he t biJ prices
llowing reasons: right to
Until
for i any aofotheefowner
ejecttaebiaward dder's fproposal contract
' (a) If the proposal is irregular as specified in the subsection titled
IRRFCLZAR PROPOSALS of Section 20.
the subsection the bidder is disqualified for any of the reons20specified in
(b) If
In addition, until the award of a contract is made, the owner reserves the
t right to reject Any or all proposals; waive technicalities, if such waiver
is in the beat interest of the owner and is in conformancet with applicable
State and local laws or regulationf pertaining totheoiePtocer_dfwith the
' construction contracts; advertise foT new proposals;
work otherwise. All such actions shill promote the owner's best interests.
' ,30_02 AWARD OF CONTRACT. The award of a contract, if is is to be awarded,
stall be made within 30 calendar days of :he date specified for publicly
' opening proposals, unless otherwise specified herein.
requirements lowest, qualified
ti the owner.
Awar(i of
proposal conforms to dtheycithe ted owner
1
' Page 15
DIV I
' Ac 150/5370-10 10/24/74
e AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
30-03 CANCELLATION OF AWARD. The owner reserves the right to cancel the
award without liability to the bidder, except return of proposal guaranty,
at any time before a contract has been fully executed by all parties and is
approved by the owner in accordance with the subsection titled APPROVAL OF
CONTRACT of this section.
' 30-04 RETURN OF PROPOSAL GUARANTY. All proposal guaranties, except those
of the two lowest bidders, will be returned immedia•ely after the owner has
' made a comparison of bids as hereinbefore specified in the subsection titled
CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS of this section. Proposal guaranties of the two
lowest bidders will be retained by the owner until such time as an award is
made, at which tine, the unsucce9sful bidder's proposal guaknnty will be
returned. The successful bidder's proposal guaranty will be returned as
soon as the owner receives the contract bonds as specified in the subsection
titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section.
30-05 REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS. At the time of the execution of the
' contract, the successful bidder shall furnish the owner a surety bond or
bonds which have been fully.,executed by the bidder and his surety
a guaranteeing the performance of the work and the payment of all.legal debts
that may be incurred by reason of the contractor's performance of the work.
' The surety and the form of the bond or bonds shall be acceptable to the
owner. Unless otherwise specified in this subsection, the surety bond or
bonds shall be in a sum equal to the full amount of the contract.
1
30-06 EXEC1tTI0N OF CONTRACT. The successful bidder shall sign (execute)
the necessary agreements for entering into the contract ind return such
' signed contract to the owner, along with the fully executed surety bond or
bonds specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT HONDS of
this section, within 15 calendar days from the date mtilcd or otherwise
delivered to the successful bidder. If ;Ise contract is rrc+►led, r+pecial
handling is racommended.
'
Page 16 DIV I
' 10/24/74 AC 150/5310-10
' AWARD AND EXECUTION OY CONTRACT
' 511-07 APPROVAL OF CONTRACT. Upon receipt of the contract and contract bond
or bcmds'that have been executed by the successful bidder, the owner shall
complote the execution of the contract in accordance with local laws or
' ordinances, and return the fully executed contract to the contractor.
Delivery of the fully executed contract to the contractor shall constitute
the owner's approval to be bound by the successful bidder's proposal and the
' terms of the contract.
30AS FAILURE TO EX CUTE CONTRACT. Failure of the successful bidder to
oxecute the contract and furnish an acceptable. surety bond or bonds within
the 15 calendar day period specified in the subsection titled REQUIREHENTS,
OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section shall be Just cause for cancellation of
' the award and forfeiture of the proposal guaranty, not as a penalty, but as
liquidation of damages to the owner.
1
1
1
1
1
D1V I Page 17 (Reserve page 18)
A^ 150/5370-10
10/24/74
SECTION 40
' SCOPE OF WORK
1 40-01 INTENT OF CONTRACT. The intent of the contract is to provide for
construction and completion, in every detail, of the work described. It. is
further intended that the contractot shall furnish all labor, materials, ipment ' inuac toolso andrequired
rms of thecomplete
contract.work
e 40-02 ALTERATION OF WORK A4D QUANTITIES. The owner reserves and shall have
the right to make such alterations in the work as may be necessary or
desirable to complete the work originally intended in an a-•ceptable manner.
' Unless otherwi.e specified herein, the engineer shall be tad is hereby
authorized to mare such alterations in the work as m increase
aggregate
the originally awarded contract quantities, provided such alterations does not change the total contract cost or the total cost
of any major contract item by more than 25 percent (total cost being based
en the unit prices and estimated quantities in tha awarded contract).
Alteratione whi,,h do not exceed the 25 percent 18midttheoc stall notagrees co
invalidate the contract nor release the surety,
accept payment for such alterations as if the altered work had been a part
of the original contract. These alterations which are for work within the
general scope of the contract shall be covered by "Change Orders" issued by
the engineer. Change orderr for altered work shall include extensions of
work~sions are
amohnt engineer's
contract
with where
commensurate time
' Sholld the aggregate amount of altered work exceed the 25 percent limitation
hereinbefore rricified, such excess altered work skull be covered by
1 supplemental agreement. If the owner and the contractor are unable to agree
on a unit adjustment for any contract item that requires a supplemental
r completion,
respect agreement, to the iem owner and reserves make otthe her right arrangements foreits the contract with
1
' Page 1.
DIV I
1
e
' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
SCOPE OF WORK
a
40-03 OMITTED ITEMS. The engineer may, in the owner's best interest, omit
from the work any contract item, except major contract items. Major
contract items may be omitted by a supplemental agreement. Such omission of
contract items shall not invalidate any other contract provision or
requirement.
a Should a contract item be omitter' or otherwise ordered to be nonperformed,
th, contractor shall be paid for :il work performed toward completion of
such iteni prior to the date of the order to omit such item. Peyment for
work performed shall be in accordance with the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR
' OMITTED ITEMS of Sc.:tion 90.
40-04 EXTRA WORK. Should acceptable completion of the contract require the
contractor to perform an item of work foi which no basis of paynent has been
provided in the original contract or previously issued change orders or
' supplemental agreements, the same shall be called Extra Work. Extra work
that is within the general scope of the contract shall be covered by written
change order. Change orders for such extra work shall contain agreed unit
prices for performing the change order work in accordance with the
' requirements specified in cha order, and shall contain any adjustment to the
contract time that, in the engineer's opinion, is necessary for completion
of such extra work.
t when determined by the engineer to be in the owner's best interest, he may
order the contractor to proceed with extra work by force account as provided
in the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOtk;T WORK of Section
90.
Extra work that is necessary for acceptable completion of the project, but
' is not within the general scope of the work covered by the original contract
shall be covered by a Supplemental Agreement as hereinbefore defined in the
subsection titled SOPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT of Section 10.
1 Any claim for payment of extra work that in, not covered by written agreement
(change order or supplemental agreement) shall be rejected by the owner.
DIV I
Page 20
10/24//4 AC 150/"370-10
t SCOPE OF WORK
40-05 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC. It is 61c explicit Intention of the contract
that the safety of aircraft, as well as the contractor'r. equipment and
personnel, is the mor,~ important consideration. It is understood and agreed
chat the contractor shell provide for the free and unobstr,.cted movement of
aircraft in the air operations areas of the airport with respect to his own
operations and the operations of all his s0 contractors as specified in the
subsection ticked LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80. It is further
understood and agreed that the contractor shall provide kor the
uninterrupted rperation of visual and electronic signals (including power
' supplies thereto) used in the guidance of aircraft while operating to, from,
and upon the air-port as specified in the subsection titled CONTRACTOR'S
RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY SERVICE AND FACILITIES OF OTHERS in Section 70.
With reaped to his own operations and the operations of all hi-
subcontractors, the contractor shall provide marking, lightir and other
Acceptable means of identifying; personnel; equipment; vehicles; storage
area; am any work area or condition that may be hazardous to the operation
of aircraft, fire-rescue equipment, or maintenance vehicles at the hirport.
When the contract requires the maintenance of vehicular traffic on an-
existing road, street, or highway during the contractor's performance of
work that is otherwise provided for in the contract, plans, and
specifications, the contractor shall keep such road, street, or highway open
' to all traffic and shall provide such maintenance as may be required to
accommodate traffic. The contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain
barricades, warning signs, flagmen, and other traffic control devices in
' reasonable conformity with the manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for
Streets and Highways (published by tho United States Government Printing
Of:ice), unless otherwise specified herein. The contractor shall also
construct and maintain in a safe condition any temporary connectI -
necessary for ingress to and egress from abutting property or intersecting
roads, -4treets or highways. Unless otherwise specified herein, the
contractor will not be required to furnish snow removal for such existing
road, street, or highway.`
The contractor shall make his own estimate of all la'jor, materials,
equipment, and incident+ois necessary for providing the maintenance of
t aircraft and vehicular traffic as specified in this subsection.
The cost of maintaining the aircraft and vehicular traffic specified in this
' subsection shall not bu measured or paid for directly, but shall be included
in the various contract items.
DIV I Page 21
AC 150/5370-10
!0/24/74
SCOPE OF WOkK
40-06 REMOVAL OF EXISTING STRUCTURES. All existing structures encountered
within tho established lines, grades, or grading sections shall be removed
to be erecontractor, unloss located, adjusted upcor edown,r~caly ged,crabandonedhi in place, reused
ii+.the work or to ::main ;'.n place. The cost of removing such existing
structures shall not be measured or paid for directly, but shall be included
in the various contract items.
Should the contractor encounter an existing structure (above nr below
ground) in the work for which the disposition is not indicated on the plans,
the engineer iha;l he notified prior to disturbing such structure. The
disposition of existing structures so encountered shell be immediately
determined by the engineer .n accordance with 'a provisions of the
' contract.
Except as provided it the subsection titled RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS
FOUND IN THE WORK of this section, it is intended that all existing
materials or structures that may be encountered (within the lines, grades,
or trading sections o,tablished for completion of the work) shall be
' utilized in the work as otherwise provided for in the contract and shall
renain the property of the owner when so utilized in the work.
' 40-07 RIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUND IN 114E WORK. Should the
contractor encounter any material such as (but not restricted to) sand,
atone, gravel, slag, or concrete slaba within the established lines
' or grading sections, the use of whim is intended by tH terms of thegredea',
contract to be either embankment or waste, he may at his opticu eithert
' (a) Use such material in another contract item, providing such use is
approved by the engineer and is in conformance with the contract
specifications applicable to such use; or,
' (b) Remove such material from the site, upon written approval of the
engineer; or,
1
Page 22
DN I
10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
' SCOPE OF WORK
' (c) Use such materiel for his own temporary construction on site; or,
(d) Ilse such material as intended by the terms of the contract.
Should the contractor wish to exercise option (a), (b), or (c), he shall
request the engineer's approval in advance of such use.
Should the engineer approve the contractor's request to exercise option (a),
(b), or (c), the contractor shall be paid for the excavation or removal of
such material at the applicable contract price. The contractor shall
replace, at his own expense, such removed or excavated material with an
agreed equal volume of material that is acceptable for use in constructing
embankment, backfills, or otherwise to the extent that such replacement
' material i.s needed to complete the contract work. The contractor shall not
be charged for his use of such material so used in the work or removed from
the site.
Should the engineer approve the contractor's exercise of option (a), the
contractor shall be paid, at the applicable contract price, fer furnishing
and installing such material in accordance with requirements of the contract
' item in which the material is used.
It is understood and agreed that the contractor shall make no claim for
delays by reason of his exercise of option (a), (b), or (c).
The contractor shall not e)-cavate, remove, or otherwise disturb any
' material, structure, or part of a structure which is located outside the
lines, grades, or grading sections established for the work, except where
such excavation or removal is provided for in the contract, plans, or
specifications.
40-09 FINAL CLEANING UP. Upon completion of the work and before acceptance
and final payment will be made, the contractor shall remove from the site
all machinery, equipment, surplus and discarded materials, rubbish,
temporary structures, et.d stumps or p,)rtions of trees. He shall cut all
brush and woods within the limits indicated and shall leave the site in a
' neat and presentable condition. Material cleared from the site and
deposited on adjacent property will not be considered as having been
disposed of satisfactorily, unless the contractor has obtained the written
t permissirn of such property owner.
1
Page 2
DIV I 3 (Reserve Page 241
r
' 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
SECTION 50
CONTROL OF WORK
50-01 AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER. The engineer '.'gall decide any and all
questions which may arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials
furnished, work performed, and as to the manner of performance and rate of
progress of the work. He shall decide all questions which may arise as to
the interpretation of the specifications or plans relating to the work, the
fulfillment of the contract on the part of the contractor, and the rights of
' different cr,ntractors on the project. The engineer shall determine the
amount and quality of the several kinds of work performed and materials
furnished which are to be paid for under the contract.
50-02 CJN?0RMITY WITH PLANS AND SUCIFICATIONS. All work and all materials
furnished sha).l be in reasonably close conformity with the lines, grades,
grading sections, cross sections, dimensions, material requirements, A,.i
:eating requirements that are specified (inciuding specified tolerances) in
the contract, plans, or specifications.
If the engineer finds the materials fur.tished, work performed, or the
finished product not within reasonably close conformity with the plans and
specifications but that the portion o~ the work affected will., in his
opinion, result in a finished produ,.t having a level of safety, economy,
durability, and workmanship accepta,ile to the owner, he will advise the
owner of his determination gillcdocument accepted and in
' place. In this event, s engineer u
recommend to the owner z -asis of acceptcnee which will provide for an
adjustment in the contract price for the affected portion of the work. The
engineer's determinat:on and recommended contract price adjustments will be
' based on good engineering judgement and such tests or retests of the
affected work as are, in 'Phis opinion, needed. O anges in the contract price
shall be covered by contract mndific:tions (change order or supplemental
' agreement) as applicable.
If the engineer finds the materials furnis:ird, work performed, or the
' finished product are not in reasonably close conformity with the plans and
specifications and have resulted In an unacceptable finished product, the
affected work or materials shall be removed and replaced or otherwise
corrected by and at the expense of the contractor in accordance +.ith the
engineer's written orders.
r
LAY I Page 25
7C
10124/74
' AC 150/5370-10
CONTRGL OF WORK
For the purpose of this subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity"
i st,>11 not be construed as waiving the contractor's responsibility to
co late the work in accordance wit's the contract, plans, and
specifications. The term shall nrit be construed as waiving the engineer's
' right to insist on strict compliance with the requirements of the contract,
plans, and specifications during the contractor's prosecution of the work,
when, !n the engineer's opinion, such compliance is essential to provide an
acceptable finislt3 portion of the work.
For the purpose of thin subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity"
that is
engineering also inJudgement'inihistdeterminationstastto acceptance to use
not in n strict conformity but will provide a finished product equal to or
not
better than that intsnded by the requirements of the contract, plane and
' specifications.
t
PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. The contract,
50-03 COORDINATION OF CONTttICT , standards --cited plans, specifications, and all reference
pa equicementoccurringeinsonetislas
rts of the contract requirements.
binding as though occurring in all. They bre Intended to
of discrepanra,y
' arid to describe and provide for
over complete scaled work. dimensions; contract t ttechnical
calculated dimensions will govern r cited
specifications shall govern ov-2r contract general provisions,
standards for materials or testing, and cited FAAnaadvisted standards;Eor
contract general provisions shall govern over plas, lass shall govern
wrerials or testing, and cited FAA advisory circulars; p
over cited standards for materials or testing and cited FAA advisory
circulars.
The contractor shall not take advantage of any apparent error or omission on
the flans or ep icationsr the event the
Immediatelyrcallruponcthe engineer
apparent error o or r discr~:panty, he
for his intLrp natation and decision, ane' such decision shn.ll be final.
1
' DIV I
Page 26
r
a 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
e CONTROL OF WORK
' 50-04 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR. The contractor will be supplied with two
copies each of the plans and specifications. He shall have available on the
work at all times one copy each of the plans and specifications. Additional
copies of plans and specifications fray be obtained by the contractor for the
cost of reproduction.
The contractor shall give constant attention to the w.irk to facilitate the
' progress thereof, and he shall cooperaz• with the engine.sr and his
inspectors and with other contractors in every way possible. The engineer
shall allocate the work and designate the sequence of construction in case
of controversy betweet, contractors. The contractor shall have a competent
superintendent on the work at all times who is fully authorized as his agent
on the work. The superintendent shall be capable of r_ading and thorou'dhly
1 understanding the plans and specifications and shall receive and fulfill
instructions from the engineer or his authorized representative.
' 50-05 COOPERATION RE74EEN CONTRACTORS. The owner reserves the right to
contract for and perform other or additional work on or near the work
covered by this contract.
i When separate contracts are let within the limits of any one project, each
contractor shell conduct his work so as not to interfere with or hinder the
progress of completion of the work being performed by other contractors.
Cintractors working on the same project shall cooperate with each other as
directed.
Each contractor involved fihall assume all liability, financial or otherwise,
in connection with his contract and shall protect and save harmless the
owner from any and all damages or claims that may arise because of
' incontenience, delays, or loss experienced by him because of the presence
and operations of other contractor; working within the limits. of the same
project.
The contractor shall arfange his work and shall place and dispose of the
materials being used so as not to interfere with the operations of the other
contractors within the limits of the same project. Ile shall join his work
with that of the others in nn acceptable manner and :hall perform it In
proper sequence to that of the others.
1
DIV I Page 27
r.. a'''~r¢
t
SECTION 50-CONTROL OF WORK
All paragraphs shall apply with the following excPptions
50 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT AND STAKES. Delete the paragraph and substitute the
t followings
The contractor will perform the staking Burin- 1~nstruction of the work.
t it shall be the respo sibility of the Contractor to construct the work
to the position and el. vations as set out on the plans and approved
changes. The Engineer ,rill fisrnish the Contractor control points airs
bench marks and from the control points and bench narks established by
the Engineer, the Contractor shall establish and be responsible for
the correctnetas of alignment, elevation and tosition of all construction
required by the contract.
The Engineer, may, at his option, make spot or complete checks on all
construction altgncsent and graAes to determine the accuracy of the Con-
tractor's survey work. These checks, however, will not relieve the Con-
tractor of his responsibility of constructing the work to the positions
and elevations as shown on the plans or approved changes.
1 The Contractor shall furnish free of charge all stakes and other materials
necessary to preserve control points :or aiignment and grade.
The Contractor will be held responsible for the preservation of all con-
trol points establishod by the Engineer.
No direct payment will be made for this work, but the cost of all labor,
' equipment and supplies necessary to perform the work shall be included
in the contract unit prices bid for the various c.zntract items.
1
' AC 150/5310••10 10/24/74
' CONTROL OF WORK
' 50-06 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT AND STAKES. Unless otherwiLe provided for in
this subsection, the engineer shall furnish the contractor with all lines,
grades, and measurements necessary to the proper prosecution and control of
the work contracted for under these specifications. The contractor shall
satisfy himself as to the accuracy of all measurements before constructing
any permanent structure and shall not take advantage of any errors which may
' have been made in laying out the work. Such stakes and markings as the
engineer may set for either his own or the contractor's aidance shall be
scrupulously preserved by the contractor. In case of negligence on the part
of the contractor, or his employees, resulting in the destruction of such
stakes or markings, an amount equal to the cast of replacing the same may be
deducted from subsequent estimates due the contractor at the discretion of
the engineer.
' 50-07 AUTOMATICALLY CON TROLi.En EQUIPMCNT. Whenever hatching or mixing
' plant equipment is required to be operated automatically under the contract
and a breakdown or malfunction of the autum.ltic controls occurs, the
equipment may be operated manually or by other metho(fs for a period of 48
hours following the breakdown or malfunction, provlAcd this method of
' operations will produce results w;iich conform to all other requirements of
the contract.
' 50-08 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF INSPECTORS. Inspectors employed by the owner
shall be author.roM to inspect all work done and all material furnished.
' Such inspection may extend to all or any parr, of the work and to the
preparation, fabrication, or manufacture of the materials to be used.
Inspectors are not aut'horfzed to revoke, alter, or waive any provision of
the contract. :nspectr,r.4 are not Suthorized to issue instructions contrary
t to the plans and specifications or to -:ct as foreman fr: the contractor.
Inspectors employed by the ewncr are authorized Lo notify the contractor or
his representative of any failure of the work or materfals to conform to the
requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications and to reject such
noncenforming materials in questin,t until such issues can be referred to the
engineer for his decision.
Page 28 DIV I
10/24/74 AC 150/S170-10
' CONTROL OF WORK
50-04 INSPECTION OF THE WORIC. All materials and each part or detail of the
work shall be subject to inspection by the engineer. ThP engineer shall be
allowed access to all parts of the work and shall be furnished with such
t information and assistance by the contractor as is required to make a
complete and detailed inspection.
If the engineer requests it, the contractor, at any time before acceptance
of the work, shall remove nr uncover such portions of the finished work as
may be directed. After examination, the contractor shall restore said
portions of the work to the staiMard required by the specifications. Should
t the work tli~s exposed or examined prove acceptable, the uncovering, or
removing, and tte replacing of the covering or making good of the parts
removed will be paid for as extra work; but should the work so exposed or
t examined prove unacceptable, the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing
of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be at the
contractor's expense.
' Any work done or materials used without supervision or inspection by an
authorized representative of the owner may be ordered removed and replaced
at the contractor's expense unless the owner's representative failed to
inspect after having been given reasonable notice in writing that the work
was to be perfumed,
Should the contract work includA relocation, adjustment, or any otlier
1 modification, to existing facilities, not the property of the (contract)
owner, authorized representatives of the owners of such facilities shall
have the right to inspect such work. Such inspection shall in no sense make
any facility owner a party to the contract, and stall in no way interfere
with the rights of the parties to this contract.
' 50-10 REMOVAL OF UNACCEPTABLE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK. All stork which does
not conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, aed specifications
will be considered unacceptable, unless otherwise determivad acceptable by
' the %:ngineor as provided in the subsection titled CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND
SPECIFICATIONS of this section.
' Unacceptable work, whether the result of poor workmanship, use of defective
materials, damage through carelessness, or any other cause found to exist
prior to the final acceptance of the work, shall be removed immediately and
replaced i„ an acceptable manner in accordance with the provisions of the
subsection titled Contractor's Responsibility for Work of Section 70.
' DIV I Page 2i
t
AC 15015370-10 10/24174
CONTROL OF WORK
' one without lines and grades having been given by the
No work shall be d work engineer. Work done contrary to the instructions of the engin,specifiede
beyond the lines shown on the plans or as except given, as
be considered herein
unauthorized
or any extra work done without authority, w
replaced rovisions of the Work so done
and ay wilol not erepai moved for under
' m
Upon failure on the part of the contractcr to comply forthwith with any
' order of the engineer made under the provisions of this subsection, the
engineer will have authority to cause unacceptable work tc ',e remedied or
removed iud
becomeoduedthe the
removed and replyythe n owner) from unauthorized work
' costs (incurred by
contractor.
t 50-11 LOAD RESTRICTIONS. The contractor shall comply with all legal load
restrictions in the hauling of materials on public roads beyond the limits
of the work. A special permit will not relieve the contrector of liability
' for damage which may result from the moving of material or equipment.
The operation of equipment of su oh
cweight or so onstruction lwill not e oaded a shtoQcause damage to
t structures or to any other type
Hauling of materials over the bate course or surface course under
construction shall be limited as directed. No loads will be permitted on a
concrete pavement, base, or s micture before the expiration of the curing doe by
period. The contractor
at lhisaowne expense. his
hauling equipment and siialllcorrectssuch responsible for
'
' 50-12 MAINTENANCE DURING MN STRUC:ION- The contractor shall maintain the
work during construction and until the work is acc^.pted. This
maintenance shall constitute continuous and effective work prosecuted day by
' day, with adequate equipment and forces so that the work is maintained in
satisfactory condition at all times.
In the case of a contract far the placing of a course upon a course or
subgrade previously constructed, the contractor shall maintain the previous
course or subgrade during all construction operations.
All costeof maintenance work during construction and before the project is
,iccepted
itera,andsthelc4ontractorewill not beipaidicnsadditionaleamount"for^suchrt
work.
'
Page 30 DIV 1
1
AC 150/5370-10
10/24/74
' CONTROL OF WORK ,
' 50-13 FAILURE TO MAINTAIN TiiE WORK. Should the contractor at any time fail
to maintain the work as provided in the subsection titled MAINTENANCE DURING
CONSTRUCTION of this section, the engineer shall .mmediately notify the
contractor of such noncompliance. Such notification shall specify a
' reasonable time within which the contractor shall be required to remedy such
unsatisfactory maintenance condition. The time specified will give due
consideration to the exigency that exists.
' Should the contractor fail to respond to the engineer's notification, the
engineer may suspend any work necessary for the owner to correct such
unsatisfactory maintenance condition, depending on the exigency that exists.
Any maintenance cost incurred by the owner, shall be deducted from monies
due or to become due the contractor.
' 50-14 PARTIAL ACffPTANCE. If at any time during the prosecution of the
project the contractor substantially completes a usable unit or portion, of
the work, the occupancy of which will benefit the o+ne;~, he may request the
engineer to make final inspection of that unit. If the engineer finds upon
inspection that the unit has been satisfactorily completed in compliance
' with the contract, he may accept it as being completed, and the contractor
may be relieved of further responsibility for that unit. Such partial
acceptance and beneficial occupancy by the owner shall not void or alter any
provision of the contract.
50-15 FINAL ACCEPTANE,. Upon due notice from the 'contractor of presumptive
' completion of the entire project, the engineer and owner will make an
inspection. If all construction provided for and contemplated by the
contract is found to be comp?eted in accordance with the contract, plans,
and Ppecifications, such inspection shall constitute the final inspection.
1 The engineer shall notify the ootractor in writing of final acceptance as
of the date of the final inspection.
~i
If, a i:ounsatisfactory, the inspection the endsngive work,
the contractor the necessary
r being Bineer Will
instructions for correction of same, and the contractor shall immediately
t comply with and execute such instructions. Upon correction of the work,
another inspection will be made which snall constitute the final inspection,
provided the work has been satisfactorily completed. In such event, the
engineer will make the final acceptance and notify the contractor in writing
of this acceptance as of the date of final inspection.
DIV I Page 31
1
AC 150/5370-10 10/24174
CONTROL OF WORK
50-16 CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DISPUTES. If for any reason the contractor
deems that additional compensation is due him for work or materials not
clearly provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications or previously
' authorized as extra work, he shall notify the engineer in writing of his
intention to claim such additional compensation before he begins the work on
which he bases the claim. Ii such notification is not given or the engineer
' is not afforded propel opportunity by the contractor for keeping strict
account of actual cost as required, then the contractor hereby agrees to
waive any claim for such additional compensation. Such notice by the
t contractor and the fact that the engineer has kept account of the cost of
the work shall not in any way be construed rs proving or substantiating the
validity of the claim. Wher. the work on which the claim for additional
compensation is based has been completed, the contractor shall, within 10
' ceilendar days, submit his written claim to the engineer who will present it
to the owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances.
Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as a waiver of the
contractor's right to dispute final payment based on differences in
measurements or computations.
t
t
r
t Page 32 DIV I
1
I
I
' 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
SECTION 60
1
' CONTROL V MATERIALS
60-01 SOURCE OF SUPPLY AND QUALITY REQUIREMENTS. The materials used on the
work shall conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, and
specifications. Unless otherwise specified, such materials that are
manufactured or processed shall be new (as compared to used or reprocessed).
In order to expedite the inspection and testing of materials, the contractor
shall furnish complete statements to the engineer a-, to the origin,
' composition, and manufacture of all materials 'o be used in the work. Such
statements shall be furnished prompvly after execution of the contract but,
in all cases, prior to delivery of such materialo.
At the engineer's option, materials may be -approved at the source of eupply
before delivery is started. If it is found after trial that sources of
supply for previously approved materials do not produce specified products,
' the contractor shall furnish materials from other sources.
The contractor shall furnish airport lighting equipment that conforms to the
requirements of cited materials specifications. In addition, where an FAA
specification for airport lighting equipment is cited in the plans or
specifications, the contractor shall furnish such equipment that is:
' (a) Listed in the FAA Advisory Circular 150/5345-1, Approved
Airport Lighting Equlpment, that is in effect on the date of advertisement;
and,
' (b) Produced by the manufacturer qualified (by FAA) to produce such
specified and listed equipment.
DIV I Paps 31
r
AC 150/5370-10
r 10/24/74
CONTROL OF MATERIALS
r
r I
1
r
r
r
1
60-02 SAMPLES, TESTS, AND CITED SPECIFICATIONS. All materials used in the
wosk shall be inspected, tested, and approved by the engineer before
incorporation in the work. Any work in which untested materials are used
r without approval or written permission of the engineer shall be 1.erformed at
the contractor's risk. Materials found to be unacceptable and unauthtsz.zed
will not be paid for and, if directed by the engineer, shall be removed at
r the contractor's expense. Unless otherwise designated, tests in accordance
with the citeli standard methods of AASHTO or ASTM which are current on the
date of advertisement for bids will be made by and at the expense of the
owner. Samples will be taken by a qualified representative of the owner.
r All materials being used are subject to inspection, test, or rejection at
any time prior to or during incorporation into the work. Copies of all tests
will be furnished to the contractor's representative at his request.
r 6043 CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE. The engineer may permit the use. prior
r to sampling and testing, of certain materials or assemblies whe:j accompaniee
by manufacturer's certificates of compliance stating that such materials or
assemblies fully comply with the require,nents of the contract. The
certificate shall be signed by the manufacturer. Each lot of such materials
r or assemblies delivered to t'1 work must be accompanied by a certificate of
compliance in which the lc., is clearly identified.
r
r Page 34
DIV I
t AC 150/5370-10
10/24/74
CONTROL OF MATERIALS
ies used on the basis of certificate: of compliance may
besamp pled oar oar nd t ast eeststed at any time and if found not to be in conformity with
co s
'
contract requirements will be subject co rejection whether in place or not-
The form and distribution of certificates of compliance shall be as approved
' by the engineer.
Waen a material or assembly is specified by "brand name or equal" and the contractor
of compliance
t shall be contractor to furnish tie manufacturer'sn'certificate the
sisal
for Patoffcosuch mpliancershallrcleaelyl identifyreach lotedelivereduand
shall all certify as to:
(a) Conformance to the specified performance, testing, quality or
1 dimensional requirements; ar•1,
(U) Suitability of the material or assembly for the use intended in the
contract work.
Should the contractor propose to furnish an "or equal" material or assembly,
he Shall furnish the manufacturer's certificates of compliance as
the proposedassembly.
asato whethermaterial
How "or
' ee engineer described shfor all t be the specified sole Judge brand
However, th8
c;qusl" is suitable for use in the work.
The engineer reserves the right to refuse permission for use of materials or
assemblies on the basis of certificates of compliance.
1
60-0 ANT INSPF.CTION• ThgEiedrmaor his terialaorhassembly toe benusedv in mthe
inspect, at its source, any apec
wo-1k. Manufacturing plants may be inspected from time to time for the
purpose of determining compliance with specified manufacturing methods or
materials to be use Cin the work and assembly. obtain samples required for his
1 acceptance of the Page 35
' pIV I
T
AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
• CONTROL. OF MATERIALS
Sho-A d Lhe engineer conduct plant inspections, the following conditions
shall exist:
(a) The engineer shall have the cooperation and assistance of the
' cos,Sractor and the producer with wliom he has contracted for materials.
(b) The engineer shall have full entry at all reasonable times to such
' parts of the plant that concern the manufacture or production of the
materials being furnished.
(c) If required by the engineer, the contractor shall arrange for
' adequate office or working space that may be reasonahly. needed for
conducting plant inspections. Office or working space should be
conveniently located with respect to the plant.
It is understood and agreed that the owner shall have the right to retest
any material which Itss been tested and approved at the source of supply
' after it has been delivered to the site. The engineer shall have the riglit
to reject only material which, Dien retested, does not meet the requirements
of the contract, plans, or specifications.
a 60-05 ENGINEER'S FIELD OFFICE AND LABORATORY. when specified arid provided
for as a contract item, the contractor shall furn;sh a bulking for O e
exclusive use of the engineer as a field office ano field testing
laboratory. The building shall be furnished And mat itained
by the contractor as specified herein and shall become property of the
contractor when the contract work is completed.
' 60-06 STORAGE OF MATERIALS, Materials shall be so stored as to assure the
preservation of their quality and fitness for the work. Stored materials,
even though approved before storage, may again be inspected prior to their
' use in the work. Stored materials shall be located so as to facilitate
their prompt inspection. The contractor shall coordinate the storage of all
materials with the engineer. Materials to be stored on airport property
' shall not create an obstruction to air navigation nor shall they interfere
with the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft. Unless otherwise shn4n
r Page 36 VIV I
1
10/24/74 AC 15015370.10
' CONTROL OF MATERIALS
e on the plans, the storage of materials and the location of the contractor's
plent and parked equipment or vehicles shall he as directed by the engineer.
Private property shall not be used for storage purposes without written
' permission of the owner or lessee of such property. The contractor shall
make all arrangements and bear all expenscc for the storage of materials on
private property. Upon request, the contractor shall furnish the engineer a
' copy of the property owner's permission.
All storage sites on private or airport property shall be restored to their
original condition by the contractor at his entire expense, except as
' otherwise agreed to (in writing) by the owner or lessee of the property.
' 60-07 UNACCEPTABLE MATERIALS. Any material or assembly that does not
conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications shall
be considered unacceptable and shall be rejected. The contractor shall
' remove any rejected material or assembly from the site of the work, unless
otherwise instructed by the engineer.
No rejected material or assembly, the defects of which have been corrected
by the contractor, shall not be returned to the site of the work until such
time as the engineer has approved its use in the work.
' 60-08 OWNER-FURNISHED MATERIALS. The contractor shall furnish all
materials required to complete the work, except those specified herein (if
any) to he furnished by the owner. Ownp~-furnished materials shall be made
available to the contractor at the location specified herein.
A11 costs of handl. S, transportation from the specified location to the
t site of work, storage, and installing owner- furnished materials shall be
included in the unit price bid for the contract item in which such
owner-furnished material is used.
' After any owner-furnished material has been delivered to the location
speclfied,the contractor shall be responsible for any demurrage, damage,
loss, or other deficiencies which may occur during the contractor's
handling, storage, or use of such-owner-furnished material. The owner will
deduct from eny monies due or to become due the contractor any cost incurred
by the owner in making good such loss duc to the rontractor's handling,
' storage, or use of owner-furnished mptteriats.
'
MV I Page 37 (Reserve "a-,Ue 3i)
.
0 . 14 • .1 1~..y..
1
' 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
1 '
SECTION 70
LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC
' 70-01 LAWS TO BE UB:'.W;EEF. The contractor shall keep fully informed of all
Federal and State laws, all local laws, ordinances, and regulations and all
orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having any jurisdiction c r
authority, which in any manner affect those engaged or employed on the work,
or which in any way affect the conduct (if the work. He shall at all times
observe and comply with all such laws, ordinances, regulations, orders, and
' decrees; and shall protect and indemnify the owner and all his officers,
agento, or servants against any claim or liability arising from or based on
the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, order, or decree,
whether by himself or his employees.
70-02 PERMITS, LICENSES AND TAXES. The contractor shall procure all
permits &nd licenses, pay all charges, fees, and t.%xes, and give all notices
necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work.
t 70-03 PATENTED DEVICES, MATERIALS, AND PROCESSES. If tho contractor is
required cr desires to use any designs device, material, or process covered
' by letters of patent or copyright, hei shall provide for ouch use by suitable
legal agreement with the patentee or owner. The contractor and the surety
shall indemnify and save harmless the owner, any third party, or political
subdivision from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the t:ae of
any such patented design, device, material or process, or any trademark or
copyright, and shall indemnify the owner for any costs, expenses, and
damages which it may be obliged to pay by reason of an infringement, at any
time durtn; the prosecution or after the completion of the work.
' 70-04 RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS. The owner reserves the
right to authorize the construction, reconstruction, or maintenance of any
public or private utility service, FAA or National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (FOAA) facility, or a utility service of another
' government agency at any tiro during the progress of the work. To the
extent that such construction, reconstruction, or maintenance has been
coordinated with the owner, such authorized work (by others) is indicateu at.
' follows:
' DIV I
Page 3^ '
' AC 150/5370-10
10/24/74
LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC
Owner Person to ContAct
' (Utility or Other Fa lity)
(Se LOcation (Name, Title Addre
e Plan Sheet No.) ss
and Phone)
Except as listed above, the contractor shall not permit any individual
firm, or corporation to excavate or otherwise disturb such '
located wi Utility
e wiCe~lces
thin the limits of the work without the
' permission of the engineer.
Should the owner of public or private utility service, FAA, or NOAA
facility, or a utility service of another government Agency he authorized to
construct, reconstruct, or maintain such utility service or facility during
the progress of the work, the contractor shall cooperate with such owners by
arranging and performing the work in this contract so as to facilitate such
' construction, reconstruction or maintenance by others whether or not such
work by others is listed above. When ordered as extra work by the engineer,
the contractor shall make all necessary repairs to,the work which are due to
such authorized work by othera, unless otherwise Provided for in the
' contract, plans, or specifications. It is
contractor shall not be entitled to make anyclaimoforadamages eduehto ,-ssuch
n
authorized work by others or for any delay to tb a work resulting from such
' authorized work.
1
1
' Page 40
DIV I
10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
LLGAL RHATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY x1' PUBLIC
1
70-05 FEDERAL AID PARTICIPATION. For ADAP cuntrarts, the United States
' Government has agreed to reimburse the owner for some portion of the
contract costs. Such reimbursement is matte from time to time upon the
owner's (sponsor's) request to the FAA. In consideration of the United
States Government's (FM's) agreement with the owner, the owner has included
' provisions in this contract pursuant to the ruquiremenLa of the Airport and
Airway Development Act of 1970 (84 stat. 219), as amended, and the Rules and
Regulations of the federal Aviation Administration that pertain to the work.
As required by the Act, the contract work is subject to the inspection anu
approval of duly authorized representatives of th- Administrator, Federal
' Aviation Administration and is further subject to those provisions of the
rules and regulations that are cited in the contract, plans, or
specifications.
' No requirement of the Act, the rules and regulations implemonting the Act,
or this contract aliall be construed as making the Federal Covernment a party
to the contract nor will any such requirement interfere, in any way, with
the rights of either party to the contract.
70-06 SANITARY, }11;.1:Tlly AND SAFETY PROV1SIMS. lhcc contractor shall
provide and maintain in a neat, sanitary co„dition such acconaw dations fur
the use of his employces as may be nece,.s.lry to comply with the requirements
of the State and local Board of Health, or of other bodies or tribunals
having jurisdiction.
Attention is directed to Federal, State, and local laws, rules and
' regulations concerning construction safety and hra;th standards. The
contractor shall not rutjulre any worker to work in surroundings or under
conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or &inporou3 to his health or
safety.
1
1 ,
' DW I Page 41
!0/24/74
AC 150/:370-10
LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC
1 70-07 PUBLIC CONVrNIEYCB AND SAFETY. The contractor shall control his
' operations and those of his subcontractors and all suppliers, to assure the
least inconvenience co the traveling public. Under all circumstances,
safety shall be the most important consideration.
The contractor shall maintain the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft
and vehicular traffic with respect to his own operations and those of his
subcontractors and all suppliers in accordance with the subsection titled
MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC of Section 40 hereinbefore specified and shall limit
such operations for the convenience and safety of the traveling public as
specified in the subsection titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80
hereinafter.
70-08 BARRICADE 3 WARNING SIGNS, AND HAZARD MARKINGS, The contractor shall
' furnish, erect, anJ maintain all barricades, warning signs, and markings for
hazards necessary to protect the public and the work. When used during
periods of darkness, such barricades, warning signs and hazard markings
shall be suitably illuminated.
For vehicular and pedestrian traffic, the contractor shall f,,rnish, erect,
and mainta)n barricades, warning signs, lights and other traffic control ;
devices in reasonable conformity with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control
Devices for Streets and Highways (published by the United States Government
Printing Office).
When the work requires cloying an air operations area of the airport or '
portion nf such area, the contractor shall furnish, erect, and main;ain
' temporary markings and associated lighting conforming to the requirements of
FAA Advisory Circular 150/5340-1, Marking of Paved Areas on Airports.
The contractor shall furnish, erect, and main~ain markings and associated
lighting of open trenches, excavations, temporary stock piles, and his
parked construction equipment that may be hazardous to the operation of
emergency fire-rescue or maintenance vehicles en the airport in reasonable
' conformance to FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-2, Safety or Airports During
Construction Activity.
' The contractor shall identify each motorized vehicle or piece of
const-tw tion equipment in reasonable conformance co FAA Advisory Circular
150/5370-2.
' Up 42 DIV I
10/24/74 AC 15015370-10
LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY ro PUBLIC
t The contractor shall furnish and erect all barricades, warning signs, and
markings for hazards prior to commencing wort which requires such erection
' and shall maintain the barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards
until their diumantling is directed by the engineer.
t Open-flame type lights shall not be permitted witMn the air operations
areas of the airport.
1
' 70-09 OSE OF EXPLOSIVES. When the use of explosives is necessary for the
prosecution of the work, the contractor shall exercise the utmost care not
' to endanger life or property, including new work. The contractor shall be
responsible for all damage resulting from the use of explosives.
All explosives shall be stored in a secure manner in compliance with all
' laws and ordinances, and all such storage places shall be clearly matted.
Wnere no local laws or ordinances apply, storage shall be provided
satisfactory to the engineer and, in general, not closer than 1,000 feet
' from the work or from any building, road, or other place of human occupancy.
The contractor shall notify each property owner and public utility company
' having structures or facilities in proximity to the site of the work of his
intention to use explosives. Such notice shall be given sufficiently in
advance to enable then to take suet. steps as they may deem necessary to
protect their property from injury.
The use of electrical blasting caps shall not be Ner.nitted on or within
1,J00 feet of the airport property.
70-10 1ROTE M ON AND RESTORATION OF ?ROPERTY AND LANDSCAPE. The contr.-,!~~
shall be responsible-for the preservation of all public and private
t property, and shall protect carefully from disturbance or damage all land
monuments and property marks until the engineer has witnessed or otherwise
referenced their location and shall not move them until directed.
DIV I Par 1)
AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
' LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC
' The contractor shall be responsible for all damage or Injury to property of
any character, during the prosecution of the work, resulting from any act,
omission, neglect, or misconduct in his manner or method of exe-sting the
work, or at any tine due to defective work or materials, and -.aid
responsibility will not be released until the project shall have been
completed and aca:pted.
When or where any direct or indirect damage or injury IL done to public or ~
' private property by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or
misconduct in the execution of the work, or in consequence of the
' nonexecution thereof by the contractor, he shall restore, at his own
expense, such property to a condition similar or equal to that existing
before such damage or injury was done, by repairing, rebuilding, or
otherwise restoring as may be directed, or he shall make good such damage or
' injury in an acceptable manner.
' 70-11 RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAiNS. The contractor shell indemnify and
save harmleas the engineer and the owner and their officers, and employees
from all suits, actions, or claims of any character brought because of any
injuries or damage received or sustained by any parson, persons, or property
on account of the operations of the contractor; or on account of nr in
consequence of any neglect in safeguarding the work; or through usr of
unacceptable materials in constructing the work; or becau.9e of any act or
omission, neglect, or misconduct of said contractur; or because of any
claims or amounts recovered from any infringements of patent, trademark, or
copyright; or from any claims or aro unts arising or recovered under the
' "Workmen's Compensation Act," or any other law, ordinance, order, or decree.
Money due the contractor under and by virtue of his contract as may be
onsidered necessary by the owner for such purpose may be retained for the
use of the owner or, in case no money is due, his surety may be held until
' such suit or suits, action or actions, claim or claims kor Injuries or
damages as aforesaid shall have been nettled and suitable evidence to that
effect furnished to the owner, except that money due the contractor will not
' be vithheld when the contractor produces satisfactor; evidence that he is
adequately protected by public liability and property damage insurance.
70-12 THIRD PARTY BENF','iCIARY CLAUSE. It 1s specific4 ly agreed between the
pact:ies executing the contract that It Is not Intended by any of the
provisions of any part of the contract, to create the public r,r any member
thereof a third par.:y beneficiary or co authorize anyone not a party to the
:Ontracr to maintain a suit for pe,.sonal inj,irt.:; or i)ioporty damage
pursuant to the terms or provis"ons of OC c.i,trract.
' Page 44 UIV I
1
10/214/74 AC 150/5370-10
1
' LEGAL REIATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY Tff PUBLIC
70-13 OPENiNG SECTIONS OF THE WORK TO TRAFFIC. Should it be necessary for
e the contractor to complete portions of the contract work for the beneficial
occupancy of the owner prior to completion of the entire contract, such
"phasing" of the work shall be specified herein and indicated on the plans.
' ,4hen so specified, the contractor shall complete such portions of the work
on or before the date specified or as otherwise specified. The contractor
shall make his own estimate of the difficulties involved in arranging his
' work to permit such beneficial occupancy by the owner as described below:
Phase or Required Date or Sequence Work Shown
Description of Owner's Beneficial Occupancy on Plan Sheet
1
' tj,on completion of any i)ortion of the work listed rhove, such portion shall
be accepted by the owner in accordance with the subsection titled PARTIAL
ACCEPTANCE of St:ctfon 50,
No portion (+f the work rkiv be opened by the contractor for public use until
' ordered by the ery;inovr in writing. Should it htcnme necessary to open a
portion of the work to public traffic on a temporary or intermittent bash,,
such openings shr.ll by madr w,irn, in the opinion of the engineer, such
' portion of the work is in an acceptablo condition to support the intended
traffic. Temporary or intermittent openings are considered to be inherent
in the Fork and sh,~ll not constitute either acceptance of the pott:on of the
work so opened or a waivar of any provision of the contract. Any ilam3pe i
the portion of the work so opened that is riot attrIbutable to traffic which
is permitted by the owner -;iall be repaired by the cnntractor at him
expense.
1
' DIV
Fars .s
1
AC 15015370-10 10/24/'4
' LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC
The contractor shall make his own estimate of the inherent difficulties
' involved In completing the work under the conditions herein described and
shall not: clam, any added compensation by reason of delay or increased cost
due to opening a portion of the contract work.
' 70-14 CONTRACTOR'S KESPONS1B1L1TY FOR WORK. Until the engineer's final
written ccceptance of tie entire completed work, excepting only those
' portion^ of the work accepted in accordance with the subsection titled
PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50, the contractor uhall have the charge and
cast thereof and shall take every precaution against Injury or damage to any
' part due to the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether
arising from the execution or from the nonexecution of the work. The
contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make goad all injuries or
1 damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above causei.
before final acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof except dama,,c to
the work due to unforeseeable causes beyond the control of are without the
fault or negligence of the contractor, including byt not restricted to acts
' of Cod such as earthquake;, tidal wave, tornado, hurrirane or other
cataclysmic phenomenon of nature, or acts of the public enemy or of
governmental authorities,
' if the work is suspendej for any cause whatever, the contractor shall be
responsible for the wor!: and shall take such precaution necessary to
' prevent damage to the work. The contractor s!iall provide for normal
drainage and shall erect necessary temporary structures, signs, or other
facilities at his expense. Ouring such period of suspension of work, the
contractor shall properly and continuously maintain in an acceptable growing
condition all living material in newly established plantings, seedings, a:!d
soddings furnty:ied under Iris contract, and shall take adequate precaution
to protect new tree growth and other important vegetative growth against
injury.
t 70-15 CONTRACTOR'S RF,SPONS1111LITY FOR UTILITY cM[CF, A!JD FACILITIE; OF
OTHERS. As provided in the subsection titled RESTORATION OF SURFACES
DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this section, the contractor shall cooperate with the
owner of any public or private utility service, FA1 or National Occantc inl
' Atmospheric Administration (NOAH), or a utility service of another
government agency that may be authorized by the owner to construct,
retonstruct or natntain :ouch utility services or facilities during the
t ptogress of the work. In addition, the contractor shall control his
operations to prevent the unschedu.ed interruption of such utility ec:rvice!+
and facilities.
t Page 46 DIV I
10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
LEON. RELATIONS A14D RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC
To the extent that such public or private utility services, FAA, or NOAA
facilities, or utility services of another ~'overnmental agency ati.~ known to
exist within the limits of the contract work, the approximate locations have
been indicated on the plans and the owners are indicated as follows:
' Utility Service Person to Contact Owner's Emergency
or Facility (Name, Title, Address, 6 Phone) Contact (Phone)
t
t
It is understood and agreed that the owner does not guarantee the accuracy
or the completeness of the location information relating to existing utility
services, facilities, or structures that may be shown on the plans or
t 2ncounterod in the work. Any inaccuracy or omissioi in such information
shall not relieve the contractor of his responsibility to protect such
existing features from damage or unscheduled interruption of service.
' It is further understood and agreed that the contrnctor shall, upon
execution of the contract, notify the owners of all utility services or
other facilities of his plan of operations. Such notification shall be in
' DIV 1 Pau G7
1
1 10/24/74
AC 150/5770'10
• LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC
writing addressed to THE PERSON W CONTACT as provided hereinbefore in this
subsection and the subsection titledBRESToRtAlION Oior.SURRFACES DISTURBED the
' OTHERS of this section. A copy o
engineer.
addition to the general written notification hereinbefore provided, it
in
' be the responsibility of the contractor to keep such individual owners
shall b
advised of changes in his plan of operations that would affect such owners.
of an existing utility
prior to comme'acing the work in the general again nnity otify each such owner of
service or fe.cility, the contractor shall ag the owner's
his pltin of operation. If, in the contractor's opinoionf, acility or the
assistance is needed to locate the utility service
shall
presence Ce should representative Such to observe the work,
such given ulitious means to reach the utility owner's PFRSON
than prior to the contractor's
e b e given T the most
TO CONTACT no later than two normal business The contractor shall
ncement co of ourd% onsofnthecnotification to the engineer.
fuL.,.~ish eh a a w writtens summary
The contractor's failure to give the two day's notice hereinaberatioovided
shall be cause for theengineer
uti]ityoseBus rvicedorhfacilityctor'e np
the general vicinity of
where the outside limits of an underground utility service have been located
and staked a bleRtouthe COT" tot
' methods acceptas
such points as may be required to insure protection damage due to the
contractor's operations.
1 Should the contractor damage or interrupt the operation of a utility service
or facility by accident (it otherwise, he shall immediately notify the er
authority and the engincer an(} shall take Ali real;oliahle mea3ore4 to prevent
' further damage or interruption of service. The eoatr.artor,aIn suchenp,ineer
shall cotlsuchedamapethA.seheen repairedland service restored to the
continuoususly ly until owner.
satisfaction of the utility or facility ice t The contractor
service l or e facility o doe to hisaopcrattoagtwhether or notvdue to
1 Any utility negligence or accident Tile cnntrACt owner reserves tho right to ordhis such
.
costA from any mnnieu due ar whlca may became duc the contractor,
' surety.
L' ill i
Paga 48
--4,
1
1 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC
' 70-16 FURNISHING RIGHTS-~. The owner will be responsible for
furnishing all righ o -of-way upon which the work is to be constructed in
advance of the contractor's operations.
' 70-17 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS. In carrying out any of the
contract provisions or in exercising any power or authority granted to him
by this contract, there shall be no liability upon the engineer, his
' authorised representatives, or any official of the owner either personally
or as an official of the owner. It is understood that in such matters they
act solely as agents and representatives of the owner.
t 70-28 NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS. Upon completion of the work, the owner
will expeditiously make final inspection and notify the contractor of final
acceptance. Such final acceptance, however, shall not preclude or estop the
owner from correcting any measurement, estimate, or certificate made before
or after completion of the work, nor shall the owner be precluded or
estopped from recovering from the contractor or his surety, or both, such
overpayment as may be sustained, or by failure on the part of the contractor
to fulfill his obligations under the contract. A waiver on the part of the
' owner of any breach of any part of the contract shall not be held to be a
waiver of any other or subsequent breach.
The contractor, without prejudice to the tents of the contract, shall be
' liable to the owner for latent defects, fraud, or such gross mistakes as may
amount to fraud, nr as regards the owner's rights under any warranty or
guaranty.
70-19 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION. The contractor shall comply with all
' Federal, State,and local laws and regulations controlling pollution of the
environment. He shall take necessary precautions to prevent pollution of
streams, lakes, ponds, and reservoirs with fuels, oils, bitumens, chemicals,
or other harmful materials and to prevent pollution of the atmosphere from
' particulate and gaseous matter.
1
1
' DIV 1 Psgc 45
' AC 150/570-10 10/24/74
1
LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC
1
70-20 ARCHAEOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL FINDINGS. Unless otherwise specified
in this subsection, the contractor is advised that the site of the work is
not within any property, district, or site, and does not contain any
building, stricture, or object lister[ in the current 'Iational Register of
Historic Places published by the Un!.ted States Department of Interior.
' Should the contractor engounter, duri►.e his operations, any building, part of
a building, structure, or object which is incongruous with its surroundings,
he shall immediately cease operations in that location and notify the
' engineer. The engineer will immediately investigate the contractor's
finding and will dirert the contractor to either resume his operations or to
suspend operations as directed.
' Should the engineer order suspension: of the contractor's operations in order
to protect an archaeological or historical finding, or order the contractor
' to perform extra work, such shall be covered by an appropriate contract
modification (change order or supplemental agreement) as provided In the
subsection titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40 and the subsection titled PAYMENT
FOR EXTRA WORK AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of Section 90. if appropriate, the
' contract modification shall inclu.le at extension of contract time in
accordance with the subsection titled LETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF
CONTRACT TIME of Section 80.
e
' Page 50 DIV I
10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
1 ~
LEGAL RELCTIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC
1
1
1
1
1
1 I
t
DIV I Page 51 (Userve Page 52)
1
1
10/24/14 1r. 150/5370--10
SUCTION 30
PROSECUt [ON AND rr.c,r,urti•:
' 80-01 SUBLETTING OF CONTRACT. The owner will not recognize any
' subcontractor on the work. The contractor shall nr nil times when work is
in progress to represented either in person, by a ynalified supcrintendent,
or by other designated, qualified representative whn Is duly authorized to
receive and execute orders of the engineer.
Should the contractor elect to assign his contract, said assltinmeat shall be
concurred in by the ourety, shall be presented for the consideration and
' approval of the owner, and shall be consummated only on the written approval
of the owner. In case of approval, the contractor shall file copies of all
subcontracts with the engineer.
1 80-02 NOTICE TO PROCEED. The notice to proceed shill state the, date on
which it is expected the contractor will begin the construction and from
' which date contract time will be charged. The contractor shall begin the
work to be performed under the contract within 10 dayx of the date set by
the engineer in the written notice to proceed, but In any event, the
' contractor shall notify the engineer at least 24 holirse in advance of the
time actual construction operations will begin.
t 80-03 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS. Unless otherwise ,specified, the contractor
shall submit his progress schedule for the engineer's approval within 10
'days after the effective date of the notice to proceed. The contractor's
' progress schedule, when approved by the engineer, may be used to establish
nvjor construction operations an to check on the progreta of the work. The
contractor shall provide sufficient materials, equipment, and labor to
t guarantee the complecior, of the project in accordance with the plans and
specifications within the rime set forth in the proposal.
,If the contractor falls aignificantly behind the submitted schedule, the
' contractor shall, upon the engineer's request, submit a revised schedule for
completion of the work within the contract time and modify his operations to
provide such additional materials, equipment, -ind labor necessary to meet
the revised schedule. Should the prosecutton of the work be discontinue!
for any reason, the contractor shall notify the engineer at least 24 hours
in advance of resuming operations.
1
1
' DIV I P,roe
' AC 150/5370-10
10/24/74
WSF.LirrION AND PROGRESS
' For ADAP contracts, the contractor shall not commence any actual construction
' prior to the date on which the notice to proceed is issued by the owner.
1 80-04 LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS. The contractor shall control his
operations and the operations of his subcontractors and all suppliers so as
' to provide `.or the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the AIR
OPERATIONS AREAS of the airport.
When the work requires the contractor to conduct his ope:ations Within an
' AIR OPERATIONS AREA of the airport, the work shall be coordinated with
airport management (through the engineer) at least 48 hours prior to
commencement of such work. The contractor shall not close an AIR OPERATIONS
' AREA until so authorized by the engineer and kmtil the necessary temporary
marking and associated lighting is in place as provided in the subsection
titled BARRICADES, WAMING SIGNS, AND HAZARD MARKINGS of Section 70.
' When the con;rac_ work requires th, contractor to work within an AIR
OPERATIONS AREA of the airport on an intermittent basis (intermittent
opening and closing of the AIR OPERATIONS AREA), the contractor shall
' maintain constant communications as hereinafter specified; immediately obey
all tristructiens to vacate the AIR OPERATIONS AREA; immediately obey all
instructions to resume work in such AIR OPERATIONS AREA. Failure to
maintain the specified communications or to obey instructions shall be cause
for suspension of the contractor's operations in the AIR OPERATIONS AREA
until the satisfactory conditions are provided. The following AIR
OPERATIONS AREA (AOA) cannot b'c closed to operating aircraft to permit the
' contractor's operations on a continuuua basis an4 will therefore be closed -
to aircraft operations intermittently as follows:
I
' Pa P.m 54 DIV I
10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
TIME PERIODS ACIA TYPE OF COMMLVICATIONS CONTROL
AOA CAN BE CLOSED REQ'UED WHEN WORKING IN AOA AUTHORITY
1
1
1
The contractor shall not commence new work that would be prejudicial to work
already started.
' 80-05 CHARACTER OF WORKERS, METHODS. ANA EQUIPMENT. The contractor shall,
at all times, employ sufficient labor and equipment for prosecuting the work
to full completion in the manger and time required by the contract, plans,
and specifications.
All workers shall have o,.:ficient skill and experience to perform properly
the work assigned to them. Workers engaged in special work or skilled work
shall have sufficient experience in such work and in the operation of the
equip..-rent required to perform the work satisfactorily.
Any person employed by the contractor or by any subcontractor who, in the
opinion of the engineer, does not perform his work in a proper and skillful
manner or is intemperate or disorderly shall, at the written request of the
engi.nee r, be removed forthwith by the contractor or subcontractor employing
such person, and shall not be employed again in any portion of the work
without the approval of tha engineer.
Should the contractor fail to remove such r~seon or persons or fail to
' furnish suitable and sufficient personnel to. the proper prosecution of the
DIV I page 5'
AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
Pk0SF.CI1TION AND PROGRESS
' work, the engineer may suspend the work by written notice until compliance
' with such orders.
All equipment which is proposed to be used on the work shall be of
sufficient size and in such mechanical condition as to meet requirements of
the work and to produce a satisfactory quality of wotk. Equipment used on
' any portion of the work shall be such that no injury to previously completed
work, adjacent property, or existing airport facilities will result from its
use.
When the methods and equipm.~t to be used by the contractor in accomplishing
' the work are not prescribed in the contract, the contractor is free to use
any methods or equipment that will accomplish the work in conformity with
the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications.
When the contract specifies the use of certain methods and egod pment, such
methods and equipment shall be used unless others are authorized by the
engineer. If the contractor desires to use a method or type of equipment
' other than specified in the contract, he may request authority frog the
inginear to do so. The request shall be in writing and shall include a full
description of the met,~ods and equipment proposed and of the r:gaons for
' desiring to make the change. If approval is given, it will be on the
condition that the contractor will be fully resfonsible for producing work in
conformity with contract requirements. If, after trial use of the
substituted methods or equipment, the engineer determines that the work
' produced does not meet contract requirements, the contractor shall
discontinue the use of the substitute method or equipment and shall complete
the remaining work with the specified methods and equipment. The contractor
shall remove any deficient work and replace it with work of specified
quality, or take such other corrective action as the engineer may direct.
No change will.be made in basis of payment for the contract items involved
nor in contract time as a result of authorizing a change in methods or
equipment. under this subsection.
I
' 80-06 TEMPORARY SMENSION OF THE WORK. The engineer shall have the
authority to suspend the work wholly, or in part, for such period or periods
as he may deem necessary, due to unsuitable weather, or such other
conditions as are considered unfavorable for the prosecution of the work, or
for such time as is necessary due to the failure on the part of the
contractor to carry out orders given or perform any or all provisions of the
contract.
a
w
Page 56 DIV I
i~ _ . r Wt
s
' 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
In the event that the contractor is ordered by the engineer, in writing, to
suspend work for some unforeseen cause not otherwise provided for in the
contract and ovar which the contractor has no control, the contractor may be
reimbursed for actual money expended on the work during the period of
shutdown. No allowance will be made for anticipated profits. The period of
1 shutdown shall be computed from the effective date of the engineer's order
to suspend work to the effective date of the engineer's order to resume the
work. Claims for such compensation shall be filed with the engineer within
the time period stated in the engineer's order to resume work. The
' contractor shall submit with his claim information substantiating the amount
shown on the claim. The engineer will forward the contractor's claim to the
owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances. No
provision of this article shall be construed as entitling the contractor to
compensation for delays due to inclement weather, for suspensions made at
the request of the contractor, or for any other delay provided for in the
' contract, plans, or specifications.
If it should become necessary to suspend work for an indefinite period, the
contractor shall store all materials in such manner that they will not
' become an obstruction nor become. damaged in any way. shall teke every
precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed and provide
for noraal drainage of the work. The contractor shall erect temporary
' structures where necessary to provide for traffic on, to, or from the
airport.
80-07 DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION or COIiTRACT TIME.. The number of calendar
-or working days allowed for completion of the work shall be stated in the
proposal and contract and shall be known as the CONTRACT TIME.
Should the contract time require extension for reasons beyond the
contractor's control, it shall be adjusted as folluws:
(a) CONTRACT TIME based on WORKING DAYS shall be calculated weekly by
the engineer. The engineer will furnish the contractor a copy of his weekly
statement of the number of working days charred against thi contract time
' during the week and the number of working days currently specified for
completion of the contract (the original contract time plus the ORDERS wimber of
working days, if any, that have been included in approved
SITPPLE?ENTAL AGREEMEf'IS covering EXTRA WORK).
The engineer shall base his weekly statement of contract time charged on the
' following ennsiderations:
DIV I Page 57
'
1
AC 150/5310-10 10/24/14
1
' PROSECUTIC".4 AND PROGRESS
(1) No time shall be charged for days on which the contractor is
' unable to proceed with the principal item of work under construction at the
time for at least 6 hours with the normal work force employed on such
;principal item. Should t;te normal work force be on a double-shift, 12 hours
' shali be used. Should the normal work force be on a tripe-shift, 18 hours
shall apply. Conditions beyond the contractor's control such as strikes,
lockouts, unusual delays in transportation, temporary suspension of the
t principal item of work under construction or temporary suspension of the
entire work which have been ordered by the engineer for reasons not the
fault of the contractor, shall not be charged against the contract time.
' (2) The engineer will not make charges against the contract time
prior to the effer,cive date of the notice to proceed.
' (3) The engineer will begin charges against the contract time on
the first working day after the effective date of the notice to proceed.
(A) The engineer will not mike charges against the contract time
after the date of final acceptance as defined in the subsection titled FINAL
ACCEPTANCE of Section 50.
' (5) The contractor will be allowed one week in which to file a
written protest setting forth his objections to the engineer's weekly
statement. If no objection is filed within such specified time, the weekly
statement shall be considered as acceptable to the contractor.
The contract time (stated in the proposal) is based on the originally
estimated quantities as described in the subsection titled INTERPPE';ATION OF
ESTIMATED PROPOSAL QUANTITIES of Section 20. Should the satisfactory
completion of the contract i-quire performance of work in greater quantities
than those estimated in the proposal, the contract time shall be increased
' in the same proportion as the cost of the actually completed quantities
bears to the cost of the originally estimated quantities in the proposal.
Such increase In contract time shall not consider either the cost of work or
' the'extension of contract time that has been covered by change order or
supplemental agreement and shall be wade at the time of final payment.
(b) CONTRACT 'i1ME based on CALENDAR DAYS shall consist of the number of
1 calendar days stated in the contract counting from the effective date of the
notice to proceed and including all Saturdays, Sundays, holidays, and non-work
days. All calendar days elapsing between the effective dates of the engineer's,
' orders to suspend and rezume all work, dv. to causes not the fault of the
contractor, shall be excluded.
ICI
' Page 58 DIV I
r
' 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
' PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
' At the time of final payment, the contract time sh All be increased in the
same proportion as the cost tf the actually completed quantities bears to
the cost if ti.s originally estimated quantities in the proposal. Such
inere:ae in the Lontract time shall not consider either the cost of work or
the extension of cuntr;.ct time that has been covered by a change order or
supplemental agreement. Charges against the contract time will cease as of
the date of final acceptance.
(c) When the contract time is a specified completion date, it, shall be
the date on which all contract work shall be substantially cotq)leted.
If the contractor finds it impossible for reasons beyond his control to
complete the work within the contract time as specified, or as extended in
' accordance with the provisions of this subsection, he may, at any time prior
to the expiration of the contract time as extended, make a written request
to the engineer for an extension of time setting forth the reasons which he
believes will justify the granting of his request. The contractor's plea
that insufficient time was specified is nr^ a valid reason for extension of
time. If the engineer finds that the work was delayed because of conditions
beyond the control and without the fault of the contractor, he may extend
the time for completion in such amount as the conditions justify. The
extended time for completion shall then be in full force and effect,the same
as though it were the original time for completion.
80-08 FAILURE TO COMPLETE ON ME:. For each calendar day or working day,
' as specified in the contract, that any work remains uncompleted after the
-contract time (including all extensions and adjustments as provided in the
subsection titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of this
Section) the sum specified in the contract and proposal as liquidated
' damages will, be deducted from any money due or to become due the contractor
or his surety. Such deducte' sums shall not be deducted as a penalty but
shall be considered as liquidation of a reasonable portion of damages that
' will be incurred by the owner s:iould the contractor fail to complete the
work !n the time provided in his contract.
' Permitting the contractor to continue and finish the work or any part of it
after the time fixed for its completions or after the date to which the time
for completion may have been extended, will in no way operate as a waiver or
the fart of the owner of any of its rights under the contract.
1
1
DIV I Page 59
AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
' 80-09 DEFAULT AND TTN1fINATION OF CONTRACT. The contractor shall be
considered in default of his contract and such default will be considered as
' cause for the owner to terminate the contract for any of the following
reasons if the contractor:
' (a) Fails to begin the work under the contract within the time
specified in the "Notice to Proceed," or
(b) Fails to perform the work or fails to provide sufficient workers,
equipment or materials to assure completion of work in accordance with the
terms of the contract, or
(c) Performs Uio work unsuitably or neglects or rufuses to remove
materials or to perform anew such work as may be rejected as unacceptable
and unsuitable, or
' Page 60 DIV I
mot=
10/24/74 AC l50/5370-10
PROSECUTION AND PRO(M!,>,
' (d) Discontinues the prosecution of the work, or
' (e) Fails to resume work which has been d0cirnttnucd within a
reasonable time after notice to do so, or
' (f) Becomes insolvent or is der.-la red bankrnnt, or commits any act of
bankruptcy or insolvency, or
' (g) Allows any final judgement to stand against him unsatisfied for a
period of 10 days, of
(h) Makes an assignment for the bdnefit of creditors, or
a (i) For any other cause whatsoever, fnils to carry on the work in an
acceptable manner.
Should the engineer consider the contractor iu dcf,futt of the contract for
any reason hereinbefore, he shall imriediately give wrio:ten notice to the
' contractor and the contractor's surety as to tho n_ancies for considering the
conttactor in default and the owner's intension:c to terminlrte the contract.
If the contractor or surety, within a period of 10 days after such notice,
' does not proceed in accordance therewith, then OW unner will, upon written
notification from the engineer of the facts of such delay, neglect, or
default and the contractor's failure to comply.uJrh such notice, have full
' power and authority without violating the contrast, to take the prosecution
of the work out of the hands of the contractor. 'Jhc owner may appropilate
or use any or all materials and equipment thijt h,ivc tooth mobilized for use
' in the work and are acceptable and may enter Jut,) .s,i nAtc,rmrut for thw,
completion of said contract according to the term, dnd pro-,01ons thereof,
or use such other methods as in the opinion of the eugiueur will be required
for the completion of said contract in an uccepinhie ,nanner.
All costs and charges incurred by the owns+r, togeiher trlth the coat of
completing the work under contract, will bo, deducted from any monies due or
which may become due the contractor. If :such expcnse exceeds the faun which
would have been payable under the contract, then the contractor and the
surety shall be liable and shall pay to the owner the amount of such excess.
1
DIV I Page 61
AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS '
80-10 TERMINATION FOE I1ATI01AL EMERGENCIES. The owner shall terminate the
t contract or portion thereof by written notice when the contractor is
prevented frum proceeding wiLh the construction contract as a direct result
of an Executive Order of the President with respect to the prosecution of
1 war or in the interest of national defense.
When the contract or ~,ny portion thereof, is terminated before completion of
all iteun of work in the contract, payment will be made for the actual
' number of units or items of work completed at the contract price or as
mutually agreed for items or work partially completed or not started. No
claims or loss of anticipated profits shall be considered.
' Reimbursement for organization of the work, and other overhead expenses,
(when not otherwise included in the contract) and moving equipment and
materials to and from the job will be considered, the intent being that an
equitable settlement will be made with the contractor.
Acceptable materials, obtained or ordered by the contractor for the work and
' that are not incorporated in the work shall, at the option of the
contractor, be purchased from the contractor at actual cost as shown by
recelpted bills and actual cost records .at such points of delivery as may be
designated by the engineer.
Termination of the contract or a portion thereof shall neither relieve the
Contractor of his responsibilities for the completed Hork nor shall it
' relieve his surety of Its obligation for and concerning any just claim
arising oLt of the work performed.
' A
1
Page 62 DIV I
1 .
10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
1
SECTION 90
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
' 90-01 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES. All rlork completed under the contract
' will be measured by the engineer, or his authorized representatives, using
United States Customary Units of Measurement.
The method of measurement and computations to be used in determination of
quantities of material furnished and of work performed under the contract
will be those methods generally recognized as conforming to good engineering
practice.
' Unless otherwise specified, longitudinal measurements for area computations
#ill be made horizontally, and no deductions will be made for individual
fixtures (or leave-outs) having an area of 9 square feet or less. Unless
otherwise specified, traisverse measurements for axes computations will be
the neat dimensions shown on the plans or ordered in writing by the
engineer.
' Structures will. be measured according to neat lines shown on the plans or as
altered to fit field conditions.
' Unless utherwise specified, all contract items which are measured by the
lines: foot such as electrical ducts, conduits, pipe culverts, underdrains,
and similar items shall be measured parallel to the base or foundation upon
' which such items are placed.
In computing volumes of excavation the average end area method or other
' acceptable methods will be used.
The thi,:kness of plates and galvanized sheet used in the manufactuta of
' corrugated metal pipe, metal plate pipe culverts and arches, and metal i
cribbing u-1.11 be specified and measured in decimal fraction of inches.
'The term "ton" will mean the short ton consisting of 2,000 pounds
' avoitdupo:Ls. All macprials which are measured or proportioned by weights
shall be weighed on accurate, approved scales by competent, qualified
personnel at locations designated by the engineer. If material is shipped
' by rail, the car weight may be accepted provided that only the actual weight
of material be paid for. Hownver, car weights will not be acceptable for
material to be passed through mixing plants. Trucks used to haul material
being paid for by weight shall be weighed empty daily at such times as the
engineer directs, and each truck shall bear a plainly legible ident!.fication
mark.
' DIV i Page 63
r
r AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
r .
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
1
Materials to be measured by volume in the hauling vehicle shall be hauled in
r approved vehicles and measured therein at the point of delivery. Vehicles
for this purpose may be of any size or type acceptable to the engineer,
provided that the body is of such shape that the actual contents may be
readily and accurately determined. All vehicles shall be loaded to at least
r their water level capacity and all loads shall be leveled when the vehicles
arrive at the point of delivery.
' When requested by the contractor and approved by the engineer in writing,
materiel specified to be measured ry the cubic yard may be weighed and such
weights will be converted to cubic yards for payment purposes. Factors for
conversion from weight measurement to volume measurement will be detelmined
by the engineer and shall be agreed to by the contractor before such method
of measurement of pay quantities is used.
r Bituminous materials will be measured bj the gallon or ton. When measured
by volume, such volumes will be measured at 60°F. or will be corrected to
t~s volume at 60°F. using ASTM D 1250 for asphalts or ASTM D 633 for tars.
Net certified scale weights or weights based on certified volumes in the
cane of rail shipments will be used as a basis of measurement, euLject to
' correction when bituminous material has been lost from the car or the
distributor, wasted, or otherwise not incorporated in the work.
When bituminous materials are shipped by truck or transport, net certified
weights by volume,subject to correction for loss or foaming, may be used for
computing quantities.
r Cement will be measured by the ton or hundredweight.
Timber will be measured by the thousand feet board measure (H.F.B.M.)
r actually incorporated in the structure. Measurement will be based on
nominal widths and thicknesses and the extreme length of each piece.
The 'term "lump sum" when used as an item of payment will mean complete
payment for the work described in the contract.
When a complete structure or structural unit (in effect, "lump sum" work) is
r specified as the unit of measurement, the unit will be construed to include
all necessary fiWngs and accessories.
r
r
r Page 64 DIV I
10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
MEASURFMENT AND ?:a.YMENT
Rental of equipment will be measured by time in hours o
and necessary traveling time of the equipment f actual working time
' Special equipment ordered by the engineer incowithin the it axits of the wo
nnection with force accountk.
work will be measured as agreed in the change order or supplemental
agreement authorizing such force account work as provided in the subsection
' titled PAY'n'::r FOR EXFRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of this section.
When standard manufactured items are specified such as fence, wire, plates,
t rolled shapes, pipe conduit, etc., and these items are identified by page,
unit weight, section dimensions, etc., such identification will be
considered to be nominal weights or dimensions. Unless more stringently
controlled by tolerances in cited specifications, manufacturing tolerances
established by the industries involved will be accepted.
Scales fo, veighing materials which are required to be proportioned or
' measured and paid for by weight shall be furnished, erected, and maintained
by the contractor, or be certified permanently installed commercial scales.
' Scales shall be accurate within one-half per cent of the correct weight
throughout the range of use. The contractor shall have the scales checked
under the observation of the inspector before beginning work and at such
other times as requested. The intervals shall be uniform in spacing
throughout the graduated or marked length of the beam or dial and shall not
exceed one-tenth of a»e per cent of the nominal rated capacity of the scale,
but not less than one pound. The use of spring balances will nor be
permitted.
Beams, dials. platforms, and other scale equipment shall be sj arranged that
the operator and inspector can safely and conveniently view them.
Scale installations shall have available, ten standard fifty-pound weights
for testing the weighing equipment or suitable weights and devices for other
approved equipment.
Scales must be tested for accuracy and serviced before use at a new site.
' Platform scales shall be installed and maintained with the platform level
and rigid bulkheads at each end.
' Scales "overweighing" (indicating more than correct weight) will not be
permitted to operate and all materials received subssluent to the last
previous correct weighing-accuracy-test will be reduced by the percentage of
error in excess of one-half of one per cent.
1
' DIV I Page 65
a
' AC 150/5370-10
10/24/74
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
In the event inspection reveals the scales have been "underweighing"
' (indicating less than correct weight) they shall be adjusted and no additional
payment to the contractor will be allowed for materials previously weighed
and recorded.
All costs in connection with furnishing, installing, certifying, testing,
and wintaining scales; for furnishing check weights and scale house;and for
all other items specified in this aubsect!.on, for the weighing of materials
' for proportioning or payment, shall be included in the unit contract prices
for the various items of the project.
' When the estimated quantities for a specific portion of the work are
designated as the pay quantities in the contract, they shall be the final
quantities for which payment for such specific portion of the work will be
taade, unl4sa the dimensions of said portions of the work shown on the plans
' are revised by the engineer. If revised dimensions result in an increase or
decrease in the quantities of such work, the final quantities for payment
will be revised in the amount represented by the authorized changes in the
dimensions.
' 90-02_ SCOPE OF PAYMENT. The contractor shall receive and accept
compensation provided for in the contract as full payment for furnishing all
materials, for performing all work under the contract in a complete and
acceptable manner, and for all risk, loss, damage, or expense of whatever
' character arising out of the nature of the work or the prosecution thereof,
subject: to the provisions of the subsection titl:... NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS
of Section 70.
When the "basis of payment" subsection of a technical specification requires
that the contract ;..Ice (price bid) include compensation for certain work or
material essential to the item, this same work or material will not also be
measured for payment under any other contract item which may appear
elsewhere in the contract, plane, or specifications.
' 90-03 COMPENSATION FOR ALTERED QUANTITIES. When the accepted quantities of
work vary from the quantities in the proposal, the contractor shall accept
as payment in full, so far as contract items are concerned, payment at the
original contract price for the accepted quantities of work actually
completed and accepted. No allowance, except as provided for in the
t subsection titiea ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of Section 40 will be
' Page 66 DIV 1
777~1 I' T 17' Y, r 9 7 .'10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
t
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
1 made for any increased expense, loss of expected reimbursement, or loss of
anticipated profits suffered or claimed by the contractor which results
directly from such alterations or indirectly from hi.c unbalanced allocation
of overhead and profit among the contract items, or from any other cause.
90-04 PAYMENT FOR OMITTED ITEMS. As specified in the subsectioa titled
OMITTED ITEMS of Section 40, t:ie engineer shall have the right to omit from
the work (order nonperforn.•ce) any contract item, except maJor contract
items, in the best interest of the owner.
Should the engineer omit or order nonperformance of a contract item or
portion of Ruch item from the work, the contractor shall accept payment in
full at the contract prices for any work actually completed and acceptable
prior to the engineers order to omit or nonperform such contract item.
' Acceptable materials ordered by the contractor or delivered on the work
prior to the date of the engineer's order will be paid for at the actual
cost to the contractor and shall thereupon become the property of the owner.
In addition to the reimbursement hereinbefore provided, the contractor shall
be reimbursed for all actual costs incurred for the purpose of rerforming
' the omitted contract item prior to the date of the engineer's order. Such
additional costs incurred by the contractor must be directly related to the
deleted contract item and shall be supported by certified statements by the
contractor as to the nature anu amount of such costs.
90-05 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK. Extra work, performed in
' accordance with the subsection titled EXTRA WORK if Section 40, will be paid
for at the contract prices or agreed prices specified in the change order of
supplemental agreement authorizing such extra work. Wien the ch;,nge order
or supplemental agree.;,ent authorizing the extra work requires that it be
done by force account, such force account shall be measured and paid for as
follows:
' (a) Labor. For all labor (skilled and unskilled) and foremen in direct
charge of -a specific force account item, the contractor shall receive the
rate of wage (or scaled for every hour that such labor or foreman is
' actually engaged in the specified force account work. Such wage (or scale)
shall be agreed ulan in writing before beginning the work.
DIV I Page 67
11 VT
AC 150/5370-10
' 10/26/76
MEASURI•MNT AND PA'01ENT
The contractor shall receive the actual costs paid to, or in behalf of,
' workers by reason of subsistence and travel allowance,, health and welfare
benefits, pension fund benefits or other benefits, when such amounts are
required by collective bargaining agreement or other employment contract
generally applicable to the classes of labor employed on the work.
An amount equal to 15
percent of the sum of the above items will also be
' paid tie contractor.
(b) Insurance and Iaxes. Foe property damage, 11ability, and workmen's
compensation insurance premiums, unemployment insurance contributions, and
social security taxes on the force account work the contractor shall receive
the actual cost, to which cost (sum) 5 percent will be added. The
contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence of the rate or rates paid for
' such insurance and taxes.
(c) Materials. For materials accepted by the engineer and used, the
contractor shall recriv-, the actual cost of such materiale delivered on the
work, including transportation charges paid by him (ex clustve of machinery
rentals as hereinafter set forth), to which cost (stun) 15 percent will be
added.
' (d) Equi ment. For any machinery or special equipment (other than small
tools) including fuel and lubricants, plus transportation coste, the use of
which has bean authorized by the engineer, the contractor shall receive the
1 rental races agreed upon in writing before such work is begun for the actual
time that such equipment is committed to the work, to which rental sum 15
percent will be added.
' (e) Miscellaneous. No additional allowance will he made for general
superintendence, the use of small tools, or o Ur,r costs for which no
specific allowance is herein provided.
' (f) com arison of Records. The contractor and the engineer shall
compare rrcords of the-cost of force ar.ount work at the end of each day.
' Agreement shall be indicated by signa.ure of thG contractor and engineer or
their duly authorized represcnLatives.
(g) Statements. No payment will be made for work performed on a force
' account basis until the contractor has furnished the engineer with dupiicatn
itemized statements of the cost of such force account work detailed as
follows:
Page 68
DIV I
1
10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
MEASUFSHENT AND PAYMENT
(1) Name, classification, date, daily hours, total hours, rate and
' extension for each laborer and foreman.
(2) Designation, dates, daily hours, total hours, rental rate, and
extension far each unit of machinery and equipment.
(3) Quantities of materials, prices, and extensions.
(4) Transportation of materials.
(5) Cost of property damage, liability and workmen's compensation
insurance premiums, unemployment insurance contributions, and social
security tax.
Statements shall be accompanied and supported by receipt-:d invoice for all
vaterials used and transportation charges. However, if materials used on
Cie force account work are not specifically purchased for such work but are
taken from the contractor's stock, then in lieu of the invoices the
contractor shall furnish an affidavit certifying that such materials were
taken frota his stock, that !tie quantity claimed, was actually used, and that
the price and transportation claimed represent the actual cost co the
contractor.
The additional payment, based on the percentages specified above, shall
constitute full compensation for all iterus of expense not specifically
' provided for the force account work. The total payment made as provided
above shall constitute full compensation for such work.
' 90-06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. Partial payments will be made at least once each
month as the,work progresses. Said payments will be based upon estimates
' prepared by the engineer of the value of the worx performed and ,iaterials
complete in place Iii accordance with the contract, plane,and specifications.
Such partial payments may also include the delivered actual coat of those
materials stockpiled and scored in accordance with the subsection titled
' PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND of this section.
No partial payment will be made when the amount due the contractor since the
' last estimate amounts to less than five hundred dollars.
1
DIV I Page 69
s
• i
AC 150/5370-10
' 10/24/74
i
MEASUREMENT AND PAYYXN7.
From the total of the ariount determined to be payable on a partial payment,
' 10 percent of such total a" unt will be dedurted and retained by the owner
until the final payment is made except, as may be provided (at the
contractor's option) in the subsection titled PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS of
this section. The balance (90 percent) of the amount payable, less all
previous payments, shall be certified for payment. Should the contractor
exercise hi-s option, as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT OF
' WITHHELD FUNDS of this section, no such 10 percent retainage shall be
deducted.
When not less than 95% of the work has been completed the engineer may, at
' his discretion and with the consent of the surety, prepare an estimate from
which will be retained an amount not less than twice the contr,3ct value or
estimated cost, whichever is greater, of the work remLining to be done. The
' remainde rb less all previous payments and deductions, will then be certified
for payment to the contractor.
It to understood and agreed that the contractor shall not be entitled to
' demand or receive partial payment based on quantities of work in excess of
those provided in the proposal or covered by approved change orders rr
supplemental agreements, 9xcept when such excess quantities have beau
' determined by the engineer to be a part of the final quantity for the item
of work in question.
No partial payment shall bind the owner to the acceptance of any materials
or work in place as to quality or quantity. All partial payments are
subject to correction at the time of final payment as provided in the
subsection titled ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT of this section,
1
90-07 PAYMENT-FOR MATERIALS ON HAND. Partial
payments of the delivered cost of materials to beimay be made to the
provided that such materials meet the requirements of thetcontracte plans,
and specifications acid ire delivered to acceptable sites on the al.rport,
property or at other sites in the vicinity that are acceptable to the owner.
Such delivered costs of stored or stockpiled materials may be included in
the nest partial payment after the following conditions are met:
' (a) The material hae, been stored or stockpiled in a manner acceptable
to the engineer, at or on an approved site.
1
' Page 10
DiV i
i 10/24/74 Ac 15015370-10
' MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
' (b) The contractor has furnished the engineer with acceptable evidence
of the quantity and quality of such stored or stockpiled materials.
(c) The contractor has furnished the engineer with satisfactory
evidence that the material and transportation costs have been paid.
' (d) The contractor has furnished the owner legal title (free of liens
or encumberances of any kind) to the material so stored or stockpiled.
' (e) The contractor has furnished the owner evidence that the material
so stored or stockpiled is insured against loss by damage to or
disappearance of such materials at anytime prior to use in the work.
It is understood and agreed that the transfer of title and the owner's
payment for such stored or stockpiled materials shall in no way relieve the
t contractor of his responsibility for furnishing and placing such materials
in accordance with the requirements of the contract, plans, and
specifications.
' In no case will the amount of partial payments for materials on hand exceed
the contract price for such materials or the contract price for the contract
item in which the material is intended to be used.
1 No partial payrent will be made for stored or stockpiled living or
perishable plant materials.
' The contractor shall bear all costs associated with the partial. payment of
stored or stockpiled materials in accordance with the provisions of this
subsection.
90-08 PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS. At the contractor's option, he may
' request that the owner accept (in lieu of the 10 percent retainage on
partial payments described in the subsection titled PARTIAL PAYMENTS of this
section) the contractor's deposits in escrow under the following conditions:
' (a) The contractor shall bear a'.1 expenses of establishing and
maintaining an escrow account and escrow agreement acceptable to the owner.
1
1
DIV I Page 71
1 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
1
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
' (b) The contractor shall deposit to and maintain in such escrow only
those securities or bank certificates of deposit as are acceptable to the
' owner and having a value not less than the 10 percent retainage that would
otherwise be withlield from partial payment.
(c) The contractor shall enter into an escrow agreement satisfactory to
the owner.
' (d) The contractor shall obtain the wtitten consent of the surety to
such agreement.
' 90-09 ACCEPTAt'CE AND FINAL PAY?LENT. When the contract work las been
a;:cepted 'M accordance with the requirements of the subsection titled FINAL
ACCEPTANCE of Section 50, the engineer will prepare the final estimate of
' the items of work actually performed. The contractor shall approve the
engineer's final estimate or advise the engineer of his objections to the
final estimate which are based on disputes in measurements or computations
of the final quantities to be paid under the contract as amended by change
order or supplemental agreement. The contractor and engineer shall resolve
all disputes (if any) in the measurement and computation of final quantities
to be paid within 30 calendar days of the contractor's recelpt of the
' engineer's final estimate. If, after such 30-day period, a dispute still
exists, the contractor may approve the engineer's estimate under protest of
the quantities in dispute and such disputed quantities shall be considered
e by the owner as a claim in accordance with the subsection titled CLAIMS FOR
ADJUSTMENT AND DU PUTES of Section 50.
After the contractor has approved, or approved under protest, the engineer's
final estimate, final payment will be processed based on the entire sum, or the
the undisputed bum in case of approval under protest, determined to be due
the contractor less all previous payments and all amounts to be deducted
' under the provisions of the contract. All prior partial estimates and
payments shall be subject to correction in the final estimate and payment.
' If the contractor has filed a ciaim for additional compensation wader the
provisions of the subsection titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENTS AND DISPUTES of
Section 50 or under the provisions of this subsection, such claims will be
considered by the owner in accordance with local laws or ordinances. Upon
' final adjudication of such claims, any additiunal payment determined to be
due the contractor w 2l be paid pursuant to a supplemental, final, estimate:
i
Page 72 DIV I
a
1
AC 1 W/5170-1 o
DIVISIcrr II
1 PAVIIIG CO:diRUCTI011 LB'TAILS
' ITEV P-151 CLEARII3G Airu GRUBBING
Des crJ pt -Jon
151-1.1 This item rhall consist of clearing or clearing and grubbing, includ-
ing the disposal of materials, for ail areas iritnin the lunits designated on
the plans or as required by tl!e un; _nee^.
Clearing shall consist. of the cutting and removal of all trees, otumps, brush,
' logs, hedges, the removal of fences rid other loose or prn4neting material
fr(,tn the designated areas. The grubbing of stumps and roots will not be
required. i
t Clearing, when ro designated, ,);all consist of the cutting and removal of
isolated single trees ov isolated *roups of trees. The cutting of all the
trees of this classification shall be in accordance with the req-wirements for
' the particular area being cleared, or as shotm on the plans, or as directed
by the end--.ieer. The trees shall to considered isolated when they are 40
feet or r/ore apart, with the exception of a small clump of approximate7.y
' five trews or iesis,
Clearing and grubbing shall consist of clearing the surface of the ground of
the designated areas of all. trees, st_."T.s, down timber, logs, snags, brush,
t undergrowth, hedges, heavy growth of grass or weeds, fences, structures,
debris, and rubbish of any nature, natural obstructions or such material
which ir, the opinion of the engineer is unsuitable for the foundation of
strips, pavements, or other required structures, including the grubbing of
stumps, roots, :Hatted roots, foundations, and the disposal from the project
of all spcil materials resulting from clearing and grubbing by burning or
others,rise.
Construction Methods
' 151-2.1 GENERAL. The areas denoted or. 'iie plans to be cleared or cleared
and crabbed under Vii-- item s.-.al. be s+, :e l on the efowid by t)ie engineer.
' T . c: t t rSn ; and i abb n;r si.a.: b, a satisfactory distwice in advance
J'rbdin;', opi-1"t1
' DIV ii Pane ri
AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
iTEV P-151 CLE:ARLIG AND CftU?BItIr,
All spoil materials rez'loved by clearing or by clearing arud grubbing shall be
disposed of by burning or by removal to approved disF»;r,l ureas. Piles for
burning shall be pla~:(.Id either in th~~ cleared area near tY,e
adjacent open space 'c Bier center -)r he
c no da;ragc, to trees, other veyc,tation, or other
property 1,n 11 occur. Vie contractor will be responsible for controlling fires
in compliarice all ?ederal and State laws ai:1 regiiiations relative to
building fires at the site. Ashes re,3ulting from burning shall be removed
and disposed of when directed by the engineer,
As far as practicable, waste cunerete and masonry shall be placed on slopes
of embankments or channels. When embankments are constructed of such
material, this material shall be placed in accordance with requirements for
formation of embankments. Any broken concrete or masonry which cannot be
used in construction, and all other materials not considered suitable for use
elsewhere, shall be disposed of by the contractor. In no case shall any
disc,rded materials be left in windrows or piles adjacent to or within the
' airport limits. The manner and location of disposal of materials shall be
subject to the approval of the engineer and shall not create an unsightly or
objectionable view. When the contractor is required to locate a disposal
area outside the P..rport property 1imit3 at his own expense, he shall obtain
and file with the engineer-, permission in writing from thr, property owner for
the use of private property for this purpose.
If the plan;, or, the specifications rcouire the saving of merchantable timber,
the contractor shall trim the limbs and tops from designated trees, saw them
into suitable lengths, and make the material available for removal by other
agencies.
Any blasting necessary shall be r?one at the contractor's responsibility, and
' the utmost care shall be taken not to endanger life or property.
'ihe removal of existing structure and utilities required to permit orderly
progress of work shall be accomplished by local agencies, unless otherwise
shown on the plans. Whenever a telephone or telegraph pole, pipeline,
conduit, sewer, roadway, or other utility is Prwcuntered and must be removed
or relocated the contractor shall advise the engineer w!Yco will notify the
' proper local authority or owner and att -mpt to secure prompt action.
' 151-2.2 CLE'.ARING. The contractor !shall clear the staked or iridicated area
of all objectionable material;. Tree LP-avoidably falling outside the
specified limits must be cut up, re,,;etel, and disposed of in a satisfactony
manner. In order to minimize dara.-e ,o trees t1rat are to be left standing,
tree; shall be felled toti!3i'd the 'enter' of area beini; cloored. The
contractor c.hail preserve and protect from injury all trc-.9 not to be
removed. The trees, stOVD3, ay:,t bru::t. s-:111 be cut to Ei hright of not more
1
F'Ryn ;'1~ DIV TI
1(),24/7k
AC 150/5370-10
IMI P-151 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
' than ]2 inches above the ground. The grubbing; of
be required. stumpy and roots will not
When isolated trees are designated for cle&ring, the trees shall be classed
' irr accordance with the butt diameter size as measured at a point '8 inches
above the ground level or at a designated height specified in the proposal.
' Fences shall be removed and disposed of when directed by the engineer,
Fence wire shall be neatly rolled and the wire and posts stored on the
airport if they are to be used again, or stored at a designated _ocation if
the fence is to remain the property of a local owner or of a civic authority.
1
lr-2.1' CLEARING AND GRUBBING. In areas designated to be cleared and
' grubbed, all stumps, roots, buried logs, brush, grass, and other unsatis-
factory materials shall be removed, except where embankments exceeding
3j feet in depth are to be made outside of paved areas. In cases where such
depth of embankments is to be made, all unsatisfactory materials shall be
removed, but sound trees, stumps, and brush can be cut off within 6 inches
above the ground and allnwed tj remain. Tap roots and other projections
over 1i inches in diameter shall be grubbed out to a depth of at least 18
t inches below the finished subgrade or slope elevation.
Any buildings and miscellaneous structures that are shown on the plans to be
' removed shall be demolished or removed, and all materials therefrom shall
be disposed of either by burning; or otherwise removed from the site. The
remaining or existing foundation s, wells, cesspools, and all like structures
' shall be destroyed by breaking out or breaking down the materials of which
the foundations, wells, cesspools, etc., are built to a depth at least 2
feet below the existing surrounding ground. Any broken concrete, blocks,
or other objectionable material which cannot be used in backfiil shall be
' removed and disposed of. The holes or openings shall be backfilled with
acceptable material and properly compacted.
All holes remaining after the grubbing operation in embankment areas shall
have the :rides broken down to flatten out the slopes, and shall be filled
with acceptable material, moistened and properly compacted In layers to the
' density required in Item P-152,
The same construction procedure shall be
applied to all hole3 remaining after Grubbing in excavation areas where the
depth of holes exceeds the depth of the proposed excavation.
A1et1,od of :easurerr,ent
1 l~il 1.1 The quantities of clea:`r~
l iiii ,m t:,,- pi„~-,s or as orae: Z j r clcar_ng and ~;tvt.bir.g as st,ot.n by the
e cti,_,ncer sii,l 1 be ci 1eQ torti_ ^ (j A'
' DI V 11
fHCp %j
' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
ITEM P-151 CLEkMG AND GRUBBIDO
' the nwnber of a:res or fractions thereof, of land speafically cleared or
cleared and +,r ic:,ed, unless lwnp-sum bid is specified in the proposal.
' When isolated trees are designated for clearing, the quantities of trees,
as determined in a cordance with riunges of butt diameter size, measured at
a point 18 inches above the ground level at the tree, shall be paid for
according to the schedule of sizes, as follows:
The number of trees:
' From 0 to 2-1 feet, butt diameter
From 21 to 5 feet, butt diameter
For 5 feet or more, butt diameter
1
Pasis of Payment
1 1-4,1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit rice
~price per acre or in a
lump sum for clearing. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing
all materials and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary
to complete the item.
151-4.2 Pay-nent shall be made at the contract unit price for clearing
isolated trees. !"his price shall be full compensation for furnishing all
materials and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to
complete the item.
' 151- Payment shall be trade at the contract unit price per acre or in a
a lump Burn for clearing ar4 grubbing. This price shall be full compensation
for furnish-n6 all materials and for all labor, equipment, tools, and'
incidentals necessary to complete the item.
Payment will be made under:
t Iten P-151-4.1 Clearing--per acre.
Item P-151-4.2 Clearing for isolated trees:
' Fr.rr, 0 to 21 ft;et butt diameter, per tree.
From 21
f to 5 feet butt diameter, per tree.
Fcr 5 of nr,re butt diameter, per tree.
Its. Clearing and grabbing--per acre.
' 77SJ ri!L MATERIAL RERIiIFAT134T3
MaUerial and sfjort title
Nun-
UIV 11
1
i
ITEM P-152-EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT
All paragraphs under Item P-152-Excavation and Embankment shall apply with
the following modifications:
' 152-1.2 CLASSIFICATION. All material excavated shall be defined as
"unclassified excavation."
152-2.6 STRIPPING. Delete the last sentence and substitute the following:
II
The yardage removed and disposed of shall be paid for at the contract unit
price for cubic yard for "Unclassified Excavation".
' 152-2.12 TOPSOIL. Delete the first paragraph and substitute the following:
Topsoil shall be salvaged from stripping and other grading operations as
indicated on the plana and the material stockpiled at approved location.
The stockpile shall not be placed within 50 feet of pavement areas and shall
not be placed on areas which subsequently will require any excavation or
' embankment.
152-3.0 MEASUREMENT. Measuremen` shall be in accordance with paragraphs
152-3.1 through 152-.'.
152-4.0 PAY.%eNT. Payment shall be in accordance with paragraphs 152-4.1
and 152-4.4 and the payment items are summarized as follows-
' Unclassified Excavation - per cubic yard
Borrow Excavation - per cubic yard
r'
r
r I
r
r
r
r
1
10/24/74 :/5370-10
' IMI P-152 EXCAVATION AND E ~~A1:r _ '
Des_ription
' 152-1.1 This item shall consist of excavating, remcv_n~, :factorily
disposing of all materials within the limits of
construct the landing strips, runways, taxiiaays, anror:c, =>aie, and
other areas for drainage, building construction, parting, or c :_er purposes
' in accordance with these specifications and in 9imensions
and typical section shown on the plans and with t're _iree an. __^a4_as
established by the engineer,
' All ouitable material taken from excavation shall be ueed :n to formation
of embankment, subgrade, and for backfilling as indicated on to plans or
as di.reoted by the engineer.
When the volume of the excavation exceeds that required to ccnstirt::t the
embankments to the grades indicated, the excess Baal se .:sed Erade the
' areas of ultimate development or stasted as directed. ^en t-e of
excavation is not sufficient for constructing the fi:l tc -e grades
indicated, the deficiency shall be supplied from borr3wEcurccs at locations
' within the airport or other authorized areas.
152_1.2 CLASSIFICATION. All material excavated shall be 1c"i:ed as
"Unclassified Excavation" unless, in the proposal fo_^m, ::ices are asked
and bids are taken for "Solid Rock Excavation" and "Co.nor. E:::,vat_on."
"Unclassified Excavation" shall include all excavation ;er_'c -:•.;d ----.der this
item regardless of the material encountered.
' "Solid Rock Excavation," when provided in the proposal eha' '_:..:u_e all
solid rock in ledges, in bedded deposits, in unstYat'_ii.3:-Zsse., ;nd
conF;lomerate deposits which are so firmly cemented t>._y the
characteristics of solid rock and which cannot be re-.0ved :grilling
and blasting. All boulders containing a volume of more t:a. ? cab-_c yard
will be classified as "Solid Rock Excavation."
' "Common Excavation," when provided in the proposal, shall consist cf a.l
excavation not included in "Solid Rock Excavation."
' Frozen condition of an), of the different classified rateria?s from
excavation does not constitute a basis for a cla::a for hlg er ..etsificat?on
or for extra work on the part, of the contractor.
DIV II
Pace 77
7:
r Ac 150/537-7-0 to/2L/fir
i
r ITEM P-1 j2 EXC1.JA -1C" i~?J I 4I E? l;T
i
Constr-~et'.cn ::et^ods
r
r 152-2.1 GETIFRAT The roug excavation s:na` 1 be carri Qd to the necessary
depth to obtain the specified depc:z of s.:tc-ade densification shown on the
plans. Likewise, on embaTLknents, 'ne d?fit:n of subbrado densification shall
r be as shown on the plans. Should ttie con-ractor, through negligence or
other fault, excavate below the designated '_inea, he shall replace the
excavation with approved r^aterials, in an approved manner and condition,
at his own expense. The engineer s',all -.ave complete control over the
excavation, moving, placin_, and c>su~sia on of all material and shall
determine the suitability of mate_ial to be placed in embankments. All
material determined unsuitable shall be d_sposed of in waste areas or as
r directed. Topsoil shall not be used _n fills or in subgrades but shall be
handled and placed as directed.
The contractor shall inform and satisfy h i:nself as to the character,
r quantity, and distribution of al! mattrial to l;s excavated. No pavement
will be made for any excavated material tiZich is used for purposes other
than those designated. All spoil areas stall be leveled to a uniform line
and section and shall present a neat appearance before project acceptance.
The surface elevation of spoil areas shall not extend abo.e the surface
elevation of adjacent or contiguous usab'_e areas of the airport.
r Those i,reas outside of thi paveme^: areas in which the top layer of soil
material becomes compacted, due to hauling or to any other activity of the
r contractor, shall be scarified and disced to a depth of 4 inches, as
directed, to loosen and pulverize the soil.
If it is necessary to interrupt existing surface drainage, sewers or
r underdrainage, conduits, u-~,ilities, or ei. lar tn_;rb round structures, or
parts thereof, the contractor shall bG responsible for and shall take all
necessary precautions to protect anci a er:s or prov-ue temporary services.
r When such facilities are encounte_^ed, con-ractor shall notify the
engineer, who shall arrange for ti.eir if necessary. The contractor
stall, at his ot,n expense, satisfa2,or rapa_r all damage to such
' facilities or stntctures . nich ma;• resin-, _,.%n any of !-:is operations di.iring
tze period of t:,; contract.
152-2.2 EXCAVATION. E:xcal,-atOr r,c•r_orried as indicated on the
contract plans to tr,e er:-j;-m or as d+_:ected
by the engineer, an-] s!,all be r._z::e s_• ::.e rega!rer:ents for fonTiation
r
r.
page 73 DIV II
r
- . .y. .r.n.
nC ::,~/5370 10
' of E:'i'ankmE»ts can be fol]o*4cd. id0 excava;:'. Cr at' = started
anti' the er;lncer has t.2ic ~1 cross-sect:ona a t • -.tints
of t^.! exist"11, Froiuld lrfacc. and !:as eta c:- t.. All
lnater:al encount,rcd within t'.ie limits ind'_:a red ::.a:'_ :d
' dispcieod of as directed. Ruing the process r a'_e shall
be Maintained so that it will be well drained at a'_l t'nca. 'rested,
temporary drains and drainage ditches Fhall be ir.stalted t. _..:__.apt or
' divert surface water which may affect '.he work,
When selective grading is specified or required as i.nd_cated a pleLnns,
the excavated material shall be handled to al'_ow the eels r ed - -er_al to be
properly placed in the embankment and in the capping of pave~__.^.: s:bgrades
as determined from the soil profile and soil c'..aracter_st_cs. material
shall be deposited within the designated areas of the airrcr: as shown on
the plans or as directed by the engineer.
If, at the time of ex,.a►vation, ft is not posaible to place a.:; =-`.arial
' in its proper seetivn of the permanent cons t- ction, a Stockpiled
in approvod areas fox- late. use.
Rock, shale, hardpan, loose rock, boulders, or othe~, rrateria"_ unsatisfactory
for landing strips, subgrades, roads, shoulders, intemed_ats areas, or
any areas intended for turfing shall be excavated to a min depth of 12
Inches, or to the depth specified by the eng-user, below c:nte=plated
' surface of the subgrade or the designated grades. I•:•uck, teat, matted roots,
or other yielding material, unsatisfactory for subgrade shall
be removed to the depth specified, to pru,:de a satis_factori fo•.- cation.
t Unsatisfactory materials shall be disposed of at locat`_or.s d-s.L..a-ed by the
engineer. All material so excavated shall 'ce pa-d for at r--act unit
price peir cubic yard for "Unclassified Excavation" or for "C-=n Excavation"
or for "Solid Rock Excavation" as the e^.se ra;; be, when the :'ss:i`ication
' for the last two items is provided in the prcpcsa . ,^.-.e _=c excavated
shall be refilled with suitable se_ected ra•:=_^ie'_ as =a~, '':reined from
the grading operations or borrow area and t:rroug_-.ly cot.: ac ;ei t•• rolling.
The necessary refilling will constitute a part of the ec1:3:~s-•.. ',:here
rock cuts are made and refilled with selected material, or V.`.ere rxcnehing 1
out is done to provide for a course of paver.:ent, the dept`s c=eate'i
shall be ditched at frequent interval: to provide adequate drafrage.
The contractor shall make the distribution as ind_cated on the ;la*_s.
1 Widening or narrowing of the section and rais:jlg or lol.crirg of t:.e grade to
avoid haul will not be permitted. The right ;s reserved to =-'!e r_.nor
adjustments or revisions in lanes or grades, '-f i-und nece=_.!~.-, as the
w.)rk progresses due to discrepancies in the plans or to cbtat_. sat_sfactory
' construction.
D1V II
FaCe 79
a AC 150/5,3710-LO 10/24/74
17TE-7 P-152 F:XCAVATION AIM F14BAYeUONT
1
Overbre?t, including slides, is that portion of any mitcrial displaced or
loosened beyond the finished work as planned or authorize) by the engineer.
The eng?-:eer shall deter=ne if the displacement of such material was
unavoidable as,d his decision shall be final. All rverbreak shall be
will
rem ved ry the contractor and disposed of as directed; however, ' not be rde for the removal and disposal of overbreak Which the Engineer
dotermi.as as avoidable. Unavoidable overbreak wi,t be classified as
"Unclassified Excavation," except when the contract provides for the
classif_ca-~'_on of "Corfrron Excavation," or "Solid Rock Excavation," in which
case unavoidable overbreatage from slides will be classified as such.
The removal of ey-tsting sti^sctures and utilities required to penvait the
orderly progress of vor% :;ill be accomplished by local agencies, unless
otherw`_e s•.oxn on the pans. All existing foundations shall be excavated
for at :eas. 2 feet be".o,,; :ho top of the subgrade and she material disposed
of as directed. All foundations thus excavated shall be backfilled wit;i
suitable material and co=pacted,
' In cut areas, the subgrade under areas to be paved shall be compacted to
the dep::.s and to the dens ties at optimun moisture as shown on the plans or
as specified in the apecifications, or when not otherwise shown or specified,
to a mini: L-i depth of 6_-ichev and to a density of not less than 95%, for
cohesics sri:.s, and 103; for noncohesive soils, of the n-Wim.-m density at
optirar.. ^o_t ,ure as determimed by the compaction control tosts specified
in FAA .-:Y . Any unsui-able materials onnountered•shall be removed and
paid fo_• as spec_fied.
No payrsnt or measu_remen. for paYrent will be made for suitable materials
removed, ~ar_p,iia`.;ed, 2nd- replaced in order to obta;n density. Any removal,
manipulation, aeraticn, replacement, and recompaction of suitable materials
necessac-, to obtain the required density shall be considered as incidental
' to the =ti:ca%. a Lion and er,.ca_n',.ment operations, and shall be performed by tie
contrac-.:,r et no additicnal cost to the project.
Stones cr rock fragments _arger than 4 inches in their greatest dimension
will rot ba- permitted in top 6 inches of the subgraclr;. The fin" shed
grading 7-,era.ion9 confo_-_ng to the typical cross section shall be completed
and i`•-a- e3 at =ea=t :,110 feet ahead of the paving; operation;;.
' In cuts, all _oose or rocks on the tack doper; uhall b•c barred
1003E c: rC-7-),• 4 line or finished rrad,e of slope. All cut-and-
fill s' • 'Ca dressed to the slope, oe crry ! r:: ,
_ Lion, and
align^c:.- - •-r. :n `.>.r ' a:a or as directed b;- t e (?n;;in,`er.
1
Page r; DIV 11
I
10/211/,14
Ac 150/5310-10
3`1'r:d F'-1 r.eCri'aTiG;I AN;.) I7rIfWlt;ial'7J'1
Dlaoting, when nrcc;,o,ary, wi 11 be permitted Orly when proper precautions
ar: taken for the protection and safety of al'L persons, the woix, and the
property. All darnago done to the work or property shall be repaired at the
' contractor's expense. All operations of the contractor in connection with
the transportation, storage, and use of explosives shall be approved by the
engineer. Any approval given will not relieve the contractor of his
responsibility in blasting operations.
152-2.3 BORROW EXCAVATION. When provided for in the, proposal, borrow
excavation shall consist of excavation made from borrow areas within the
limits of the airport property outside the normal grading limits, or from
areas outaids the airport when specified. Borrow area(s) irithin the
airport property from which borrow may be obtained will be designated.
Borrow excavation shall be made only at these designated locations and within
the horizontal and vertical limits as staked or as directed. On completion
1 of borrow operations, the borrow area shall be finished to a neat and uniform
grade acceptable to the engineer.
When borrow sources are outside the boundaries of the airport property, it
' shall be the contractor's responsibility to locate and obtain the supply,
subject to the approval of the engineor. The contractor shall notify the
engineer, sufficiently in advance of the beginning of oxcavation, so
' necessary measurements and tests can be made. All objectionable material
shall be disposed of as directed. All borrow pits shall be opened up
immediately to expose the vertical face of various-strata of acceptable
' material to enable obtaining a uniform product. Borrow pits shall be
excavated to regular lines to permit accurate measurements and shall be
drained and left in a neat and presentable condition with all slopes
&eased uniformly.
The, borrow excavations shall be handled and placed as specified in theso
cpeoifications for ex^.avation and embankment.
152-2.4 DITCH EXCAVATION. Ditch excavation shall consist of excavating
for drainage ditches such as intercepting, inlet or outlet, temporary levee
construction, or any other type as designed or as shown on the plans. The
work shall be performed in the proper sequence arith the other, construction.
The location of all ditches or levees shall be established on the ground.
1 All satisfactory material shall be placed in fillos unsatisfactory naterial
shall be placed in spoil areas or as directed. Waste or surplus material
shall be disposed of as shown on plans or as directed. Intercepting ditches
' DIV II
Page 81
t AC 15G! - 4/ -(4
' 1T F s E-ZCAVAUM A1iD 11,1:VOfK111%11T
shall to r..-: Feted l;. i ,r t~ starting of :ici•jacent s.r-cavation operation3.
All necessa:-.' ^$:dtaor% c. ~s.for'r.ed to secure a fins:,-lt true to )zne,
elevati:n, and cross -.ect on, as c:osi6nated.
Ditches :ans7ruoted on tt:e -1ro,'e:t shrill be maintainee' to the roqu:.rert crc:cs
sectior. ,-d snail be kept :ree debris or obstructiono until the project
' is acc,.. --:i. Z•f.iere n?cess-.=y, ?ici.ent openings shall be provided tkirouf;h
spoil t-. a to pe -^it dra_nace a11acent 1arJ3. Unleos other+:ri,;e
specified, no separate psy:r._n`.be. made for ditch excavation ether than
' for the =ste_ial removed ::ae:, -::11 ba paid for at tho tinit price or
"Unclasaif-'n4 Excavation," "C:,=n Excavation," or "Solid Roc). E,xcav,~tion,"
as tt.e case ra;: b9, if the pro,,-.3a1 includes classification of these excavated
materia_z.
152-2.5 c?£?OATION OF AMA. E7rbanlvnent areas sliall be C.eared
and grutbed to accordance : e requirements in Item P-151. Ali dr.,pres-
sions or :.oles balow the grou_n:i zarface, 4itiether caused by grubbing ,,r
otherwise, stall be backf::.ed #4,th suitable material and compacted 'co
' ground s:-face before the constr.:ction of the embaryment will Ln permitted
to star-.
Inmediately :,rior to the placing of the fill materials, the entire area vpon
' whirr r.z e b=-ument is to be -.aced, except w'~ere limited by ro,^k, shall
be scari'_"_ed end broken by r.,eans of a disc harrow or pluw, or other approved
equiprren-,, -co a depth of C. incnsz. Scarifying shall- be done approxirv tely
' parallel :o .'.e axis of t-.5 f= All roots, debris, large stones, o:
objecticnOle naterial the. cause interference with the compaction
of the f::.nd&tto"i or fill sha! to removed from the area and disposed of as
' directed. A thin layer (2;.prcx".3tel1 ~ 3 inches) of the fill material shall
be spread over the scarifies fo~.3ation and the whole area compacted as
required in tae specifications.
' Where e^:c_.r_r:~ents are to to p':a-.-i on natu:'al clo;res steeper than 3-to-l,
horizonia_ :-noes s;•iall be c::.--ruvted as shorn rn the plans or as diri~cted
by the erw_i,iesr. Suitable exce-:a c:. material shell be incorporated in
' emba&-men,s. Payment will be ma!s for the material excavated at the unit
price fo.• 6^ad_ng.
No direr-.s'-s nt sea'-l ba t'lic work performed under this ^ection,
The neci:e?'; :1_e3:^.nz an and the yard;rc removed or urcd will lie
r
pa±d for 1
' DIV II
Page 62
r
f 30.'2.4/'/4 AC ? ~'/5i!1
1o
' 152-2 S'MIPP1i10. Ail -awy sods, hoavy Crorrt.h
of Grass, decayed vcCetab.c and a.ri~ nllier ur:suitable
' material within the area upon is t' 1,N placed shall be
stripped or otherwise removed be csc a::.ban%rrr:nt l'l started, and in no
case shall, Cush objectionable mat~;r'al c. allowed in (jr under the embankment.
No direct payment trill be nado for strip'-ne.. The yardage removed and
' disposed of shall be paid for at t.:e ccn-ract unit price per cubic lard for
"Unclassified Excavation," or for "CoT.7 r. Excavation," when the lattir
elaesification is provided for in t'::e pso-asa'l.
152-2.7 FONW.-ION OF D1EWY30M. Enban xents shall he formed of satisfac-
tory materials placed in successive horizontal layers of not mora than 8
Inches in loiee depth for Vie full widkn of the cross section.
The grading operations shall be conlucted, and the various soil strata shall
' be placed, to produce a soil structure as shown on the typical cross section
or as directed. All materials entering the embanYnFnt shall be reasonably j
free of organic matter such as leaves, grass, roots, and other objectionable
material. Soil, granular r,.aterial, shale, anq any other material permitted
for use in embankment shall be spread in successive layers as specified.
' Operations on carthtiror•k shall be euaperded at any time when satisfactory
results cannot be obtained because of rain, freezing weather, or other
unsatlefaotory conditions of the field. The ecitractor shall drag, blade,
or slope the embankment to provide proper surfate'drainage,
The material in the layers shall be of the proper moisture content before
rolling to obtain the prescribed cc-rpacticn. Wetting or drying of the
material and manipulation when necessary to secure 1 uniform moisture content
throughout the layer shall be req:'_red. Enould the material be too wet to
permit proper compaction or rolling, a31 work on all portions of the
embankment thus affected shall be delayed until the raterial has dried to
' the required moisturs content. Sp inkling shall be done with approved
equipment that will sufficiently d;etribute the water. Sufficient equipment
to furnish the required water sham be ava_lable at all times. Samples of
' all embankment materials for testing, botr. before and after placement and
compaction, will bo taken at frequent intervals. From these tests, correc-
tions, adjuutmen's, and modifications of n.ethods, materials, and moisture
' content will be made to construct the emba_-Z :ent.
Rolling operation3shall be contim:od urit:: z:e embanl=men is compacted to not
less than 95%, for noncohesive so--'Is, and 3-0% fer cohesive soils of the
1
DrV Ii Page 83
AC 10124/74
F-152 EXCAVATION A11U EIUQff -1g 2Yf
' maximum dens:-y, at opt=.-,- no_sturep as determined by the FAA compaction
control tests T•41_1. Undies all areas to be paved, thn embankment shall be
compacted to the depths and :o t::e densities at optirmsm moisture as shown
on the plans or as specif_ed in tie specifications, or, when not otherwise
shown or epEOified, to a m'rt:.-x= depth of 9 inches and to a density of not
less than 95;'2j for cohes_ve so'_ls, and 100% for noncohesive soils, of the
maximum density at optia,= mois t:.re as determined by the compaction control
tests speeif=ed in FAA T-,511. On all areas outside of the pavement areas, no
compaction will be require- on the top 4 inches. Any areas inaccessible to
a roller s'rall be consolidated and compacted by mechanical tampers.
During construotion of t"a enca.^-,=ent, the contractor shall route his
equipment at all times, both titen loaded and when empty, over the layers as
they are placed and shall 411a r_-ute the travel evtnly over the entire width
of the a=ban~=ent. The equ_pf.ar., shall be operated in such a manner that
hardpan, cemented gravel, e;, or other chunky soil material will be broken
vp into staal: particles and become incorporated with the other material in
the layer.
In the construction of emba.2~-:erts, starting layers shall be placed in the
' deepest portion of the fi_:{ as placement progresses, layers shall be
constructed ap,^,rox'_mately para'l'lel to the finished pavement grade line.
' When rock and other embanlL= en*, material are excavated at approximately the
same time, t',e root shall be incorporated into the outer portion of the
embankment ar.d t^e other ra`er'_a_ shall be incorporated under the future
paved areas. Stones or fr•:;:entary rock larger than 4 inches in their
' greatest d{ner.sion will rc; 'ce a_?owed In the top b inches of the subgrade.
Rockfill sha_l to brought -.p '_r, layers as specifi;d or as directed and
every Effort slat- be exer•.ed to fill the voids with the finer material to
form a dense, c=npact w..ass. R~CL or boulders shall not be Otsposed of
outside of the excavation or embankment areas, except at places and in the
manner desig%a ted by the engineer.
1 Frozen material wall not be '--aced in the embankment rw r shall er,bankmant
be placed ~u.p:n frozen r'ater_a',
' The contractor shall be respons`_c?e for the stability of ell embankments
trade under t':a eon*.ract e_.d replace any portion which, in the opinion
of the er.g::etr, has ba,c,, dte _;ced due to careleasness or negl'.gence on
' the part _:nt:'ac
There ter _ It gaset~ ..,te a ,ant or pt:yment for compacted cn. ankr.ont,
' and all c.c'a in layers, compacting, diseinE, watering,
Psge 84 DJ!+ II
1
i
' 10/24/74 AC IW5510-10
' I'iF?1 P-1,2 EXCAVATION ~JD
' mixing, sloping, and other necessar-j operations of trj„ cmbw-Lk=ents will be
included in the contract price for excavation, borrow, or other item.
' When stockpiling of excavated material and later rehandling of such
material is directed by the engineer in order to produce the specified
subgrade structure, the material shall be paid for at the contract unit
1 price for cubic yard for "Unclassified Excavation" or "Common Excavation."
152_2.8 EQIJIPt~1T. The contractor may use any Lype of earth-moving,
compaotion, and watering equipment he may desire or has at his disposal,
provided the equipment is in a satisfactory condition and is of such capacity
that the construction schedule can be maintained as planned by the contractor
1 and as approved by the engineer in accordance with the total calendar days
or working days bid for the construction. The contractor shall furnish,
operate, and msintain such equipment as is necessary to control imiform
' density, layers, section, and smoothness of grade.
t 152-2.9 PREPARATION AND PRVMCTION OF THE TOP Oe THE SUBORADE. On areas
to be paved, the specified depth in out areas
comana the pleted,Athefsurfac- ehallshall em- be compacted to the density specified. When
true to the lines, grades, and cross section shown on the plans or as
' directed by the engineer. After all drains, structures, ducts, and other
underground appurtenances along the edges or under the pavement have been
completed, the eubgrade shall be compacted to the C~pth specified at not
' less than 95% density for cohesive soils and 1005 for noncohesive soils,
as determined by the compaction control tests specified in FAA T-611. Any
irregularities or depressions that develop under rolling shall be corrected
' by loosening the material at these places and adding, re,rioving, or replacing
material unt:' the surface is smooth and uniform. Any portion of the area
which is not a.2esaible to a roller shall to compacted to the required
density by approved mechanical tampers. Tha material shall be sprinkled with
1 crater during rolling or tamping, when dirertoed by the engineer.
All soft and yielding material and material which will riot compact readily
t when rolled or tamped shall be removed as directed by the engineer and
replae.id with suitable material. After grading operations are completo,
all loose stones larger than 2 inches in their greatest dimension shell be
' removed from the surface of all proposed graded paving areas and disposed
of as directed by the engineer.
At all times, the top of the nubgrade oha?l be kept in such condition that
it will drain readily and effectively. In handling materials, tools, and
t DIV II Page 85
1
r
1
*AC 10/24/74
I
I:F1< P-152 EXCAVATION AND PIOAIJ o24T
' aquipms_;, the contractor shall protect the subgrade from damage by laying
planks &,dn directed and s^.all take other precautions as needed. In no
case wi:_ vehicles be allowed to travel in a single track. If ruts are
' formed, -,e subgrade shall be reshaped and rolled. Storage or stockpiling
of materials on the top of the subgrade will not be permitted. Until the
subgrade has been checked and approved, no subbase, base, surface course,
' or pare=ent shall be laid thereon.
152-2.i, u.AM. No payment trill be made separately or directly for haul
' on any ;.art of the work. All hauling will be considered a necessary and
maiden-al part of the work and its coat shall be considered by the
eontrac.:r and included in the contract unit price for the pay items of
work :r.•; :;ved.
152-2.11 TOLERANCES. In those areas upon which a subbase or base course is
to be placed, she top of the subgrade shall be of such smoothness that, when
tested Ath a 16-foot straightedge applied parallel and at right angles to
the csr.-er?ine, it shall not show any deviation in°exeess of inch, or
shall n:± be more than 0.05 foot from true grade as established by grade
hubs or p.ns. Any deviation in excess of these amounts shall be corrected l
by loosening, adding, or removing materials, reshaping, and recompacting by
sprinki:-g and rolling.
On 1and!.n6 strips, intermediate and other designated areas, the surface
shall :.s :f such smoothness that it will not vary moro than 0.10 of a foot
' from tr;e grade as established by grade hubs. Any deviation in excess of
this a-:mot shall be corrected by loosening, adding or removing materials,
and res s; ng.
' 152j2.12 70PSOIL. When topsoil is specified or required, as shown on
' the ;ila::a or under Item T-905, it shall be salvaged from stripping or other
grading :=orations. The topsoil shall meet the requirements of Item T-905
or shall to approved by tie engineer. If, at the time of excavation or
strippine, the topsoil cannot be placed in its proper and final section of
finished : nstruction, the material shall be stockpiled at approved locations.
StockpS:as shall not te planed arithin 50 feet of pavement areas and shall
not be +:;:ed on areas srh:e subsequently will require any excavation or
' embanr_-sin-.
Upon of grading :.:rations as epecified, topsoil shall be handled
and plE:s- as directed, or as required in Item 7-905. The engineer shall
1
Page c DIt~ II
i 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-io
ITE4 P- P 2 1 C.:'...:.J'.' ?J F1.1L'A] f}+i•1}~1'I'
' sot grade :Aakos for ;-rr:d;nr o crr:-.a3 _n Loth cut and fill no that the
topsoil Trill be placed at the plan elevation.
t No direct payment will be made fsr .o_-soil as ouch under Itcm P-152. The
quantity removed and placed or atoc::pi'_ed shall be paid for at the contract
' unit price per cubic yard for "U'ne'assified Excavation," or for "Common
Excavation" when the latter class=ficaticn is provided in the proposal.
When topsail is paid fir under Itcn: P-152, as excavation, no payment shall
be made for the came work under Itsn ^-005.
When stockpiling of topsoil and later rehandling of such saterial is directed
by the engi*ieer to produce the specified soi?. structure, the material so
rehandled shall be paid for at t!-.,a :ontract unit price per cubic yard for
"Unclassified Excavation," or for "Cor.4ron Excavation" when the latter
classification is provided in t-:e proposal.
' Method of ;'easurement
152-3.1 The yardage paid for shall be the number of cubic yards measured
in its original position. Pay auant'_ties shall be computed to the neat lines
' staked, by the method of average end areas of materials acceptably excavated
and stripped as specified.
' Measurement shod not include the yardage of material excavated without
authorization beyond normal slope _:nes, or the yardage of material used
for purposes other than those directed.
' 152-3.2 Stockpiled material paid for shall be the number of cubic yards
me;.._u,ed by cross sectioning t:^.e nd surface prior to the placing of the
' material, and later cross cecticn.ng as coon as riaterfa3, has been stockpiled.
Pay quantities shall be computed by tie method of average end areas.
1.52-3.3 Borrow material paid for s:.all be the number of cubic yards
measured in its original position in excavation, and pay quantities shall be
computed by the method of average end areas. Borrow shall be classified as
' "Unclassified Excavation" or as "Corrnon Excavation," if the latter
classification is inclu(',ed in the oposal; or as "Borrow" when this
classification is included in the proposal.
' DIV II
Page 87
' AC 15: 10/24/7.
t ITK! P-:52 UCAVATION AND P1W?i 4114T
t Basis of Payment
' 152-4.*- ?f,-.ant shall be raads at the contract unit price per cubic yard for
"Uncla_s'_._sd rxcavation," .-is price shall be full compensation for
' furn:s:.:-w all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary
to co--_S- t:^e item.
shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for
"Cocr:o- s :E,~at on." This price shall be full compensation for furnishing
all ra.-r'Els, labor, eqa'_p!r.Pnt, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete
' the i`e=.
' 152-4.; FL;-ent shall be rade at the contras* unit price per cubic yard for
"Solid ?.^:'r. i;scavation." finis price shall be full compensation for furnishinE
all materials, labor, e(raipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to vumplete
the its=.
1
152-4.- ?a;=- ant shall be wade at the contract unit price per cubic yard for
' "Borrot, _::aration.'I This price shall be full compensation for furnishing
all sza:er':e s, labor, equ'_pc:ent, t0013, and incidentals necessary to complete
the ite=.
';r_11 be made under:
P-:12-4.i Urc:ass:fied Excavation--per cubic yard,
sr ?-_;,2-4.2 Cccr.o:. Excavation --per cubic yard.
-s- P-152-4.3 Solid Rock Excavation--per cubic yard.
:':sr ?-152-4.4 Borrow Excavation--per cubic yard.
TLSTUi G A1M MATERIAL REQUIRFME 4TS
Test ant rl~ title Material and short title'
FAA None
Page DIY II
Y'
10/24/74 r _.:/5370-10
t ITE24 P-153 WATER11 G
' Description
153=1.1 This item shall consist of furnishing and appiyi-rg %-e-e: required in
the :,ompaction of embankments, subgrades, subbases, bats-3 courses, Lr.d for
' other purposes in accordance with the requirements of these specifications or
as directed by the engineer.
' construction Methods
' 153-2.1 Water, when required, shall be applied at the locaticrs, in the
amounts, and during the hours, including nights, as directed by the engineer.
M adequate water supply shall be provided by the contractor. -?.e equipment
used for watering shall be of ample capacity and of such design as to assure
' uniform application of water in the amounts directed by the er4!-leer.
Method of Measurement
' 153-3.1 The units of watering to be paid for shall b: the numlcer c_° 1,000-
gallon unite of water, measured in the vehicle at the point of delivery on
the airport, and used as ordered.
1 Basis of Payment
153-4.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per --,:.:-gallon
unit for watering. This price shall be full comppneaticn for r:71 shing all
' materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necesearj to cc--pleto
the item.
When the bid schedule does not contain an estimated quanta y fcr umtering,
the performance of this work including providing and raintair.na tin ter
plant(s), shall not be paid for directly but shall be considered as a
subsidiary obligation of the contractor covered under other contract items.
' Payment will be made unders
' Item P-153-4.1 Watering - per 1,000-gallon unit.
1
' DIV 11 Page 89
p
r
' AC 150/5370-:0
10/24/74
P-153 1raTrRlilG
' TEST-UJG A::-ti f : -t L-Jj j, Rt QUIftfl ~?'lf.~
Test and short title M torial and short, title
' None
None
1
1
t
Pago yo
DI it if
d
10/24/74 AC 150/5510-10
1
1 IT114 P-154 SU1ii-.ASE COURSE
Description
.54-1_1 This item shall con3ist of a subbase course corapoced of granular
materials cr~nstructed on a prepared oubgrado or underlying c,,ur-c in accord-
ance with these specifications, and in conformity with the dimensions and
typical en)ss section shown on the plans, and with the lines and grades
established by the engineer.
' Materials
12!L7, Mk7HUALS. The subbase material shall consist of hard durable par-
1 ticlec or f.aaa-:eats of granular aggregates. This material will
be mix.0 or blended with fine sand, clay, stone dust, or other similar
bindir4; ar fille.^ materiale produced from approved eourcoe, This mixture
must 'oe L:,i and shall comply with the requirements of these specifica-
tions as to g_dation, soil constants, and shall be capable of being
compacted into a dense and stable subbase. Th3 material shall be free from
vegotable matter, lumps or excessive amounts cf clay, and other objectionable
' or :oreigri substances. Pit-run material may be used, provided the material
meets the requirements specified.
TABLE 1. - GRADATION REQUIPkllF lPS
' Percentage
by weight
Sieve designation (square openings) passing
as per AASHO T 11 and T 27 sieves
A -inch -inch 100
20-1000
No. 40 l0_-_____ 5_0
No.
'
G- 15
No. 200
1
1
DIV II rage 91
T
.
AC 150/53701-10 10/24/74
-154 S'JF WLSE COURSE:
The portiLn of the material_ -::rang the No. 110 sicvo shall have a liquid
limit of not pore than 25 a-d P. ,rlasticity index of riot more than 6 when
tented in acerrdanec with 8) and T 90.
In those cases ti•;here frost penetration is a problem, the maximum arount of
' material finer tcan 0.02 mm. in diameter shall be less than 3%.
Construction Methods
154-3.1 GENERAL. The subbase =ourse shall be placed whero designated on
the plans or as directed by the engineer. The an teri.al shall be shaped and
I ' thoroughly compacted within the tolerances specified.
Granular subbase.i which, due to grain sizes or shapes, am not sufficiently
stable to support trithout movement the construction equipment, shall be
mechanically stabilized to the depth necessary to provide such stability as
directed by the engineer. The mechanical stabilization shall principally
' include the addition of a fine-grained medium to bind the particles of the
subbase material sufficiently to furnish a bearing strength, no that the
course will not deform under the traffic of the construction equipment.
' The addition of the binding medium to the subbase material shall not increase
the soil constants of that r" aerial above the limits specified.
' 154-3.2 OcK A?ICW IM PITS. ;11 ,rork involved in clearing and stripping pits
and handling u:-.suitable material encountered shall be performed by the con-
tractor at his ot•m expense. _he subbase material shall be obtained from pits
' or sources that have been apl,rored. The material in the pits shall be
excavated and handled in such manner that a uniform and satisfactory product
can be secured.
' 154-3.3 EQUIPIMIT. All equitment necessary for the
proper construction of
this wark shall be on the proJeot, shall be in first-class working condition,
and shall have been approved by the engineer before construction is permitted
to start.
C ' Provision shall be made by the contractor for furnishing water at the site
of the work us?ng equipment of ample capacity and design to assure uniform
application.
1
I
t
t Page 92 DIV 11
t :
' 10/24/,14 AC 350/5;70_,()
t 1TH4 11-154 SUBJWSE COURSE
' he processing equipment shall be designed, constructed, and operated and
hall have sufficient capacity to thoroughly mix all materials and water in
he proportions required to produce a subbase course of the gradation and
' onsistency required.
' .54-3.4 PREPARING UNDEHL'IING COURSE. Before any subbase material is placed,
;he underlying course shall be prepared and conditioned as specified. The
:ourse shall be checked and accepted by the engineer before placing and
spreading operations ars started.
grade control between the edges of tike pavement shall be by means of grade
itakes, steel pins, or forms placed in lanes parallel to the centerline of
' ;.he pavement and at intervals which will permit string lines or chock
Boards to be placed between the stakes, pins, or fr~iM, .
' ib protect the subgrade and to insure proper drainage, the spreading of the
subbdso shall begin along the centerline of the pavement on a crowned seetion
;or on the high side of pavements with a one-way slope. .
lr4!+-3.5_MATERIAL9 ACCEPTABLE IN EXISTING CONDITION, When the entire: subbase
material is secured in a uniform and satisfactory condition and contains
approximately the required moisture, such approved material may be moved
directly to the spreading equipment for placing. The material may be obtain-
ed from gravel pits, stockpiles, or may be produced from a crushing and
' screening plant with the proper blending. The materials from these so%irces
shall meet the requirements for gradation, quality, and consistency. It is
the intent of this section of the specifications to secure materials that will
' not require further mixing. The moisture content of the material ahtll be
approximately that required to obtain maximum density. Any minor deficiency
or excess of moisture may be corrected by surface sprinkling or by aeration.
In such instances, some mixing or manipulation may be required, immediately
' preceding the rolling, to obtain the required moisture content. The final
operation shall be blading or dragging, if necessary, to obtain a smooth
uniform surface true to line and grade.
r 6 PLANT MIXING. When materials from siveral sources are to be blended
14- .
' And mixed, the subbase material shall be processed in a central or travel
AdyAng plant. The subbase material, together vrith any blended material, shall
be thoroughly mixed with the required amount of t;,ater. After the -Tdxing is
cormplete, the material shall be transported to ar.,1 r;prcad on the underlying
course without undue loss of the moisturo content.
DIV 11 Page 93
r
' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
' ITr9. P-154 SUMASE COURSE
f41XED LI PLACE. When r.~a' erials from different sources are to be
proportioned and mixed or blended in place, tha relative proportions of the
components of the mixture shall be as desiguatei by the engineer.
The subbase material shall be deposited and spread evenly to a uniform
' thickness and width. Then the binder, Filler or other material shall be
deposited and spread evenly over the first layer. There shall be as many
layers of materials added as the engineer may direct to obtain the required
' subbase mixture.
When the required amount of materials have been placed, they shall be
thorov,ghly mixed and blended by means of approved graders, discs, harrows,
' rotary tillers, supplemented by other suitable equipment if necessary. The
mixing shall continue until the mixture is uniform throughout. Areas of
segregated material shall be c,)rreoted by the addition of binder or filler
' material and by thorough renixing. Water in the amount and as directed by
the engineer shall be uniform;ty applied prior to and during the mixing
eTpevations, if necessary, to maintain the material at its required moisture
,.ont,brit. When the mixing said clending has been completed, the material
shall be spread in a uniform layer which, when compacted, will meet the
requirements of thickness and typical cross section.
i
154-3.8 GFriiA], J•RITTOD9 FOR PLACING. The rubbers course shall be construct-
ed in layers. Any layer shall be not leas than 3 im;hes nor more than
' 8 inches of compacted thickness. The material, as spread, shall be of
uniform. gradation tirith no pockets of fine or coarse materials. The subbase,
unless otherwise perni.tted by the engineer, si:all not be spread more than
21000 square yards in advance of the rolling. Any necessary sprinkling
' shall be kept %-rithin this lirit. No material shall be placed in snow or on
a soft, MU,. 14-.-l or frozen course.
' When more than one layer is required, the construction procedure described
herein shall apply similarly to each layer.
' During the placing and spreading, sufficient caution shall be exercised to
prevent the incorporation of subgrade, shoulder, or foreign material in the
eubbase course mixture.
' 1 .3.%1 FJNISHRIG AIJD COMPACIIJJG. After spreading or mixing, the subbase
material shall be thoroughly compacted by rolling a.id sprinkling, when
' necessary. Sufficient rollers shall be furnished to adequately handle the
rate of placing and spreadinz of the subbase course.
Oage 94 DIV 11
~r
I
10/24/74 AC 150/570-10
'I
ITEM F-154 SURi3ASE COURSE
' Rolling shall progress gradually from the sides to the center of the lane
under construction, or fro:,, une side toward previously placed material, by
' lapping unifo:,nly each preceding track by at least 12 inches. The rolling
shall continue until the material is thoroughly set and stable, and the
subbase material has been compacted to not less than 100% of maximum density
at optimum moisture as determined by the compaction control tests specified
' in FAA T-611. Blading and rolling shall be done alternately, as required
or directed, to obtain a smooth, even, and uniformly compacted subbase.
' The course shall not be rolled when the underlying course is soft or yiel(U ng
or when the rolling causes undulation in the subbase. When the rolling
develops irregularities that exceed I inch when tested with a 16-foot
straightedge, the irregular surface shall be loosened and then refilled with
' the same kind of material as that used in constructing the course and again
rolled as required above.
' Along places inacce,asible to rollers, the subbase material shall Ix) tamped
thoroughil with w.hanical or hand tampers.
Sprinkling during rolling, if necessary, shall be in the amount and by
' equipment approved by the engineer. Water shall not be added in such a
manner or quantity that free water will reach the w:derlying layer and cause
it to become soft,
1 3.10 SURFACE TEST. After the course is completely con.,acted, the
' surface shall be tested for smoothness and accuracy of grade and crown; any
portion found to lack the required smoothness or to fail in accuracy of
grade or crown shall be scarified resha ed reco
P , rrspacted, and otherwise
' manipulated as the engineer may direct until the required smoothness and
accuracy are obtained. The finished surface si:all not var; more than i
inch when tested with a 16-foot straightedge applied parallel with, and at
ri,;ht angles to, the centerline.
1 ~
~473,11 MHCKNESS. The thickness of the completed subbase course shall
' be determined by depth tests or cores taken at intervals so each test shall
represent no more than 500 squaro yards. When the deficiency in thickness
is more than j inch, the contractor shall correct such areas by scarifyinC,
adding satisfactory mixturo, rolling, sprinklirq, reshaping, and finishing
in accordance with these specifications. The contractor shall replace at
hie expense the nubbaso material VPnero borings aro taker: for test purposes.
1
bIV 11 page 915
I
r
AU 150/5370-10 10/24/74
ITEM P-154 SUBUSE COURSE
' 194-3.12 PROTECTION. Work on subbase course shall not be conducted during
freezing temperature nor when the subgrade is wet. When the subbase material
contains frozen material or when the underlying, course is frozen, the con-
' atruction shall be stopped.
' 154-3.13 MAII)TENANCE. Following the final shaping of the material, the
subbase shall be maintained throughout its entire length by the use of
F standard motor graders and rollers until, in the judgement of the engineer,
' the subbase meets all requirements and is acceptable for the construction
of the next course.
I
' Method of Measurement
' 1,x-4.1 The yardage of subbase course to be paid for shall be the number of
cubio yards of subbase course material placed, compacted, and accepted in
the completed course. The quantity ,f subbase course material shall be
measured in final position based upon depth tests or cores taken as directed
by the engineer, or at the rate of 1 depth test for each 500 square yards of
subbase course, or by means of average end areas on the complete work
computed from elevations to the nearest 0.01 foot. On individual depth
' measurements, thicknesses more than j inch in excess of that shown on the
plans shall be considered as the specified thickness plus I inch in comput-
ing the yardage for payment. Subbase materials shall not be included in
' any other ekeavation quantities.
Basis of Payment
I
1_54-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for
subbase course. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all
' materials; for all preparation, hauling, and placing of these materials; and
for a.11 labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necesL~&ry to complete the
' item.
Payment will be made undors
' Item P-154-5.1 Subbase Course-per cubic yard.
I
' Page 96 DIV 11
A~ , rn /FWM-10
LO/24/74 ,
1
' ITEM P-154 SUBBASE COURSF.
' TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUnM41r?1;;1
Test and Short Title Material and Short Title
' AASHO T 11 & T 27--Gradation None
AASHO T 89--Liquid Limit
AASHO T 90--Plastic Limit and
Plasticity Index
' FAA T-611--Density
1 "
1
1
1
1
D1V II Pay. Il (Reserve Ila-,, ^d)
AC 150/5370-10
' ITOI P-155 LI.E-TRUTED S;R3GRAUE
r Description
155-1.1 This item s,:all consist of constructing one or more courses of a
' mixture of soi1, lime, and water in accordance with this specificaV.on,
and in conformity with %he lines, grades, thicknesses, and typical cross
sections shown on the plans or established by the engineer.
r
Mats,rials
155- LINE. •Hydrated lime shall conform to the requirements
2.1 }iYDRATED r of AS114 C-207, Type N.
1,55-2 2 COMMERCIAL LIME SLURRY. Commercial lime slurry shall be a
r pumpabl9 suspension of solids in water. The water or liquid portion of the
slurry shall not contain dissol,red material in sufficient quantity
naturally injurious or objectionable for the purpose intended. The solids
' portion of the mixture, when considered on the basis of "solids content,"
shall consist principally of hydrated lime )f a quality and fineness
sufficient to meet the following requirements as to chemical composition
r and residue.
(a) Chemical composition. The "solids content" of the lirr.e slurry
shall cornsist of a minimum of 70%, by weight, of calcium and magnesium
' oxides.
(b) Residuo. The percent by weight of residue retain. in the
"solids content" of lime slurry shall conform to the following requirements=
Residue retained on a No. 6 (33bOgieve-- -------------Max, 0.0%
' Residue retained on a No. 10 (2000-micron)
sieve Max. 1.0%
Residue retained on a No. ~O (590-micron)
sie+e---------------- Max, 2.
r
r
r
DIV 11 Page 99
r
' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
ITEM P-155 LDS-TREATED SUBGRADE
' (c) Grade. Commercial lime slurry shall conform to one of the
following two grades:
' Grade 1. The "dry solids content" shall be at least 31%
by weight, of the slurry.
Grade 2. The "dry solids content" shall be at least 35%, by weight,
' of the slurry.
1.55-2.3 WATER. Water used for mixing or curing shall be reasonably clean
and free of oil, salt, acid, alkali, sugar, vegetable, or other substances
injurious to the finished product. Water shall be tested in accordance with
ana shall meet the suggested requirements of AASHO T 26. Water known to be
of potable quality may be used without test.
' 155-2.4 SOIL. The soil for this work shall consist of materials on the site
or selected materials from other sources and shall be uniform in quality and
gradation, and shall be apprrpved by the engineer. The soil shall bu free
' of roots, sod, weeds, and stones larger than 2 1/2 inches.
Composition
' 155--3.1 LIME. Lime shall be applied at the rate specified on the plans for
the depth of subgrade treatment shown.
' 155-3.2 TOLERANCES. At final compaction, the lime and water content for
each course of subgrade treatment shall conform to the following tolerances:
' Matorial Tolerance
Lime--------------------------------------------------+ 0.5%
Water------------------------------------------
Page 100 DIV II
r
i
' 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
' ITEM P-155 LIME-TREATED SUBGRADE
' Weather Limitations
' 155-4.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. The lime-treated subgrade shall not be mixed
while the atmospheric temperature is below 40,'F. ur when conditions indicate
that temperatures may fall below 400F. within 24 ho}.rrs, when it is foggy or
rainy, or when soil or subgrade is frozen.
i
Equipment
155-5.1 EQUIPNEW. The equipment required shall include all equipment
' necessary to complete this item Much as: grading and scarifying equipment,
a spreader for the lime or lime slurry, mixing or pul.veriaing equilmment,
sheepsfoot and pneumatic or vibrating rollers, sprinkling equipment, trucks,
and truck ocales. All machinery, tools, and equipment shall be on the site
' and approved by the engineer prior to the beginning of construction
operations and shall be maintained in a satisfactory working condition
throughout the construction period.
' Construction Methods
155-6.1 GEI3Ei',Al.. It is the primary requirement of this spe^ificatlon to
secure a completed subgrade containing a uniform lime mixture, free from
' loose or segregated areas, of uniform density and moisture content, well
bound for its full depth, and with a smooth surface suitable for placing
subsequent courses. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to
' regulate the sequence of his work, to use the proper amount of lime,
maintain the work, and rework the courses as necessary to meet the above
requirements.
i Prior to beginning any lime treatment the subgrade shall be constructed
and brought to grade as specified in Item P-152 "ExcavatSon and Embankment"
and shall be shaped to conform to the typical sections, lines, and grades
■ as shown on the plans or as established by the engineer. The material to
e be treated shall then be excavated to the secondary grade (proposed
bottom of lime treatment) and removed or windrowed to expose the secondary
' grade. Any wet or unstable materials below the secondary grade shall be
corrected, as directed by the engineer, by scarifying, adding lime, and
compacting until it is of uniform stability. The excavated material shall
then be spread to the desired cross section.
' DIV II Page 101
' AC 1510/5370-10 10/24/74
' ITEM P-155 L. ME-TREATED SUBjRADE
If the contractor Olt-cts to use a cutting and Vilverizing machine that will
remove the subgrade material accurately to the secondary grade and pulverize
the material at the same time, he will not be required to expose the
1 secondary grade nor windrow the material. However, the contractor shall be
required to roll the subgrade, as directed by the engineer, and :orrect
any soft areas that this rolling mty reveal before usinj the pulverizing
' machine. Thins method will be permitted only where a machine is provided
which will insure that the materia. is cut uniformly to the proper depth
and which has cutters that will Vane the secondary grade to a smooth
surface over the entire width of the cut. The machine must give visible
indication at all times that it is cutting to the proper depth.
' 155-6.2 APPLICATION. Lime shall be spread only on that area where the
first mixing oxerations :an be completed during the same working day. The
application and mixing of lime with the soil shall be accomplished by the
' methods hereinafter described as "Dry Placing" or ";Murry Placing."
When hydrated lime is specified, the contractor may u:e either method,
' (a) Dry placing. The lime shall be spread uniformly over the top
of the subgrade by an approved screw-type spreader box or other approved
spreading equipment. The amount of lime spread shall be the amount
required for mixing to the specified depth which will result in the
percentage determined in the Job mix formula.
The lime shall be distributed in such manner that scattering by wind will
1 be minimal. Lime shall not be applied when wind conditions, in the
opinion of the engineer, are detrimental to a proper application. A
motor grader shall not be used to spread the lime. The material shall be
' sprinkled, as directed. by the engineer, until the proper moisture content
has been reached,
I
(b) Slurry placing. The lime shall be mixed with water in trucks
with approved distributors and applied as a thin water suspension or
slurry. Commercial lime slurry shall be applied with a lime percentage not
less than that applicable for the grade used. The distribution of lime
shall be attained by suc:essive passes over a measured section of subgrade
until the proper amount or lime has been spread. The amount of lime spread
shall be the amount required for mixing to the specified depth which will
1 result in the percentage determined in the fob mix formula. The
distributor truck shall continually agitate the slurry to keep the
mixture uniform.
1
Pago 102 DIY-II
' 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
' I1+11 P-155 LIME-TREATED EUHGRADF:
' 155-6.3 MIXING. The mixing procedure shall be the same for "Dry Placing"
or "Slurry Placing" as hereinafter described:
' (a) First mixing. The full depth of the treated subgrade shall be
mixed with an approved mixing machine. Lime shall not be left exposed
for more than six hours. The mixing machine shall make two covcraocs.
Water shall be added to the subgrade during mixing to provide a moisture
content above the optimum moisture content of the material and to insure
chemical action of the lime and subgrade. After mixing, the subgrade
shall be lightly rolled to seal the surface and help prevent evaporation
' of moisture. The water content of the subgrade mixture shall be maintained
at a moisture content above the optimum moisture content for a minimum
of 48 hours nr until the material becomes friable. During the curing
' period, the material shall be sprinkled as directed. During the interval
of time between application and mixing, lime that has been exposed to the
open air for 6 hours or more, or to excessive los.a due to washing or
blowing, will not be accepted for payment.
(b) Final mixing. After the required curing time, the material shall
to uniformly mixed by approved methods. If the mixture contains clods,
they shall be reduced in size by blading, disoing, harrowing, scarifying,
or the use of other approved pulverization methods eo that the remainder of
the clods shall meet the following requiremcnt.s when tested dry try
' laboratory sieves:
Percent
Minimum of clods passing 1 112 inch sieve 100
' Minimum of clods paerLng No. 4 sieve------------------ 60
' 1,55-6.4 COMPACTION. Compaction of the mixture shall begin ir,un,~diately
after final mixing. The material shall be aerated or sprinkled as
necessary to provide optimum moisture. Compaction should begin at the
' bottom and shall continue until the entire depth of mixture is uniformly
compacted. The entire thickness of the treated subgrade shall be
compacted to a density of at least 93% of maximum density at optirmun
moisture, as detennined by the compaction control teeits in Item T-611.
The material shall be sprinkled and roiled as directed try the engineer.
All irrewlarities, depressions, or weak spots which deielop shall be
' corrected immediately by scarifying the areas affected, adding or removing
material as required, and reshaping and recornpacting by sprinkling and
rolling. The surface of the course shall be inaintain-:d in a smooth
condition, free frorn undulations and ruts, until other trark is placed
thereon or the work is accepted.
DIV 11 Page 103
' AC 150/5310-10 io/24/74
.^a"• P-` 55 Lllf . -TREATED Si';RADE
In addition to 'tr.: _equ;rements specified for density, the full depth of
the material 3ho,m on the plans shall be compacted to the extent necessary
to remain firm and stable under construction equiTnent. After each section
is completed, tests will be made by the engineer. If the material fails to
meet the density requirements, it shall be reworked to meet these require-
ments. Throughout, this entire operation, the shape of the course shall be
maintained by blading, and the surface upon completion shall be smooth
and shall conform vith the typical section shown on the plans and to the
established lines and grades. Should the material, due to any reason or
t cause, lose the required stability, density, and finish before the next
course is placed nr the work is accepted, it shall be r:compacted and
refinished at the sole expense of the contrator.
155-6.5 FINISHING AND CURDI4. After the final layer or course of
lime-treated subgrade has been compacted, it shall be brought to the
' required lines and grades in accordance with the typical sections. The
completed section shall then be finished by rolling, as directed, with n
pneumatic or other suitable roller sufficiently light to prevent hair
cracking. The finished surface shall not vary more than 3/8 inch when
tested with a 16 foot straightedge applied parallel with and at right
angles to the pavement centerline. Any variations in excess of this
' tolerance shall be corrected by the contractor, at his own ea-pense, in a
manner satisfacto:y to the engineer.
The completed section shall be moist-cured for a miniumvn of 'I days before
' further courses are added or any traffic is permitted, unless otherwise
directed by the engineer. Subsequent courses shall be applied within
14 days after the lame-treated subgrade is cured.
' 155-6.6 Tm cKNFss . The thickness of the lime-treated subgrade shall be
determined by depth tests or cores taken at intervals so that each test
shall represent no more than 300 square yards. When the base deficiency
is more than 112 inch, the contractor shall correct such areas in a manner
satisfactory to the engineer. ~1' a contractor shall replace, at his
expense, the base material where borings are taken for test purposes.
I
' Pace 104 DIV II
' 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
' Iim P-155 LIME--T'REA'TED SUBGRADE
155-6.7 MAINTENANCE. The contractor shall maintain, at his own expense,
the entire lime-treated subgrade in good condition from the start of
work untii all the work has been completed, cured, and accepted by the
' engineer.
Method of Measurement
155-7.1 The yardage of lime-treated subgrade to be paid for shall be the
' number of square yards completed and accepted.
155-7. 2 The amount of lime to be paid for shall be the number of pounds
of hydrated lime (or the calculated dry-lime content of the lime slurry)
used as authorized.
Basis of Payment
1 8.1 PaTnent shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard
for the lime-treated subgrade of the thickness specified. The price shall
be full ccmpensation for furnishing all material, except the lime, and
for all preparation, delivering, placing and mixing these materials, and
all labor, equipment, tools and incidentalo necessary to complete this
item.
' 155-8.2 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per pound of
' lime. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing this material;
for all delivery, placing and incorporation of this material; and for all
labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item.
Payment will be made under:
Item P-155-8.1 Lime-treated subgrade--per square yard.
' Item P-155-8.2 Lime--per ton.
I
'
DIV Ii Page 105
1
AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
' IT&M P-155 LJJ-T-TIRFIATED SUBGRADE
TESTING PIT, ,,:ATERIAL REQUIRF24ENTS
Teat and short tile Material and short title
AASHO T26-Water ASTM C 207--Lime
FAA T-611--Density
1
1
1
1
1
'
Page 106 JN 11
r
r _
ITEM P-209-CRUSHED AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
All Paragraphs under Item P-209-Crushed Aggregate Base Course shall apply
with the following modifications%
209-2.1 AGGREGATE. On Page 146,delete the paragraph preceding Table 1,
Requirements for Gradation of Aggregate and substitute the following.
' The crushed aggregate shall meet the requirements of the
gradation shown in Column B in the following table when tested with
AASHO Tll and T27.
1
i
r
1
r
1
r
r
r
1
r
r
r 1
r
r'
10/24174 AC 150/5370-10
1
]Tat P-209 CRUSHED AGGREGATE WE COURSE
Description
' 209-This item sha'.1 consist of a base course composod of crushed
aggregates constructed in the prepared underlying course in accordance with
' these specifications ano shall conform to the dimensions and typical cross
section shorn on the plans and with the lines and grades established by the
engineer.
Materials
r ZQ9r 2.'. AGGREGATE. The aggregate shall be either crushed stone, crushed
gravel, or crushed slag. The fine aggregate shall be screenings obtained
from crushed stone, grave)., or slag.
The crushed stone shall consist of hard, durable particles or fragments of
stone, free from dirt or other objectionable matter, and shall contain not
more than 8% of flat elongated, soft, or disintegrated pieces.
r • The crushed gravel shall consist of hard durable stones, rocks, and boulders
crushed to specified sizes and shall be free fror ~,xcess flat, elongated,
soft or disintegrated pieces, dirt, or other objeutionable matter. The
method ured in production of crushed gravel shall be such that the finished
r product shall be as uniform as practicable. The crushing of the gravel shall on a result in a product, all of by which will
of pretained with at 4 mss sieve,
any' shall have at least 90% d
' fractured faeea and 100% by weight of particles with at least one fractured
face. If necessary, 'ihe gravel shall be screened before crushing to meet
this requirement or to eliminate an excess of fine particles. All stones,
rocks, and boulders of inferior quality occurring in the pit shall be
wasted.
The crushed slag shall be air-cooled, blast furnace slag and shall consist
' of angular fragments reasonably uniform in density and quality and shall be
reasonably free from thin, elongated, or soft pieces, dirt, and other
objectionable matter. It shall weigh not less than 70 pounds per cubic foot,
' as determined by AASHO T 19.
The crushed aggregate shall have a perceit of wear not more than Jas at 500
' revolutions, as determined by AAS110 T 96 'Los Angeles Rattler Toot}.
r
r DIV II Page 145
r
'
AC 150/5570-10 10124/74
' M3,11 P-209 GRIMED AGGREGA1J, J'ASE COURSE
' The crushed aggregate s«ull not show c-vidonco of dloatofrahe so orsh ulpa
total logs greater than i2 tr^.'n subjected to Yc
1 accelerated soundness test using AASHO T 104.
All material passing the rlo. 4 mesh sieve produced in incorporated us ingboperation
the
' of either the stone, gravel, or slag shall be
material unless there is an excessive amount which, if included, would not
meets the gradation requirements.
4 The crushed aggregate shall mtlenwith AASHOrTdlliand T
' given in the following table when tested in aceordbnce
27.
' Table 1.--Requirements for Gradation of Aggregate
Percentage by weight passing sieves
Sieve desisnation A B C
°n'ti
' (square openin3s) 2" maximum 11/2" maximum 1" m~ ax_imum
11/,inch 2 inch 100
' -65-85 70-95
I Inch 100
WED 30-60 70-100
~ inch 35- 66
No. 4 310-26 10-26 16- 26
' No. 40 3-10 3-10 3- 10
1.4 o. 200
The gradations in the table represent the limits which shall deterf ne
suitability of aggregate for use from the sources of supply.
gradations decided on within the limits designated fin the rom thtable lshall imit be
ore
well graded from coarse to fine and shall not vary
sieve to the high limit on the adjacent sieves or vice versa.
The amount of the fraction of material passing the No. 200 mesh sieve shall
' not exceed one half the fraction passing the No. 110 mesh sieve.
The portion of the base aggregate, including any blended material, passing
the No, 40 mesh sieve shall have a liquid limit of not more than 25 and a
plasticity index of not more than 6 when tested in accordance with AAcHO T 89
and T 90. in the The selection of any of the gradations shownso shall table shall be suthrothat-
the maximum size aggregate used in any cour be more than
thirds the thickness of the layer of course being constructed. DN 11
page 146
r. .
r 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
r
ITI-M P-209 CRUSWD AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
If additional fine material, in excess
2t`0-2.2 ADDITIONAL FINfS MATERIAL.
' of that naturally present in the base course material, is necessary for
correo;•ing the gradation to the limitations of the specified gradatiion,soil
for the satisfactory bonding of the base material, or for changing the conster.ts of the material passing the No. 40 mesh sieve, it shall be
r unifo7mly blended and mixed with the baEi course material at the crushing
plant or by an approved plant. There shall be no reworking of the bass
course material in-place to obtain the specified gradation. The ado tune,
fine material for this purpose shall be obtained from the crushing
gravel, or slag and when used, shall be of a gradation as necessary to
accomplish the specified gradation in thq final mixed base course material.
' Construction Methods
209 3 OPERATION AT SOURCES OF SUPPLY. All work involved in clearing and
stripping of quarries and pits, including the handling of unsuitable material,
r shall be performed by the contractor at his own expense. The base material
ahall be obtained from approved sources. The material shall be handled in a
manner that shall secure a uniform and satisfactory product.
209-3 2 ent necessary for the proper construction of
'
EOUIPMEN'r• All equipment
this work shall be on the protect, in first-class working condition, and
approved by the engineer before construction is parmitted to start.
202-3.--5 PREPARING UNDERLYING COURSE. The underlying course shall be checked
and accepted by the engineer before placing and spreading operations are
started. Any ruts or soft, yielding planes caused by
theconditions, r~compaction before hthecbase,coshall e urse is placed re.
r
Grade control between the edges of the runways shall be accomplished by
' grade stakes, steel pins, or forms placed in lanes parallel to the centerline
of the pavement and at intervals sufficiently close that string lines or cl,,,c't.
boards may be placed between the stakes, pins, or forms.
To protect the underlying course and to insure proper drainage, the spreading
of the base shall begin along the centerline of the pavement on a crowned
' anct.t,sn or on the high side of the pavement with a one-way slope.
page lk'r
' DIV 11
7-77-7
' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
ITEM P-209 CRUSHED AGGREGA`i E1A:i; COURSE
1 p 3.~~ PLANT MIX. The base material shall bo urkifonnly blended during
crushing operation3 or mixed in an approved plant. The type of plant may
ba either a central proportioning and mixing plant or, a traveling plant.
The plant shall blend a.!d ,x, the materials to meet these specifications and
to secure the proper moisture content for compaction.
209-3.5 PLACING AND SPREkDINO.
(a) Central Plant. The crushed aggregate base material that has been
' proportioned in a crushing and screeying plant, or proportioned and processed
in a central mixing plant, eMll be placed on the prepared underlying course
' and compacted in layers of the thickness shown on the plans. The depositing
and spreading of the material shall commence where designated and shall
progress without breaks. The material shall be deposited and spread in
' lanes in a uniform layer and without segregation of size to such loose depth
that, when compacted, the layer shall have the required thickness. The
base aggregate shall be spread by sp^vader boxes or other approved devices
or methods that shall spread the aggregate in the required amount to avoid
' or minimize the need for rehandling the material and to prevent the rutting
of the underlying course. The spreader boxes or other devices shall be
equipped with strike-off templets or screeds that can be adjusted or con-
trolled to secure the required thf.ckness of the material. Dumping from
vehicles in piles on the underlying course which will require rehandling
shall not be permitted. Hauling over the uncompacted base course shall
not be permitted.
(b) Traveling-Plan If a traveling plant is used for mixing, the
base material shall be placed on the underlying course in such nondition
' to provide a base mixture conforming to the specified gradation and moisture
content, and in such quantity to develop the thickness of the layer of the
base and the density after compaction. The material shall be shaped to a
' uniform section. The engineer shall examine the mixturo to determine that
the mixing is complete and satisfactory and that the proper. moisture content
is maintained before compaction is started. No spreading shall be done
' except when authorized. Care shall be taken that no material from the
underlying course is mired with the base material.
If necessary, the base course shall be bladed until a smooth, uniform surface
' is obtsin(d that is true to line, grade, and cross auction and until the mt.,
is in corditi.on for compacting.
1
DIV II
' Page 14R
' 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
ITF14 P-209 CRUSHED AGGREGATE SASE COURSE
(c) Method of Placing. The base course shall be constructed in a
layer not less than 2 inches nor more than 41 inches of compacted thickness.
The aggregate, as spread, shall be of uniform gradation with no segregation
or pockets of fine or coarse materials. Unless otherwise permitted by the
engineer, the aggregate shall not be spread more than 2,000 square yards in
' advance of the rolling. Any necessary sprinkling shall be kept within these
limits. No material shall be placed in snow or on a soft, muddy, or frozen
underlying course.
' When more than one layer is required, the construction procedure described
herein shall apply similarly to each layer.
' The engineer shall make tests to determine the maximum density and the
proper moisture content of the base material, and this information will be
available to the contractor. The base material shall have a satisfactory
' moisture content when rolling is started, and any minor variations prior to
or during rolling shall be corrected by sprinkling or aeration, if
necessary.
' During the placing and spreading, sufficient caution shall be exercised to
prevent the incorporation of subgrade, subbase, or shoulder material in the
' base course mixture.
209-3.6 FINISHING AND COMPACTING. After spreading, the crushed aggregate
' shall be thoroughly compacted by rolling. The rolling shall progress
gradually from the sides to the center of the lane under construction, or
from one aide toward previously placed material b,f lapping uniformly each
' praceding rear-wheel track by one-half the width of such track. Rolling
shall continue until the entire area of the course has been rolled by the
rear wheels. The rolling shall continue until the atone is thoroughly act,
' the interstices of the material reduced to a minimum, and until creeping of
the atone ahead of the roller in no longer visible. Rolling shall continue
until the base material has been compacted to not less than 1006 density, as
determined by the compaction-control tests specified in FAA T-611. 8lading
' and rolling shall be done alternately, as required or directed, to obtain
smooth, even, and uniformly compacted base.
' The course shall not be rolled when the underlying course is soft or yielding
or when the rolling causes undulation in the baso course. When the rolling
develops 1rregulari+-.us that exceed 3/8 inch when tested with'a 16-foot
' straightedge, the irregular surface shall be loosened, refilled with the
kind of material as that used in constructing the course, and rolled again
as required.
' DIV II Pago 1144
~r
' AC 150/5370-10
10/24/74
FITI: P-7 0J CRUSJED AGGREGATE. ISA:;h CfJhSE
' Irl ar'oiL inavice,crl!le to rollers, tll. ',,as(,, courjo rr1,0.o:ria1 shall be tamped
thoroughly with rm2chanical tar»:~r;r.
The sprinkling during rolling, kf necessary, ;;hall ln.- in the arnount and by
equilx:rent approved by the engine,:.~r.
209-3.'T SUR.FACE TEST. After the cour:.e has been completely compacted, the
1 surface shall be tested for smoothness and accuracy of grade and crown. Any
portion lacking the required smoothness or failing in accuracy of grade or
crown shall be scarified, reshaped, recompacted, and otherwise manipulated
as the Engineer may direct until the required smoothness and accuracy are
' obtained. The finished surface shall not vary more than 3/8 inch from a
16Afoot straightedge when applied to the surface parallel with, and at right
angles to, the centerline.
1
209-3.8 THICKNESS. The thickness of the base course ohall be determined
' by depth tests or cores taken at intervals in such a manner that each test
shall represent no more than 300 square yards. When thq base deficiency
is more than I, inch, the contractor shall correct such areas by scarifying,
adding satisfactory base mixture, rolling, sprinkling, reshaping, and
finishing, in accontance with these specifications. The contractor shall
replace, at his oxp enne, tho base material whero borinfu have been taken
for test purposus.
' 209-3,9 PRCYI'ECT10'r:. Yl:)rk on the base course shall not be accomplished
' during freezing temperatures nor when the $ubgrade is wet. Minn the
aggregates contain fruztn materials or when the underlying course is fr^zerr,
the crnntntction nhill he stopped.
1 Hauling equipment rroy be routed over completed portions of the base course,
provOod no da ~aK~• r•esirl t;; and provided that such equil.m'ent 13 routed over
the f r11 vii-it,` of the lase cour.,e to avoid rutting or uneven compaction.
H,.,wev~r, the cn,,n_ar ir, cr.;rrge shall havo full and specific Authority to
stop'all hauline, over cimplet.ed or partially completed ba.,e course when, in
his opinion, such naulint', io causing damlge. Any damage resulting tr.: the
' Lase euirrt fron, rvutiru; r;.aipmcnt over the base course shall tic repairer) by
the co.tractor'r,t uis -,~n expen.3e,
page 150 UIV 11
1 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
1
ITEM P-209 CRUSHED AGGREGATE .ASE COURSF.
' 209-3.10 T~L1I..yrENANCE. Following the completion of the base course, the
' contractor shall perform all maintenance work necessary to keep the base
course in a condition satisfactory for priming. After priming, the surface
shall be kept clean and free from foreign material. Tho base course shall
be properly drained at all times. If cleaning is necessary, or if the prime
' coat becomes disturbed, any work or restitution necessary shall be performed
at the expense of the contractor.
' Method of Measurement
' 209-4.1 The quantity of crushed aggregate base course to be paid for shall
e the number of cubic yard3 of material placed, banded, and accepted in the
completed base course. The quantity of base couroa material shall be
' measured in final pooiticn, based upon depth tests or cores taken as
directed by the engineer, at the rate of 1 depth test for each 300 square
yards of base course, or by means of average end areas on the complete
' . work computed from elevations to the nearest 0.01 foot. On individual depth
measurements, thicknesses more than j inch in exces3 of that shown on the
plans shall be considered as specified thickness, plus ~ inch in computing
'.he yardage for pavement.
5anis of Payment
' 209-5,1 Payment shall br,, made at the contract unit price per cubic yard
for crushed argregate base coarse. Thin price shall be full compensation
for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, tauling, and placing
of these traterialrs, and for all labor, equipment, tools, anJ incidentals
' necessary W complete the item.
Payment will be trade wrd~r:
t Item P-2C9-5.L Crushed Apgre6%te Base Course--ier cubic yard
TE,111 112G AND XATERIA1. REQUIRZ-7.17TS
' Tontine, anti short tiLlr; ii.ltr::731 and short. title
AASHO T 96 - Abrasir n 1'0rre
AAS110 T 104 - ^v~tnrlnes3
' WSW T 11 and T 27 Gradation
' DN II
page 151
' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
' ITEM P-209 CRUSHED AGGREGATH RASE COURSE
AASHO T 89 - Liquid Limit
AASHO T 90 - Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index
' FAA T-611 - Density
AASHO T 19 - Unit wei&ht
1
1
I
' Para 152 DIY II
r
r
' ITEM P-401-BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE
All paragraphs under item P-401-Bituminous Surface Course shall apply with
' the following modifications:
401-1.1 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. Delet3 the two paragraphs and substitute
' the following:
This item shall consist of a surface course composed of mineral aggregate
and bituminous material, mixed in a central mixing plant and placed on a
pr: pared course in accordance with - the specifications and shall conform to
the dimension, typical cross-sections and lines and grades shown on the
plans.
1
401-2.1 AGGREGATE. Delete the fourth paragraph relating to pavements
' which will serve aircraft weighing less than 30,000 pounds.
401-2.3 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The type and grade of asphaltic cement shall
be THD AC-20. The material shall be free from water, shall not foam when
' heated to 3470F and shall meet the followin3 requirements:
AC-20
TEST Min. Max.
Viscosity,
140 F stokes..... 2000 + 400
' Viscosity,
275 F stokes..... 2.5
Penetration, 77 F,
' 100g, 5 sec...... 55
Flash Point,
C.O.C.F.......... 450
' Solubility in
trichloroethylene,
percent.......... 99.0
r Tests on residues from
thin film oven test:
Viscosity,
140 F stokes..... 6000
Ductility, 77 F 5
' cros per min, cros. _ 50
1
r
' 401-3-1 COMPOSITION OF MIXTURES. The composition limits for airport
pavement designated for gross aircraft weights of more than 30,000 pounds
t shall govern. In the tables titled ASTM D-1559 and ASTM D-1560 use the
appropriate column for grass aircraft weights of more than 30,000 pounds.
t 401-3.2 JOB MIX FORMULA. The bituminous surface course shall be Texas
Highway Department Type "C" (Coarse Graded Surface Course). Delete
Table 1 - Aggregate Bituminous Surface Course shown on Page 269 of the
' specification and add the following Tables
TABLE 1 - TND TYPE "C" (COARSE GRADED SURFACE COURSE)
' Passing 7/8" sieve 100
Passing 5/8" sieve.. ...........95 to 100
Passing 5/8" sieve, retained on 3/8" sieve ..............15 to 40
' Passing 3/8" sieve, retained on No. 4 sieve .............10 to 35
Pass:rg No. 4 sieve, retained on No. 10 sieve....... ...10 to 30
Total retained on No. 10 sieve.......... ..........50 to 70
Passing No. 10 sieve, retained on No. 40 sieve.......... 0 to 30
' Passing No. 40 sieve, retained on No. 80 sieve.......... 4 to 25
Passing No. 80 sieve, retained on No. 200 sieve......... 3 to 25
Passing No. 200 sieve., a , , 0 to 6
' The asphaltic material shall form from 3.5 to 7 percent of the mix-
ture by weight unless specified othenaise on the plans.
Tolerances. The Engineer will designate the exact grading of the
aggregate and asphalt content, within the above limits, to be used in the
mixture. The paving mixture produced should not vary from the designated
t grading and asphalt content by more than the tolerances allowed hereini
however, the mixture produced shall conform to the limitations for master
grading specified above.
Percent
' by weight
Passing 7/8" sieve, retained on 3/8" sieve Plus or Minus 5
' Passing 5/8" sieve, retained on 3/8" sieve Plus or Minus 5
Passing 3/8" sieve, retained on No. 4 sioive......... Plus or Minus 5
Passing No. 4 sieve, retained on No. 10 O eve.......Plus or Minus 5
' Total retained on No. 10 sieve ......................Plus or Minus 5
Passing No. 10 sieve, retained on No. 40 sieve...... Plus or Minus 3
Passing No. 40 sieve, retained on No. 80 sieve...... Plus or Minus 3
Passing No. rD sieve, retained on No. 200 sieve.....Plus or Minus 3
Passing No. 200 sieve ...............................Plus or Minus 3
Asphalt Material ....Plus or Minus 0.5
' 401-5.1 5.2j__5.3 a=ld 5.4 - Delete
' 401-6_1 -Delete
401-7 .1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. Bituminous surface course will be measured
of 2,000 pounces of completed and accepted work in accordance with
by the ton
1 the plans and specifications. The material shall allwmnterialftheatingngmixinq,
payment shall be full sting pavement furnishing placing, rolling and finish-compensation for ing existing and for all manipulations, labor, tools, equ
pm
sary to complete the work. Testing and material requirements required on
Page 283 of item P-401 - Bituminous Surface Course will apply.
1
1
1
1
1
10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
1
FLEXIBLE SURFACE: COURSrS
ITEM P-401 Bl'iUMNOUS SURFACE COURSE
' (Central Plant Hot Mix)
' Description
' 401-1.1 This item shall consist of a surface course composed of mineral
aggregate and bituminous material, mixed in a central mixing plant and
' placed on a prepared course in accordance with these specifications and
shall conform to the dimensions and typical cross section shown on the plans
and with lines and grades established by the engineer.
' When specified .,n the plans, the surface course shall be constru:ted in two
or more courses. Each course shall be constructed to the depth, typical
section, or elevation required by the plane and stall be rolled, finished,
' and approved before the placement of the next course.
' Haterials
401-2.1 AGGREGATE. The aggregate shall consist of crushed stone, crushed
' gravel, or crushed slag with or without sand or other inert finely divided
mineral aggregate. The aggregate shall be composed of sound, tough, durable
particles, free from clay balls, organic matter, and other deleterious
' substances. The aggregate shall not contain more than 88, by weight, of
flat or elongated pieces.
' The coarse aggregate (retained on the No. 8 sieve) &hall show no more than
40% wear when tested in accordance with AASHO T S6. It shall show no signs
of disintegration nor shall the sodium sulfate soundness loss exceed 9%, or
the magnesium soundness loss exceed 12%, when tested in accordance with
' AASHO T 104.
For pavements which will serve aircraft weighing 30,000 pounds or more, the
' crurhing of the aggregate shall result in a product in which the coarse
aggregate (retained on the No, 8 sieve) shall have at least 75% by weight of
particles with at least two fractured faces and at least 907, by weight of
' particles with one or more fractured faces.
' DIV It Page 265
' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
' ITEM P-401 BITU11INOUS SURFACE COURSE
For pavements which will serve aircraft weighing less than 30,000 pounds,
the crushing of the aggregate shall result in a product in which the coarse
' aggregate (retained on the No. 8 sieve) shall have at least 60% by weight of
particles with one or more fractured faces. (The plans or the special
provisions of the specifications will specify the weight of the aircraft the
pavement will serve.)
Slag shall be air-cooled, blast furnace slag, and shall have a compacted
' weight of not less than 70 pounds per cubic foot when tested in accordance
with AASHO T 19.
The fine aggregate, including any blended filler, shall have a plasticity
' index of not more than 6 when tested in accordance with AASHO T 90, and a
liquid limit of not more than 25 when tested in accordance with AASHO T 89.
The bituminous mix shall have a swell of not more than 1.5% when tested to
accordance with AASHO T 101. The bituminous mix shall not show evidence of
stripping when tested in accordance with AASHO T 182. Antistrip agents
' stall be used if necessary.
401-2.2 FILLER. If filler, in addition to that naturally present in the
' aggregate, is necessary, it shall consist of stone dust, loess, portland
cement, or other approved mineral matter. The filler material shall meet
the requirements of AASHO M 17.
e 401-2.3 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The types, grades, controlling
' specifications, and mixing temperatures for the bituminous materials are
given below. The engineer shall designate the specific material to be used.
' Type and grade Specification Mixing temperature
Asphalt cement AASHO M 20 276°---326° F.
' +85-100, 120-150
Tar AASHO M 62 1760-2600 F.
RT--10, RT-11,
RT-12
1
Page 266 my It
T
1 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE
Composition
' 401-3.1 COMPOSITION OF MIXTURES. The bituminous plant mix shall be
composed of a mixture of aggregate, filler if required, and bituminous
' material. The several aggregate fractions shall be sized, uniformly graded,
and combined in such proVortions that the resulting mixture meets the
grading requirements of the job mix formula.
The composition limits tabulated shall govern, but a closer control
apfiopriate to the job materials will be required for the specific 1.roject
in P.;cordance with the job mix formula. The final designated gradations
' P%all produce a relatively smooth curve when plotted on a semilogarithmic
gradation chart.'
' .'he mixture shall meet the requirements of one of the following ASTM tests,
plus the stated limitations on voids, voids filled, and swell.
ASTM D-1559
For airport pavement For airport pavement
designated for gross designated for gross
aircraft weights of aircraft weights of
more than 30,000 lb:;. less than 30,000 lbs.
' Number of blows each end
of specimen 75 75
Stability (Minimum) _ 1800 1000
Flow (Maximum) hun.
' dredths of an inch 16 16
Flow (Minimum) hun.
dredths of an inch------ 8 8
' Percent voids 3 to 5 3 to 5
S Percent voids filled with
bitumen 70 to 80 75 to 86
ASTM D--1560
Stabilometer (Min) 40 37
Cohesiometer (Min) 50 50
' Swell, inches (Max) 0.030 0.030
Percent voids (Min) _ 4 4
' DIV 11 Page 267
AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
' ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE
401-3.2 JOB MITI FORMULA. 'Mork shall not begin nor shall any mixture be
accepted until the contractor has submitted samples of the materials intended
' for use and the engineer has established a satisfactory job mix formula for
each mixture to be used. The job mix formula for each mixture shall be in
effect until codified in writing by the engineer. The job mix formula for
' each mixture shall establish a single percentage of aggregate passing each
required sieve size, a single percentage of bituminous material to be added
to the aggregate, and a single: temperature at which the mixture is to be
delivered at the F)int of discharge.
The Gradations in Table represent the limits which shall determine
suitability of aggregate for use from the sources of supply. The final
' gradations decided on within the limits designated in the table shall be
well graded from coarse to fine and shall not vary from the low limit on one
sieve to the high limit on the e.djacent sieves, or vice versa. '
The selection of any of the gradations shown in Table 1 shall be such that
the maximum-size aggregate used shall be not more than one half the
' thickness of the layer of the surface course being constructed.
The bituminous content of the mixture shall be calculated on the percentage
basis by weight of the total mix.
' The 1;2-inch maximum gradation shall not be used in preparing mixtures for
pavements which will serve aircraft weighing 30,000 pounds or more.
' In the table the percentages of asphalt cement and tar are given for stone,
gravel, and slag aggregates. If the total aggregate is composed of slaC,
the percentages of bituminous material shown shall be used. Where only a
t part of the aggregates is slag, increases in bituminous material shall be
made in a corresponding proportion.
t A sample of the coarse and fine aggregates shall be washed to dote nine the
percentage of the total material passing the No. 200 mesh siege. Of the
amount of the material passing the No. 200 mesh sieve, at least one half
' shall pass the No. 200 mesh sieve by dry sieving.
1
' Page 268 DIV 11
t 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACb COURSE
I' Table 1.--Aggregate-bituminous surface course
Sieve designation Percentage by weight passing sieves
(square openings) A H C
1" maximum %of maximum r/D" maximum
' 1 inch 100
% inch 82-100 100
inch 70- 90 82-100 100
t ai'a inch 60- 82 68-- 90 82-100
No. 4 % 42- 70 60--- 79 56- 88
No. 10 30- 60 36- 67 40- 75
No. 40 IS- 40 17- 44 19- 48
No. 80 8- 26 9- 29 10- ;2
No. 200 - 3- 8 3- 8 4- 9
BituStone percent:
$ton or gravel 4.6-7.0 5.0-7.5 6.5- 8.0
Slag 6.0-9.0 6.6--9.6 7.0-10.0
' -
After the sob mix formula is established, all mixtures furnished for the
project shall conform thereto within the following tolerances;
Passing No. 4 and larger sieves----------------- -7%
Passing No. 8 to No. 100 sieves (inclusive)- - - +4X
' Passing No. 200 sieve------- +2X
Bitumen - - - - --+0.4X
Temperature of mix---------------------- X20°F.
' Should a change in sources of materials be made, a new sob mix formula shall
be, established before the new material is used. When unsatisfactory results
t or other conditions make it necessary, the engineer may establish a new job
mix formula.
The combined mineral aggregate for the surface course shall be of such size
that the percentage composition by weight, as determined by laboratory
sieves, will confo m, to one of the gradations of Table 1, when tested in
accordance with AASHO T 11 and AASHO T 27. The percent by weight f.~r t`
bituminous material shall be within the limit3 specified.
' DIY 11 Page 269
r
' AC 150/5310-10 10/24/14
ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE
' Construction Methods
401-4.1 WEATHER X%D SEASGtAL LIMITATIONS. The surface course shall be
constructed only upon a dry surface, when the atmospheric temperature is
above 40° F., and when the weather is not foggy or rainy. The temperature
requirements may be waived, but only when so directed by the engineer.
401-4.2 BITC'MLNOUS MIXING PLANT. Sufficient storage space shall be
provided for each size of aggregate. The differE,it aggregate sizes shall be
kept separated until they have been delivered to the cold elevator feeding
the drier. The Storage yard shall be neat, orderly, and the separate
stockpiles readily accessible for, sampling.
Plants used for the preparation of bituminous mixtures shall conform to all
' requirements under (a), except that scale requirerN nts shall apply only
where weight proportioning is used. In addition, batch mixing plants shall
conform to the requirements under (b), and continuous mixing plants shall
conform to the requirements under (c).
(a) Requirements for All Plants. Mixing plants shall be of sufficient
t capacity and coordinated to adequately handle the proposed bituminous
cons t tact ion.
(1) Plant scales. Scales shall be accurate to 0,5% of the
' required load. Poises shall be designed to be locked in any position to
prevent unauthorized change of position. In lieu of plant and truck scales,
the contractor may provide an approved automatic printer system to print the
weights of the material delivered, provided the system is used in
conjunction with an approved automatic batching and mixing control system.
Such weights shall be evidenced by a weigh ticket for each load. Scales
' shall be inspected for accuracy and sealed as often as the engiteer may deem
neceasary. The contractor shall lave on hand not less then ten 50-pound
weights for testing the scales.
' (2) Equipment for preparation of bituminous material. Tanks for
the storage of bituminous material shall be equipped to heat and hold the
material at the required temperatures. Heating shall be accomplished by
' approved means so that flames will not contact the tank. The circulating
system for the bituminous material shall be designed to assure proper tali
continuous circulation during the operating period. Provision shall be made
for measuring quantities and for sampling the material in the storage tanks.
Page 270 DIV 11
10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
I
ITEM P-401 BITUMINO VS SURFACE COURSE
l
' (3) Feeder for drier. The plant shall be provided with accurate
mech.lnical means for uniformly feeding the aggregate into the drier to
' obtain uniform production and temperature.
(4) Drier. The plant shall include a drier(s) which continuously
' agitate t;:e aggregate during the heating and drying process.
(5) Screens. Plant screens, capable of screening all aggregates
to the specified sizes and proportions, and having normal capacities in
' excess of the full capacity of the mixer, shall be provided.
(6) Bins. The plant shall include storage bins of sufficient
capacity to supply a mixer operating at full capacity. Bins shall be
arranged to assure separate and adequate storage of appropriate fractions of
the mineral aggregates. When used, separate dry storage shall be provided
for filler or hydrated lime, and the plant shall be equipped to feed such
' material into the mixer. Each bin shall be provided with overflow pipes of
such size and at such location to prevent backup of material into other
compartments or bins. Each compartment shall be provided with its
' individual outlet gate to prevent leakage. The gates shall cut off quickly
and completely. Bins shall be constructed so that samples may be obtained
readily. Bins shall be equipped with adequate tell-tale devices which
indicate the position of the aggregates in the bins at the lower quarter
points.
(7) Bituminous control unit. Satisfactory means, either by
weighing or metering, shall be provided to obtain the specified amount of
bituminous material in the mix. Means shall be provided for checking the
quantity or rate of flow of bituminous material into the mixer.
(B) Thermometric equipment. An armored thermometer of adequate
range shall be placed in the bituminous feed line at a suitable location
near the charging valve of the mixer unit. The plant shall also be equipped
with an approved thermometric instrument placed at the discharge chute of
the &tt:i *o indicate the temperature of the heated aggregates. The
engineer may re.;uire replacement of any thermometer by an approved
temperature-record'ng apparatus for better regulation of the temperature of
aggregates.
(9) hus: collector. The plant shall be equipped with a dust
collector to waste or return uniformly to the hot elevator all or any part
of the material collected, as directed.
t
' DIV II Page 271.
r
' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
' ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE
' (10) Truck scales. The bituminous mixture shall be weighed on
approved scales furnished by the contractor or on public scales at the
contractor's expense. Scales shall be inspected for accuracy and sealed as
' often as the engineer deems necessary.
(11) Safety requirements. Adequate and safe staievays to the
' mixer platform and sampling points shall be provided, and guarded ladders to
other plant units shall be placed at all points where accessibility to plant
operations is required. Accessibility to the top of truck bodies shall be
' provided by a suitable device to enable the engineer to obtain sampling and
mixture tes,perature data. Means shall be provided to raise and lower scale
calibratirn equipment, sampling equipment, and other similar equipment
between the ground and the mixer platform. All gears, pulleys, chains,
' sprockets, and other dangerous moving parts shall be thoroughly guarded.
Ample and unobstructed passage shall be maintained at all times in and
around the truck loading area. This area shall be kept free of drippings
from the mixing platform.
(b) Requirements for Batching Plants. ,
(1) weigh box or hopper. The equipment shall include a means for
accurately weighing each size of aggregate in a weigh box or hopper of ample
size to hold a full batch without hand raking or running over. The gate
shall close tightly so that no material is allowed to leak into the mixer
while a batch is being weighed.
(2) Bituminous control. The equipment used to measure the
bituminous material shall be accurate to within +0.5X. The bituminous
material bucket shall be of a nontilting type with a loose sheet metal.
cover. The length of the discharge opening or spray bar shall be not less
than three-fourths the length of the mixer and it shall discharge directly
into the mixer. The bituminous material bucket, its discharge valve(s), and
spray bar shall be adequately heated. Steam jackets, if used, shall be
efficiently drained and all connections shall be so constructed that they
will not interfere with the efficient operation of the bituminous scales.
The capacity of the bituminous material bucket shall be at least 15% in
excess of the weight of bituminous material required in any batch. The
plant shall have an adequately heated quick-acting, non-drip, charging valve
located directly over the bituminous material bucket.
Page 1:71 DIV 11
■
' 10/24/74 AC 150;5370-10
' ITEM P-401 SITLTIINOUS SURFACE COUR:£
The indicator dial shall have a capacity of at least 15% in excess of the
quantity of bituminous material used per batch. The controls shall be
e constructed to lock at any dial setting and automatically reset to that
reading after each additional batch of bituminous material. The dial shall
be in full view of the mixer operator. The flow of bituminous material
' shall be automatically controlled to begin when the dry mixing period is
over. All of the bituminous material required for one batch shall be
discharged in not more than 15 seconds after the flow has begun. The size
and spacing of the spray-bar openings shall provide a uniform application of
' bituminous material the full length of the mixer. The section of the
bituminous line between the charging valve and the spray bar shall have a
valve and outlet for checking the meter when a metering device is
' substituted for a bituminous material bucket.
(3) Mixer. The batch mixer shall be an approved type capable of
producing a uniform mixturo within the job mix tolerances. If not enclosed,
the mixer box shall be equipped with a dust hood to prevent loss of dust.
The clearance of blades from all fixed and moving parts shall not exceed 1
' inch.
(4) Control of mixing time. The mixer shall be equipped with an
accurate time lock to control the operations of a complete mixing cycle. It
shall lock the weigh-box gate after the charging of the mixer and keep it
locked until the closing of the mixer
g gate at the completion of the cycle.
It shall lock the bituminous material bucket throughout the dry mixing
' period and shall lock the mixer gate throughout the dry and wet mixing
periods. The dry mixing period is defined as the Interval of time between
the opening of the weigh-box gate and the introduction of bituminous
' material. The wet mixing period is the interval of time between the
introduction of bituminous material and the opening of the mixer gate.
' The timing control shall be flexible and shall be capable of 'settings of
5-second intervals or less throughout a 3-minute cycle. A mechanical batch
counter shall be i. stalled as a part of the timing device and shall be
designed to register only completely mixed batches.
The setting of time intervals shall be at the direction of the engineer who
shall then lock the case covering the timing device until a change is naec
' In the timing periods.
1
' DIV 11 Page 273
1
r AC 150/5370-10
10/24/74
r ITFM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE
(c) Requirements for Continuous Mix Plants.
(1) Aggregate proportioning. The plant shall include means for
r accurately proportioning each size of aggregate.
The plant shall have a feeder mounted under each compartment bin. Each
compartment bin shall have an accurately controlled individual gate to form
an orifice for the volumetric measuring of material drawn from each
compartment. The feeding orifice shall be rectangular with one dimension
adjustable by positive mechanical means and provided with a lock.
Indicators shall be provided for each gate to show the respective gate
ilk opening in inches.
r (2) Weight calibration of a gregate feed. The plant shall include
a means for calibration of gate openings by weighing test samples.
Provision shall be made so that materials fed out of individual orifices may
' be bypassed to individual test boxes. The plant shall be equipped to
conveniently handle individual test samples of not less than 200 pounds.
Accurate scales shall be provided by the contractor to weigh such test
r samples.
(3) Symcn~ ' rr tion of aggregate feed and bituminous material feed.
' Satisfactory means shall be provided Co afford positive interlocking control
between the flow of aggregate from the bins and the flow of bituminous
material from the meter or other proportioning device. This control shall
be by interlocking mechanical means or by any other positive method
r satisfacroty to the engineer.
(4) ?fixer. The plant shall include an approved continuous mixer
r adequately heated and capable of pi."ucing a uniform mixture within the tub
mix tolerances. It shall be equipped with a discharge hopper with dump
gates to permit rapid and complete discharge of the mixture. The paddles
r shall be adjustable for angular position on the shafts and shall be
reversible to retard the flow of the mix. The mixer shall have a
manufacturer's plate giving the net volumetric contents of the mixer at the
seviral heights inscribed on a permanent gauge. Charts shall be provided
r showing the rate of feed per minute for each aggregate used.
r
r
r Page 274
DIV II
r
%
' 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
' ITEM 11-401 B1117-11:OL'S SURFACE COURSE
1 401-4.3 HAULING E(UIPMTNT. Trucks used for haul in; bituminous mixtures
shall have tight, clean, smooth metal beds. To prevent the mixture from
' adhering to them, the beds shall be lightly coated with a minimum amount of
paraffin oil, lime solution, or other approved material. Each truck shall
have a suitable cover to protect the mixture from adverse weather and an
' insulated bed to maintain the mixture at the specified temperature.
' 401-+1.4 BITUMINOUS PAbt:RS. Bituminous pavers shall be self-contained,
pcwcr•propelled units with an activated screed or strike-off assembly,
heated if necessary. It s'rall be capably of spreading and finishing courses
of bituminous plant mix material which will meet the specified thickness,
' smoothness, and grade. Pavers used for shoulders and similar construction
shall be capable of spreading and finishing courses of bituminous plant mix
material in widths shown on the plans.
The paver shall have a receiving hopper of sufficient capacity to permit a
uniform spreading operation. The hopper shall be equipped with a
distri;,ution system to place the mixture uniformly in front of the screed.
' The screed or strike-off assembly shall effectively produce a finished
surface of I.he required evenness, and texture without tearing, shoving, or
gouging the mixture.
' The paver shall be capable of operating at forward speeds consistent with
satisfactory layint. of the mixture.
401-4.5 ROLIE RS. Rollers shall be in good condition, capable of reversing
without backlash, and operating at slow speeds to avoid displacement of the
a bituminous mixture. The number, type, and weight of rollers shall be
sufficient to compact the mixture to the required density while the mixture
is still in a workable condition. The use of equipment which results in
' excessive crushing of the aggregate will not be permitted.
401-4.6 PREPARATION OF MINERAL AGGREGATE. The aggregate for the mixture
' shall be dried and heated at the paving plant before entering the mixer.
Whin introduced into '.he mixer, the combined aggregate shall contain not
more than 0.5% moisture ii asphalt, or more than 1% if tr.r mixtures. "er
' in the aggregate shall be removed by heating to the extent that there is no
subsequent foaming in the mixture prior to the placing of the material. The
aggregate shall be treated to the temperature designated by the job formula
' DIV 11 Page 215
' AC 150/5370-10 10124/74
ITEM P-401 BITtj*,%IID;OUS SURFACE COURSE
' within the job tolerance specified. The maximum temperature and rate of
lioating shall be such that no permanent danage occurs to the aggregates.
' Particular care shall be taken that aggregates high in calcium or magnesium
content are not damaged by overheating. The aggregate shall be screened to
specified sizes and conveyed into s-~?arate bins ready for mixing with
bituminous material.
' 401-4.7 PREPARATION OF BITUMINOUS MIXTURE. Before delivery, the aggregate
1 shall be mixed with the bituminous material at a central mixing plant. The
mixture shall be prepared at a temperature shown in 401-2.3.
' The dry aggregates, prepared as prescribed in 401-4.6, shall be combined in
the plant in the proportionate amounts of each fraction of aggregate
required to meet the specified gradation. The quantity of aggregate for
each batch shall be determined, measured, and conveyed info the mixer. In
' case of vol,imetric proportioning, the size of the gate openings shall be
determined, snd the gates locked in position.
' The quantity of bituminous material for each batch or calibrated amount for
continuous mixer shall be determined by the engineer. it shall be measured
by weight and introduced into the mixer at the specified temperature, using
the lowest range possible for adequate mixing and spreading. For batch
mixers, all mineral aggregates shall be in the mixer before the bituminous
material is added. The exact temperature within the specified range shall
be fixed by the engineer. In no case shall aggregate be introduced into the
' mixture at a temperature more than 25° F. above the temperature of the
bituminous material. As determined by the engineer, the mixing shall
continue for the time necessary to coat all particles uniformly. This time
' is dependent upon the mix design and the type of mixing e-aipment used. To
compute the mixing time in a continuous mixer, the weight of its contents at
operating level is divided by the weight of the mixture delivered per second
' by the mixer;
Mixing time in seconds m Pugmill dead capacity in pounds
Output in pounds per second
401-4.8 TRANSPORTATION AND tE_LIVER_Y_OF THE MIXTURE. The mixture shall be
' transported fron the mlxing plant to the point of use in vehicles described
in 401-4.3.
1
Page 276 Div It
10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
1TEM P-401 BITUMLNOUS SURFArE COURSE
1 Vie mixture shall be placed at a temperature between 150° and 225° F. when
tar is used, and between 250° and 300° F. when asphalt cement is used.
' When the mixture is being placed during warn weather and the engineer has
determined that satisfactory results can be obtained at lower temperatures,
he may direct that the mixture be mixed and delivered at the lower
temperatures.
Imads shall not be sent out as to interfere with spreading and compacting
the mixture during daylight unless artificial light, Latisfactory to the
' engineer, is provided. The mixture shall be delivered at a temperature
within the tolerance allowed in the approved job formula.
' 401-4.9 sPREADINC AND LAYING.
' (a) Preparation for Placing. Irmadiately before placing the bituminous
mixture, the existing underlying course shall be cleaned of loose or
deleterious material. A power sweeper equipped with a blower shall be used,
supplemented with hand brooms if necessary, or Cie material shall be removed
' by other means as directed by the engineer.
The mixture shall be laid only upon an approved underlying course which is
' dry and in suitable condition, and when weather conditions are favo.sble.
No mixture shall be placed when the air temperature in the shade and away
from artificial heat is 40°F. or lower, unless so directed by the engineer.
The engineer may petmit work to continue when overtaken by sudden rains only
to provide for laying that material which is in transit from the plant,
provided the mixture is within the temperature limits specified.
' Grade control between the edges of the pavement shall be accomplished by
grade stakes or steel pins placed in lanes parallel to the centerline of the
pavement and at intervals sufficiently close that string lines may be
' stretched between stakes or pins.
Placing shall commence at the point(s) farthest from the mixing plant and
' progress continuously toward the plant, unless otherwise ordered by the
engineer. Hauling over material already placed shall not be permitted until
the material has been thoroughly compacted as specified, and allowed to cool
to atmospheric temperature.
Div II Page 277
1 .
AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
1
ITF11 P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE
' (b) Mlchine Spreading. Upon arrival, the mixture shall be dumped into
all approved E vinous paver and immediately spread to the full width
required. It all be struck off in a uniform layer of such depth that,
when the work is completed, it will have the required thickness and will
' conform to the grade and surface contour required. The speed of the paver
shall be regulated to eliminate pulling and tearing of the bituminous mat.
The mixture shall be placed in strips of a minimum width of 10 feet. To
insure proper drainage, the spreading shall begin along the centerline of
the pavement on a crowned section or on the high side of the pavement with a
one-way slope. After the first strip or width has been compacted, the
second width shall be placed, finished, and compacted in the same manner as
the first width. After the second strip has been placed and rolled, a
16-foot straightedge shall be placed across the longitudinal joint to
' determine if the surface conforms to grade and contour requirements.
Exposed vertical edges of paved strips shall be free of all accumulations of
' dirt or other foreign material before any mixture is spread in an adjacent
lane. If joint faces become dry or dusty, the contact surfaces should be
given a brush coat of asphalt. In lieu of painting the contact surface, the
contractor may use a joint heater approved by the engineer. If the
spreading machine should drift from an adjacent lane during construction,
the unfilled space shall be carefully filled with fresh hot mixture obtained
frcma the truck or the hopper of the spreading machine. Stealing mixture
' from that alread; spread to fill up these areas shall not be permitted.
In areas where, because of irregularities or unavoidable obstacles, the use
' of mechanical spreading and finishing equipment is impractical, the mixture
may be hand spread.
When hand spreading is permitted, the mixture shall be dumped on approved
' dump sheets outside of the area upon which it is to be spread, and then
distributed into place immediately with hot shovels. It shall be spread
with hot rakes in a uniformly loose layer to the full width required and of
' such depth that, when the work is completed, it will have the required
thickness and will conform to the grade and surface contour shown on the
plans.
' page 278
9[V IT
1 ~
10/24/74 AC 150/7370-10
ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE
401-4.10 COMPACTION OF M_XTURE. After spreadin3, the mixi:ure shall be
' thoroughly and uniformly compacted with power rollers, as directed by the
engineer. Rolling of the mixture shall begin as soon after spreading as it
will bear the roller without undue displacement or hair checking. On the
' first strip spread, rolling shall start in the center and continue toward
either edge. On subsequent strips laid, rolling shall start on the edge
adjacent to previously laid material and continue toward the opposite edge.
' Initial rolling shall t e done longitudinally. The rollers sball overlap on
successive trips. Alternate trips of the roller shall be of slightly
hifferent lengths. The mixture shall be subjected to diagonal rolling,
' crossing the lines of the first after three or more lanes are constructed,
but cross rolling shall not exceed more char, one half the width of the
pavement on crowned sections.
The speed of the roller shall, at all times, be slow to avoid displacement
of the hot mixture. Any displacement occurring as a result of reversing the
' direction of the roller, or from any other cause, shall be corrected at once
by rakes, and f resh mixture.
Sufficient rollers shall be furnished to handle the output of the plant.
' Rolling shall continue until all roller marks are eliminated, the surface is
of uniform texture and true to grade and cross section, and a density of at
least 98% of the laboratory density specified in 401-3.1 is obtained. Field
' density teats shall be made at least trice daily.
To prevent adhesion of the mixture to the roller, the wheels shall be kept
properly moistened, but excessive water will' not be permitted.
In areas not accessible to the roller, the mixture shall be thoroughly
compacted with hot hand tampers.
' Any mixture which becomes loose and broken, mixed w Wt dirt, or in any way
defective shall be removed and replaced with fresh hot rat.%cure and
1 lomdiately compacted to conform to the surrounding area. This work will be
done at the contractor's expense. Skin patching shall not be allowed.
' 401-4.11 JOINTS.
(a) ietireral. 113e mixture at the joints shall comply with the surface
' requirements and present the same uniformity of texture, density,
smoeLhness, etc., as other sections of the course. In the fo mition of all
DIV II Pagk: 279
1 1
AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
' ITEM P-401 BITUPIIhOUS SURFACE COURSE
joints, provision shall be made for proper bond with the adjacent course for
the specified depth of the course. Joints shall be formed by cutting back
on the previous day's run to expose the full depth of the course; the
exposed edge shall be given a l'_ght coat of asphat.t or tar as specified by
' the engineer. The fresh mixture shall be raked againet the joint and
thoroughly tamped and rolled.
(b) Transverse. The placing of the course shall be as continuous as
' possible. The roller shall pass over the unprotected eni of the freshly
laid mixture only when discontinuing the laying of the course.
' (c) Longitudinal. The placing of the course shall be as specified in
such a manner that the joint is exposed for the shortest period possible.
The joint shall be placed so that it will not coincide with chat in the
' base, binder, or existing surface course by at least 1 foot.
' 401-4.12 SHAPING EDGES. While the surface is being compacted and finished
the contractor shall carefully trim the outside edges of the pavement to the
proper alignment. Edges so formed shall be beveled while still hot with the
back of a rake or a smoothing iron and thoroughly compacted by tampers or by
' other satisfactory methods.
' 401-4.13 SITRPACE TESTS. Tests for conformity with the specified crown and
grade shall be made by the contractor immediately after initial compression.
Any variation shall be corrected by the removal or addition of materials and
' by continuous rolling.
The finished surface shall not vary more than 1/4 inch for the surface
course when tested with a 16-foot straibhtedge applied parallel with, or at
right angles to, the centerline.
After the completion of final rolling, the smoothness of the course shall
again be tested; hut,ips or depressions exceeding the specified tol^ranres or
that retain waver on the surface shall be immediately corrected by removing;
the defective work and replacing with new material, as directed by the
' engineer. This shall be done at the contractor's expense.
1
1 Page 280 DIV '1 k
r
7 Y{
10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
a-
ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE
' 401-4.14 SAMPLING PAVEMENT. The contractor shall remove suitable size
' samples of the completed pavement from locations designated by the engineer
so he may determine the composition, compaction, and density of the
pavement. Samples for each day or fraction thereof shall be taken. The
contractor shall replace the pavement free of charge. If the pavement is
' det:,.lent in composition, compaction, or thickness, satisfactory correction
shall be made.
' 401-4.15 BITUMINOUS &ND AGGREGATE MATERIAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY.
Sampler of the bituminous and aggregate materials that the contractor
p ropy to use, together with a statement of their source and character,
must be submitted a.tJ approval must be obtained before use of such material
begins. The contractor shall require the manufacturer or producer of the
bituminous and aggregate materials to furnish material subject to this and
' all other pertinent requirements of the contract. Only those materials
which have been tested and approved for the intended use shall be
acceptable.
The engineer or his authorized representative shall have access, at all
times, to all parts of the paving plant for the purpose of inspecting the
' equipment, the conditions and operations of the plant, for tte verification
of weights or proportions and character of materials, and to determine the
temperatures maintained in the preparation of the mixtures.
' The contractor shall furnish vendor's certified tests for each carload or
equivalent of bitumen shipped to the project. The report shall be delivered
to the engineer before permission is granted for use of the material. The
t furnishing of the vendor's certified test report for the bituminous material
shall not be interpreted as a basis for final acceptance. All such test
reports shall be subject to Ycilfication by testing sample materials
' received for use on the project.
Method of Measurement
1
401-5.1 The tonnage of surfac^ course containing at least 60" crushed
aggregate to be paid for shall be the number of tons of bituminous mixture
of the gradation specified in the bid schedule and used in the accepted
work. The bituminous-treated material shall be weighed after mixing, :and no
' deduction shall be made f.ar the weight of bituminous material in the
mixture.
' DIV IY, Page 281
VIM
y mss:
AC 15015370-10 10/24/74
1 ,
ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSF:
401-5.2 The tonnage of surface course containing at loast 90% crushed
aggregate to be paid for shall be the number of tons Of bituminous mixture
' of the gradaLLon specified in the bid schedule and used in the accepted
work. The bituminous-treated material shall be weighed after mixing, and no
deduction shall be made for the weight of bituminous mate±rial in the
' mixture.
401-5.3 The quan O ties as measured in 401-5.1 and 401•-5.2 arc- applicable
' or aggregates having bulk specific gravities between 2.55 a:,d 2.75, as
determined by AASHO T 84 and T 85. Proportionate corrections shall be made
when the aggregates are outside these limits. Where the specific gravity is
' below 2.55, the corrected quantity for payment shall be the product of the
number of tons used multiplied by the ratio of 2.55 to the bulk specific
gravity of the job aggregate. Where the specific gravity is above 2.75, the
corrected quantity for payment shall be the product of the number of tons
used multiplied by the ratio of 2.75 to the bulk specific gravity of the job
aggregate.
401-5.4 The unit of measurement for the bituminous material shall be the
gallonr the ton, whichever is specified in the bid schedule, The
gallonage or tonnage to be paid shall be the number of gallons or tons of
bituminous material used as ordered in the acceptel work. Callonatq 51 all
be determined by measuring the material at a temperature of 60° F., or by
' converting the gallonage measured at other temperatures to gallonage at 60°
P., in accordance with the temperature-volume correction tables for asphalt
and tar materials contained in AST;i D-1250 for asphalts and ASTH D-633 for
tars.
' Basis of Payment
' 401-6.1 Payvient shill be made at the respective contract prices per ton for
bituminous surface course and per gallon or per ton for bituminous material.
' These prices shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials, and
for all preparation, mixtng and placing of these materials, and for all
labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item.
m
' Page 282 Div ii
1
' NOVA AC 150/5370-10
ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COLRSE
Payment will be made under:
' Item P-401-6.1 ASP'°;,:...e Bituminous Surface Course - per ton
(60% crushed aggregate)
Item P-401-6.1 Aggregate Bituminous Surface Course - per ton
(90% crushed aggregate)
Item P-401-6.1 Bituminous Material - per gallon or ton
TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
i Test and short title Material and short title
AASHO T 96--Abrasion AASHO M 17--'F'iller
AASHO T 104--Soundness AASHO M 20--Asphalt Cement
AASHO T 19--Slag AASHO M 52--Tar
' AASHO T 89--Liquid Limit
AASHO T 90--Plastic Limit
' and Plasticity Index
AASHO T 101--Swe 11
AASH0 T 182--Stripping
ASTM D-1559--Marshall
' ASTH D-633--Vol. Correction for Tars
' ASTM D-1250--Vol. Correction for Asphalts
ASTH D-1560--Hveem Apparatus
' A , 0 T 11 S 27--Gradation
AASHO T 84 6 85---Specific Cravity
' DIV 11 Page 283 (Reserve pages 284 Carough 302)
1
r
r ITEM P-602-BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT
' nll fHaragraphs under Itcm P-602, Bituminous Primo Cast shall apply with the
following modifications:
4-U2-1.2 QUANTITY OF MATERIAL. The prime coat shall be applied at a rate of
04 25 to 0.50 gallons per square yard.
r 4.02_-2.1 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The bituminous material for prime coat shall be
r tioulsified asphalt SS-1, SS-1H, SS-K or SS-KH.
8502-4.1 MEASUREMENT. The bituminous prime coat shall be the number of gallons
. iiaed.
602-5.1 PAYMENT. Payment for prime coat shall he per gallon.
r
r
r
r.
r
r
r
r
r
r
Q
1
1
' 10/24/74 Ac i50/>>/u-la
' MISCELLANEOUS
ITEM P-602 BITUMINOUS PRI1 COAT
Description
602-1.1 This item shall consist of an application of bituminous material
on the prepared base course in accordance with this specification applied
at the rate specified by the eng.:eer. The type of bituminous material
to be used shall be selected by the engineer from those included in this
specification.
602-1.2 QUANTITIES OF BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The approximate amount of
bituminous material per square yard for the prime coat shall be as provided
in the Table 1.'
r Table 1.,Qtiatttities of Material
Material Amount
Bituminous material 0.25 to 0.50 gallon per square yd.
Materials
602-2.1 BITUMINOUS MATERTAL. The types, grades, controlling
' specificatiol,s, and application temperatures for the bituminous materials
are given below. The engineer shall designate the specific material to be
used.
t
III
1
• DIV II Page 363
5
' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
i
ITEM P-602 BITIRIINOUS PRIME COA'C
Type and grade Specification A pp!icatio n
temperatures
Liquid asphalt
' RC-70/MC-70/ AASHO M 81/M-82/
SC-70 M 141 120°---1600 F.
RC-250/MC-'250/ AASHO M 81/M 82/
' SC-260 M 141 1600-2000 F.
Tar
RT-2 AASHO M 52 60°-12500 F.
RT-3 AASHO M 52 80°-120° F._
' Construction Methods
,I
' 602-3.1 WEATHER LIMITATIONS. 'ibe prime coat shall be applied only when
the existing surface is dry or contains sufficient moisture to get uniform
distribution of the bituminous material, when the atmospheric temperature
is above 60° F'., and when the weather is not, foggy or rainy. The
temperature requirements may be waiv:d, but only when so directed by the
engineer.
' 602-3.2 EQUIPMENT. The equipment used by the contractor shall include a
self-powered pressure 1,:.;.41:.tous material distributor and equipment for
heating bituminous material.
The distributor shall have pneumatic tires of such width and nuLiber that
Y the load produced on the surface shall not exceed 650 pounds per inch of
tire width and shall be designed, equipped, and operated so that bituminous
material at even heat can be applied uniformly on variable widths of
surface at readily controlled rates from 0.05 to 2.0 gallons per square
' yard. The material shall be applied within a pressure range from 25 to 75
pounds per square inch and with an allowable variation from any specified
rate not to exceed 5%. Distributor equipment shall include a thermometer
' for reading temperatures of tank contents.
1
I
' Page 364 DIV II
' '24/74 AC 150/5370-10
' ITEM P-602 BITUMINOUS PRIMR COAT
' 1-3.3 APPLICATION OF BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. Immedlately before applying the
ime coat, the full widch of the surface to be primr' shall be swept with a
uer broom to remove all loose dirt and other objectionable material.
' e application of the bituminous Aeterial shall be made by means of a
assure distributor at the temperature, pressure, and in the amounts
' rected by the engineer.
ollowing the application, the primed surface shrill be allowed to dry not
tes than 48 hours without being disturbed or for such additional time as may
' t necessary to permit the drying out tf the prime until it will not be
Lcked up by traffic or equipment. This period shall be determined by the
igineer. The surface shall then be maintained by the contractor until the
' irfacing has been placed. Suitable precautions shall be taken by the
ontractor to protect the primed surface z gainst damage during this interval,
ncluding supplying and spreading any said necessary to blot up excess
' ituminous material.
02-3.4 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL CONTRACTO'VS. RESPONSIBUCITY. Samples of the
' ituminous materials that the contractor proposes to use, together with a
statement as to their source and r.haracter, must be submitted and approved
Before use of such material begins. The contractor shall require the
' aanufacturer or producer of the Fituminous macerials to furnish material
subject to this and all other pertinent req,lirements of the contract. Only
satisfactory materials, so demonstrated by service teats, shall be
acceptable.
The contractor shall furnish vendor's certified test reports for each
carload, or equivalent, of bituminous material shipped to the project. The
' report shall be delivered to the engineer before permission is granted for
use of the material. The furnishing of the vendor's certified test report
for the bituminous material shall not be interpreted as basis for final
' acceptance. All such test reports shall be subject to verification by
testing samples of materials received for use on the project.
602-3.5 FREIGHT ANp VE10i BILLS. Before the final. estimate is allowed, the
contractor shall file with the engineer receipted bills when railroad
shipments are made, and certified weigh bills when materiels are received i^
any other manner, of the bituminous materials actually used in the
construction covered by the contract. The contractor shall not rcml.
bituminous material from the tank car or storage tank until the initiaJ
' outage and temperature measurements have been taken by the engineer, nor
shall the car or tank be released until the final outage has been taken by
I the engineer.
' DIY II Page 3u-,
1 l
' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
ITEM P-602 BITUMINOUs PRIME COA'r
t
Copies of freight bills and weigh bills shall be furnished to the engineer
during the progress of the work.
' Method of Measurement
602-4.1 Vie bituminous prime coat to be paid for shall be the number of
gallons ov tons of the material. weed as ordered for the accepted work,
corrected to 60°F., in accordance with the temperaturr.-volume correction
tables for asphalt and tar materials contained in ASTM D-1250 and ASTH D-633
' respectively.
Basis of Payment
t
602-5.1 Pe.yment shall be made at the contract unit price per gallon or per
' ton for bituminous prime coat. This price shall be full compensation for
furnishing all materials and for all preparation, delivering, and applying
the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals
' necessary to complete this item.
Payment will be made under:
' Item P-602-5.1 Bituminous Prime Coat--per gallon
or per ton.
' TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
' Test and short title Material and short title
ASTH D-1250--Vol Corr. for Asphalts AASHO M 81--Asplialt RC
' ASTM D-633--Vol. Corr. for Tars AASHO H 82--Asphalt MC
AASHO M 52--Tar
' AASHO H 141--Asphalt SC
1
' Page 366 DIV 11
.r
10/24/74 1.C 150/5370-10
1
ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT
' CONCRETE
' Description
610-1.1 This item shall consist of either plain or reinforced structural
r portland •.ement conertte, prepared and constructed in accordance with these
specifica'"tons, at the locations and of the form and dimensions shown on the
plane. The concrete bhall be composed of coarse aggregate, fine aggregate,
' portland cement, and water.
' Materials
610-2.1 GENERAL. Only approved materials, conforming to the requirements of
r these specifications, shall be used in the work. They may be subjected to
inspection and tests at any time during the progress of their preparation or
use. The source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the
' engineer before delivery or use is started. Representative preliminary
samples of the materials shall be submitted by the contractor, when required,
for examination and test. Materials shall be stored and handled to insure
' the preservation of their quality and fitness for use and shall be located to
facilitate prompt inspection. Al], e.;~iraent for handling and transporting
materials and concrete must be ciea.-, before any material or concrete is
placed therein.
In no case shall the use of pit-run or naturally mixed aggregates be
permitted. Naturally mixed aggregate shall bq screened and washed, and all
' fine and coarse aggregates shall be stored separately and kept clean. The
mixing of different kinds of aggregates from different sources in one storage
pile or alternating bat.hes of different aggregates wil.; not be -permitted.
' 601-2.2 COARSE AGGREGATE. The coarse aggregate for concrete shall meet the
requirements of AASHO H BO. The percentage of wear shall be no': more than 45
r at 500 revolutions as determined by AASHO T 96.
Coarse aggregate shall be well graded from coarse to fine and shall meet one
of the gradations shown in Table 1, using AASHO T 27.
r 610-2.3 FINE AGGREGATE. Ilie fine aggregate for concrete shall meet the
requirements of AASHO H 6.
r
' DIV II I Page"M
1
' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
' ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL. PORTLAND CEMENT
CONCRETE
' the fine aggregate shall be well graded from fine to coarse and shall meet
' the following grading requirements, when tested in accordance with AASHO T
27:
Table 1.-Requirements for Gradation of Coarse
' Aggregate
Sieve designation) _ Percentage by weight pas.ang sieves
' (square openings) 2" 1'" 1"a" 'fi" _ %M I No. 4
No. s to % inch 10 100 90-100 20-550-10
No. 4 to 1 inch t0-100 0-10
No. 4 to 1'h inch 100 95..---__ 35- 70 10-50 0- 5
1
Table 2.•--Requirements for Gradation of
1 Fine Aggregate
' - Sieve designation Picreentage by weight
(square openings) passing sieves
inch 100
o. 4 95-100
1 No. 15 -
. _ 25- bb
+5- 80
No. 30
No. 50
30- 30
No. 100 - - 2- 10
Blending will be permitted, if necessary, in order to meet the gradation
requirements for fine aggregate. Fine aggregate deficient in the percentage
' of material passing the No. 50 mesh sieve may oe accepted, provided that
such defici.ency does not exceed 5% and is remedied by the addition of
pozzolanic or c:ementitious materials other than portland cement, as specified
in 610-2.f, on rtdmtxtures, in sufficient quantity to produce the required
workability as approved by the engineer.
' 610-2.4 C9NEM. The cement used !,hall be por'lind cement conforming to the
r~quirct7ents of the type specified -
DIV l i
77" rr-F-N
10/24/74 AC 150/5310-10
1
ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT
' CONCRETE
' (a) Portland cement --------------------------AASHO M 85
(b) Air-entraining portland cement AASHO M 134
(c) Portland blast-furnace slag cement AAS110 M 151
' (d) Air-entraining portland blast furnace
slag cement--------------------------- -AASHO M 151
' The contractor shall furnish vendors' certified test reports for each
carload, or equivalent, of cement shipped to the project. The report shall
be delivered to the engineer before permission to use the cement is granted.
All such test reports shall be subject to verification by testing sample
materials received for use on the project.
t 610-2.5 WATER. The water used in concrete shall be free from sewage, oil,
acid, strong alkalies, vegetable matter, and clay and loam. If the water is
of questionable quality, it shall be tested in accordance with AASHO T 26.
' 610-2.6 ADMIXTURES. The use of any material added to the concrete mix shall
' be approved by the engineer. Before approval of any material, the contractor
shall be required to submit the results of complete physical and chemical
analyses made by an acceptable testing laboratory. Subsequent tests shall be
made of samples taken by the engineer from the supply of the *aterlal being
' furnished oV proposed for use un the wt rk to determine whether the admixture
is uniform in quality with that approved.
Poazr.lanic admixtures shall be fly ash meeting the requirements of ASTM C 350
' or rsw or calcined natural pozzolans meeting the requirements of ASTM C 402.
' Air-entraining admixtures shall meet the requirements of AASHO M 154.
Air-entraining admixtures shall be added at the mixer in the amotnt necessary
to produce the specified air content,
' Seater-reducing, set-controlling admixtures shall meet the requirements of
ASTM C 494, Type A, water-reducing or Type D, water-teducing and retarding.
Water-reducing admixtures shall be added at the mixer separately from
' air-entraining admixtures in accordance with the manufacturer's printed
instructions.
' 610-2.1 PRFMOL.DED JOIYr MATERIAL. Premolded joigt mater al for expansion
joints shall meet, the requirements of one of the following AASHO M 339 M 909
M 153, or M 213.
1
D1V 11 Page .)q
r
- a 4 r,~xy r r''
1
AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
1
ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT
CONCRETE
i 610-2.6 JOINT FTIIE R. The filler for joints shall meet the requirements of
AASF..5 M 18, grade A or B, or Item P-605, unless otherwise specified in the
t proposal,
610-2.9 STEEL REINFORCEMENT. Concrete reinforcing shall consist of deformed
bars of either structural, intermediate, or hard grads billet steel meeting
AASHO M 31; deforr^d bars of rail steel meeting AASHO M 42; or welded wire
fabric meeting AASHO M 55. To qualify as deformed, bera shall .onform to the
' requirements of AASHO M 137.
610-2.10 CALCIUM CHLORIDE.-. When calcium chloride is permitted by the
' engineer in the concrete as an accelerator, it shall meet the requirements of
AASHO M 144.
610-2.11 COVER MATE RIALS FOR CURING. Curing materials shall conform to one
of the following specifications:
' (a) Cotton Mats for Curing Concrete AASHO N 73
(b) Waterproof Paper for Curing Concrete AASHO M 139
(c) Polyethylene Sheeting for Curing Concrete- ----AASHO M 171
' (d) Burlap Cloth made from Jute or Kenaf----------- AASHO M 182
(e) Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds forMSHO M 146
Curing Concrete (Type 2)--------- w--
Construction ISethods
' 610-3.1 CEtZM,, The contractor shall furniso all labor, materials, and
services necessary irr and incidentat to, the completion of all work as
' shown on the drawings and specified herein. All machinery and equipment
owned or controlled by the contractor, which he proposes to use on the work,
shall be of sufficient size to meet the requirements of the worst, and shall
' be such as to produce satisfactory work; all work shall be subject to the
inspection and approval of the engineer. The contractor shall employ, at all
times, r, sufficient force of workmen of such experience and ability that the
work can be prosecuted in a satisfactory and workmanlike manner.
' Page 403 DIV II
10/24/74 Al: l5u/:)J1u-iu
' ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT
CONCRETE
1 610-3.2 CONCRETE PROPORTIONS. The concrete ;hall consist of a mixture of
coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, Portland cement, and water. All aggregates
and bulk cement shall be measured by weight. In proporticning aggregates and
mixing water, compensation shall be made for the weight of moisture in the
aggregates, and this shall be determined periodically.
' Coixrete Proportions
(Materials for one cubic yard of concrete)
t
Net Weights in pounds
Type of Cement water dry aggregate Slump
content
coarse content range
aggregate (min. (max. Fine Total (inches)
bags) gallons) aggre- aggre-
gate gate
Gravel 6 ~ as 1070-1190 3210 2--5
t Crushed atone 6 38 1220-1360 3200 2-5
Slag 6 38 1330-1470 2930 2-S
' I
The proportions in the above table are based on the use of well-graded
aggregates. If it is impossible with the aggregates selected to prepare
concrete of the proper consistency without exceeding the maximum net water
content specified, the total weight of aggregate shall be reduced by the
' engineer until concrete of the proper consistency is obtained without
exceeding the maximum net water content specified. However, the contractor
shall not be compensated for any additional cement which may be required by
' such adjustment.
The weights specified in the above table were calculated for aggregates of
the following bulk specific gravities: Natural sand and gravel, 2.65; crushed
stone, 2.70; slag 2.30. For aggregates of specific gravities differing more
than + 0.02 from those given above, the weights given in the tables shall be
corrected. The quantities shown for cement and water shall control, and the
' weights of aggregates shall be varied to secure the proper yield based on
absolute volumes. When a special mix requiring a reduction in the amntnt of
wrier is desired, the quantities of aggregate shall be increased to maintain
the specified yield.
1
DIV 11 Page 40,
1
1
AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
1
' 1T"l P-610 STRUCCURAL PORT1,W) CEt*,'NT
CONCRETE
' Yield test, made in accordance with specification AASHO T 1210 shall be
made by the engineer for the purpose of determining the cement content per
cubic yard of concrete. If at any time such cement content is "aund to be
' less than that specified per cubic yard, the batch weights shall be reduced
until the amount of cement per cubic yard of concrete conforms to the
requirements.
' The net mixing water shall be adjusted for the moisture contained in the
aggregates, and for the moisture which they will absorb, in order to
determine the amount of water to be added at the mixer. The absorption of
1 the fine and coarse aggregates shall be determined by AASHO T 84 and T 85.
When an air-entraining agent or air-entraining portland cement is used,
there will be a bulking of the mortar of the concrete due to the amount of
entrained air. To keep the cement factor specified at the correct amount,
the weight of the fine aggregate shall be reduced, as directed by the
engineer. The reduction in the fine aggregate shall be determined by yield
tests as specified. Under average conditions the reduction of the sand
should be about 3% of the total weig,it of the fine and coarse aggregate,
The air content of the concrete shall be between 3 and 6%. by volume. "
The air content by volume shall be based on measurements made on concrete
immediately after discharge from the mixer in accordance with AASHO T 121
or T 152.
' 610-3.3 CONTROL TESTS. When directed by the engineer, the contractor
shall make test cylinders or beams from the concrete as mixed for the work
as herein specified.
' Concrete cylindrical test specimens shall be made in accordance with AASHO
T 23 and beam specimens shall be made in accordance with AASHO T 97. The
contractor shall cure and store the test specimens under such conditions as
' directed. 11he engineer will mako the actual tests on the specimens at no
expense to the contractor.
' 610-3.4 PROPORTIONING AND MEASURING DEVICES. When package cement is used,
the quantity for each batch shall be equal to one or more whole sacks of
cement. The aggregates shall be measured separately by weight, If
' aggregates are delivered to the mixer in batch trucks, the exact amount for
1 Page 402 DIV II
Io/24/74 41C 17VJ>;fU-t'1
ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT
t CONCRETE
e each mixer charge shall be contained in each batch compartment. Weighing
boxes or N oppers shall b- approved by the engineer and shall provide means of
regulating the flow of aggregates into the batch box so that the required and
exact weight of aggregates can be readily obtained.
610-3.5 CONSISTENCY. The consistency of the concrete shall be checked by
' two slump test specified in AASHO T 119.
610-3.6 MIXING. Concrete may be mixed at the construction site, at a
central point, or wholly or in part in truck mixers. Whichever mixing
process is used, concrete of the specified proportions and consistency shall
be produced.
' 610-3.7 MIX?.NG CONDITIONS. The concrete shall be mixed only in quantities
required for immediate use. Concrete shall not be mixed while the air
temperature below 40° F. without permiesion of the engineer. If
permission is granted for mixing under such conditions, aggregates or water,
' I or both, shall be heated and the concrete shall be placed at a temperature
not less than SO• nor more than 100° P. The contractor shall be held
responsible for any defective work, resulting from freezing or injury in any
1 manner during placing and curing, and shall replace such work at his expense.
Retempering of concrete by adding water or any other material shall not be
' permitted.
The delivery of concrete to the job shall be in such a manner that batches of
concrete will be deposited at uninterrupted intervals.
610-3.8 FORMS. Concrete shall not be placed until all the forms and
'
i
' reinforcements have been inspected and approved by the engineer. Forms shall
be of suitable material and shall be of the type, size, shape, quality, and
strength to build the structure as designed on the plans. The forms shall be
' true to line and grade and shall be mortar-tight and sufficiently rigid to
prevent displacement and sagging between supports. The contractor shall bear
responsibility for their adequacy. The surfaces of form shall be smooth and
free from irregularities, dents, sags, rnd holes.
' DIV II Page )403
1
y
777-1-7
7~ TT
1
' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/7);
' ITEM P-b1O STRUCTURAL PORTLA140 CEMENT
CONCRETE
The internal ties shall be arranged so that, when the forms are removed, no
metal will show in the concrete surface or discolor the surface when exposed
1 to weathering. All forms shall be wetted with water or with a nonstaining
1 mineral oil which shall be applied shortly before the concrete is placed.
Forms shall be constructed so that they can be removed without injuring the
concrete or concrete surface. The forms shall not be removed before the
' expiration of at least 30 hours from vertical faces, walls, slender columns,
and similar structures; forms supported by falsework under slabs, beams,
girders, arches, and similar construction shall not be removed until tests
indicate that at least 60% of the design strength of the concrete has
developed.
610-3.9 PLACING REINFORCEHENT. All reinforcement shall be accurately
placed, as shown on the plans, and shall be firmly held in position during
concreting. Bars shall be fastened together at intersections. The
' rain orcement shall be supported by approved metal chairs. Shop drawings,
list;, and bending details shall be supplied by the contractor when required.
610-3.10 EMBEDDED ITEHS. Before placing concrete, any items that are to be
embedded shall be firmly and securely fastened in place as indicated. All
such items shall be clean and free from coating, ruaL,.scale, oil, or any
foreign matter. The embedding of wood shall be avoided. The concrete shall
be spaded and consolidated around and against embedded items.
' 610-3.11 PLACING CONCRETE. All concrete shall be placed during daylight,
unless otherwise approved. The concrete shall not be placed until the depth
' and character of foundation, the adequacy of forms and falsework, and the
placing of the steel reinforcing have been approved. Concrete shall be
placed as soon as practical after mixing and n no case later Lhan 1 hour
after water has been added to the mix. The 'method and manner of placing
' shall be such to avoid segregaLlon and displacement of the reinforcement.
Troughs, pipes, and chutes shall be used as an aid in placing concrete when
necessary. Dropping t;ie concrete a distance of more than 5 feet, or
' depositing a large quantity at one point, will not be permitted. Concrete
shall be placed upon clean, damp surfaces, free from running water, or upon
properly consolidated soil.
1
' Page 404 DIV It
10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT
CONCR.RTE
The concrete shall be compacted with suitable mechanical vibrators operating
within the concrete:. When necessary, vibrating shall be supplemented by hand
spading with suitable tools to assure proper and adequate compaction.
Vibrators shall be manipulated so as to work the concrete thoroughly around
the reinforcement and embedded fixtures and into corners and angles of the
forms. The vibratl~on at any joint shall be of sufficient duration to
' accomplish c_mpaction but shall not be prolonged to the point where
segregation occurs. Concrete deposited under water shall be carefully placed
in a compact mass in its final position by meanp of a tremie, a closed bottom
dump bucket, or other approved method and shall not be disturbed after being
deposited.
' 610-3.12 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. When the placing of concrete is suspended,
necessary provisions shall be made for joining future work before the placed
concrete takes its initial set. For the proper bonding of old and new
concrete, such provisions shall be made for grooves, steps, keys, dovetails,
reinforcing bars ou other devices as may be prescribed. The work shall be
arranged so that a section begun on any day shall be finished during day?ight
of the same day. Before depositing new concrete on or against concrete which
has hardened, the uurface of the hardened concrete shall be cleaned by a
heavy steel broom, roughened slightly, wetted, and covered with a neat
coating of cement paste or grout.
1
0b~ 3.13 E}PANSIO11 JOINTS. Expansion joints shall be constructed at such
points and of such dimensions as may be indi-ated on the drawings. The
premolded filler shall be cut to the same shape as that of the surfaces being
joined. The filler shall be fixed firmly against the surface of the concrete
' already in place iit such manner that it will not be displaced when concrete
is deposited agaimit it.
610-3.14 DEFECTIM:. WORK. Any defective work disclosed after the forms have
been removed shall be immediately removed and replaced. If any dimensions
are deficient, or if the surface of the concrete is bulged, uneven, or shows
honeycomb, which ii the opinion of the engineer cannot be repaired
satisfactorily, the entire section shall be removed and replaced at the
expense of the contractor.
1
DIV 11 Page 405
1 ,
t Inm P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTI,AND CE, ffT%Nr
CONCRETE
1
610-3.15 SURFACE FINISH. All exposed concrete surfaces shall be true,
' smooth, free fr,im open or rough spaces, depressions, or projections. The
concrete in horizontal plane surfaces shall be brought flush with the
finished top surface at the proper elevation and shall be struck-off with a
' straightedge and floated. Mortar finishing shall not be permitted, nor shall
dry cement or sand-cement mortar be spread over the concrete during the
finishing of horizontal plane surfaces.
' When directed, the surface finish of exposed concrete shall be a rubbed
finish. If forms can be removed while the concrete is still green, the
surface shall be pointed and wetted and then rubbed with a wooden float until
all irregularities are removed. If the concrete has hardened before being
j , rubbed, a carborundum stone shall be used to finish the surface. When
approved, the finishing can be done with a rubbing machine.
' 610-3.16 CURING AND PROTECTION. All concrete shall be properly cured and
protected by the contractor. The work shall be protected from the elements, ,
flowing grater, and from defacement of any nature during the building
operations. The concrete shall be cured as soon as it has sufficiently
hardened by covering with an approved material. Water-absorptive coverings
' shall be thoroughly saturated when placed and kept saturated for a period of
at least 3 days. All curing mats or blankets shall be sufficiently weighted
or tied down to keep the concrete surface covered and to prevent the surface
from being exposed to currents of air. Where wooden forms are used, they
shall be kept wet at all times until removed to prevent the opening of joints
and drying out of the concrete. Traffic shall not be allowed on concrete
surfaces for 7 days after the concrete has been placed.
610-3.17 DRAINS OR DUCTS. Drainage pipes, conduits, and ducts that are to
be encased in concrete shall be installed by the contractor before the
concrete is placed. The pipe shall be held rigidly so that it will not be
displaced or moved during the placing of the, concrete.
' 610-3.18 COLD WEATHER PROTECTION. When concrete is placed at temperatures
below 40 F., the contractor shall provide satisfactory methods and means to
' protect the mix from injury by freezing. The aggregates, or water, or both,
shall be heated in order to place the concrete at temperatures beCween 50°
and 100' F.
Paee 436 DIV II
' 10/24/74 AC 15015370-10
' ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT
CONCRETE
Calcium chloride may be incorporated in the mixing water when directed by the
engineer. Not more than 2 pounds of Type 1 nor more than 1.6 pounds of Type
' 2 shall be added per bag of cement. After the concrete has been placed, the
contractor shall provide sufficient protection such as cover, canvas,
framework, heating apparatus, etc., to enclose and protect the structure and
' maintain the temperature of the mix at not less than 50° F. until at least
6OX of the designed strength has been attained.
610-3.19 FILLING JOINTS. All joints which require filling shall be
thoroughly cleaned, and any excess mortar or concrete shall be cut out with
proper tools. Joint filling shall not be started until after final curing
and shall be done only when the concrete is Completely dry. The cleaning and
filling shall be carefully done with proper equipment and in a manner to
obtain a neat looking joint free from excess filler.
' Method of Measurement
610-4.1 The yardage of Cortland cement concrete to be paid for shall be the
number of cubic yards of concrete complete in place and accepted. In
' computing the yardage of concrete for payment, the dimensions used shall be
those shown on the plans or ordered by the engineer. No measurements or
other allowances shall be made for forms, frlsework, cofferdams, pumping,
' bracing, expansion joints, or finishing of the concrete. Na deductions in
yardage shall be made for the volumes of reinforcing steel or embedded items.
610-4.2 The poundage of reinforcing steel to be paid for shall be the
calculated theoretical number of pounds placed, as shown on the plane,
complete in place and accepted. The unit weight used for deformed bars shall
be the weight of plain square or round bars of equal nominal size. If so
indicated on the plans, the poundage to be paid for shall include the weight
of total pipes and drains, metal conduits and ducts, or similar materials
' indicated and included.
DIV If Page 407 ~
1
r
1
r AC 150/5370-10 10,'24/74
ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT
CONCRETE
r
Basis of Payment
' 610-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for
structural portland cement concrete and per pound for reinforcing steel.
These prices shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for
all preparation, delivering and installation of these materials, and for all
labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item.
Payment will be made under:
Item P-610-5.1 Structural Portland Cement Concrete - per
cubic yard. .
' Item P-610-5.1 Steel Reinforcement - per pound.
TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
r Test and short title Material and short title
AASHO T 27--Gradation AASPO M 80--Aggregate
AASHO T 96--Abrasion AASHO M 6--Aggregate
N AASHO T 26--Water AASHO M 85--Portland Cement
AASHO T 121--Yield AASHO M 134--Air-Entrained
Portland Cement
AASHO T 84-Absorption AASHO M 151--Slag Portland
Cement Concrete
AASHO T 85--Absorption ASTM C 350--Fly-Ash
r AASHO T 152--Air Content ASTM C 402--Pozzolans
AASHO T 23--Cylinders AASHO M 154--Air-Entrained
' Additives
r
r
io/24/g4 Ac 1 /J,Ic-I
ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CKANT
CONCRETE
' AASHO T 97--Beams ASTM C 494--Retarder
AASHO T 119--Slump AASHO M 33--Joint Material
' AASHO M 90--Joint Material
AASHO M 153--Joint Material
AASHO M 213--Joint Material
AASHO M 18--Joint Material
AASHO M 31--Steal
t AASHO M 42--Steal
t AASHO M 55--Stel31
AASHO M 137--Sta el
' AASHO M 144--Accelerator
AASHO M 73--Cotton Mats
' AASHO M 139--Paper
1 AASHO M X71--Polyethylene
AASHO M 182--Burlap
' AASHO M 148--Y,embrane
1
r
a DIv II Pago t+l~j(Reservo pagtso1i10 thruugh 414)
71
1
r
' ITEM P-620 - RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING
M 620-2.1 RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING
' Runway and taxiway painting shall apply with the following modifica-
tionss 620-2.1, PAINT, delete paragraph and substitute the followings
The paint shall meet the requirements of Federal Speciflcation TT-P-85
and the paint shall be used with reflective media.
620-2.2 REFLECTIVE MEDIA
Delete the paragraph and substitute the follo-,Ings
The paint for runway and taxiway painting shall be reflective paint
and this feature will be provided by the addition of a minimum of 10 pounds
of glass spheres per gallon of paint to the surface of the pigmented binder.
r This reflective media shall conform to Federal Specification TT-9-1325, Type III.
620-4.1 Delete the phrase "or one item complete in place".
' 620-5.1 Delete the first sentence aid substitute the followings
Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square foot
for painting.
r
r
1
1
r
10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
r
r ITEM P-620 RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING
' Description
620-1.1 This item shall consist of the painting of numbers, markings, and
r stripes on the surface of runways and taxiways applied in accordance with
these specifications and at the locationF shown on the plans, or as directed
by the engineer.
r Materials
620-2.1 PAINT. The paint shall meet the requirements of Fed. Spec. TT-P-85.
The paint may be used with or without reflective media, as specified.
r
620-2.2 REFLECTIVE MEDIA. When reflective paint is specified, this feature
r will be provided by the addition of glass spheres to the surface of the
pigmented binder. The reflective media shall conform to Fed, Spec.
Tr-8-1325, Tyre III.
r Construction Methods
r 620-3.1 WEATVER LIMITATIONS. The painting shall be performed only when tile's
existing surface is dry and clean, when the atmospheric temperature is above
' 40' F., and when the weather is not excessively windy, dusty, or foggy. The
suitability of the weather will be determined by the engineer.
620-3.2 EQUIPMENT. All equipment for the work shall be approved by the
engineer and shall include the apparatus necessary to properly clean the
existing surface, a mechanical marking machine, and such auxiliary hand
r painting equipment as may be necessary to satisfactorily complete the job,
The mechanical marker shall be an approved atomizing spray-type marking
' machine suitable for application of traffic paint. It shall produce an even
and uniform film thickness at the required coverage and shall be designed so
as to apply markings of uniform cross sections and clear-cut edges without
running or spattering and within the limits for straightness set forth
herein. When needed, a dispenser shall be furnished which is properly
designed for attachment to the mechanical marker and suitable for dispensing
the required quantity of reflective media,
r
DIV 11 Page l+15
1
AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
' ITEM P-620 RUMJAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING
' Suitaf,le adjustments shall be provided on the sprayer(s) of a single machine
or by furnishing additional equipment for painting the width required.
620-3.3 PREPARATION OF EXISTING SURFACE. Immediately before application of
the pint, t e existing surface shall be dry and entirely free from dirt,
greaais oil, acids, laitance, or other foreign matter which would reduce the
bond between the coat of paint and the pavement. The surface shall be
thoroughly cleaned by sweeping and blowing as required to remove all flirts
laitance, and loose materials. Areas which cannot be satisfactorily cleaned
by brooming and blowing shall be scrubbed as directed with a water solution
of trisodium phosphate (10% Na3Po4 by weight) or an approved equal solution.
After scrubbing, the solution shall be rinsed off and the surface dried prior
to painting.
ExJeting markings or stripes which are to be abandoned or removed shall be
obliterated or obscured by the best methods suited for the purpose and to the
satisfaction of the engineer.
' 620-3.4 LAYOUTS AND ALIGNMENT. On those sections of pavements where rto
previously applied figures, markings, or stripes arG available to serve as a
guide, suitable layouts and lines of proposed stripes shall be spotted in
advance of the paint application. Control points shall.be spaced at such
intervals as will insure accurate location of all markings.
The contractor shill provide an experienced technician to supervise the
location, alignments layout, dimensions, and application of the paint.
Single stripes shall be applied wholly on one side of the longitudinal
pavement joints. Double or multiple stripes shall be centered over similar
joints.
' 620-3.5 APPLICATION. Markings shall be applied at the locations and to the
dimensions and spacing indicated on the plans or as specified. Paint shall
not be applied until the layouts, indicated alignment, and the condition of
' the existing surface have been approved by the engineer.
The paint shall be mixed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions
' before application. The paint shall be thoroughly mixed and applied to the
surface of the pavement with the marking machine at 1.t.9 original conpistency
without the audition of thinner. If the paint is applied by brush, the
surface shall receive two coats; One first coat shall be thoroughly dry
' before the second coat is applied,
' Page W DIV It
t 7 7
70/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
ITEM P-620 RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING
1
When reflectorized markings are applied, the reflective media shall be
' distributed ro the surface of the pigmented binder immediately and imbedded
at the rate and depth a3 required to provide adhesion and reflection.
' A period of several weeks shall elapse between application of the
bituminous seal coat or the placement of the bituminous surface course and
the marking of the pavement. The paint shall not bleed excessively, curl,
t or discolor when applied to bituminous surfaces.
In the application of straight stripes, any deviation in the edges
exceeding 1/2 inch in 50 feet shall be obliterated and the marking
corrected. The width of the markings shall be as designated within a
tolerance of 5%. All painting shall be performed to the satisfaction of
the engineer by compentent and experienced equipment operators, laborero,
and artisans in a neat and workmanlike manner.
Paint shall be applied uniformly by suitable equipment at a rate of not
' less than 105 nor more than 115 square feet per gallon. Glass spheres
shall be applied at the rate of 10 pounds per gallon of paint.
High-intensity granules shall be applied at the rate of 1.7 pounds per
gallon of paint.
' The contractor shall furnish a certified report on the quality of materials
ordered for the work. This report shall not 'be interproted as a basis for
' final acceptance. The engineer shall be notified upon arrival of shipment
for inspecting and sampling of the materials. When required, all emptied
containers shall be retu need to the paint material storage or made
available for tallying by the engineer. The containers shall not be
' removed from the airport or destroyed without permission. The contractor
shall make an accurate accounting of the paint materials used in tb e
accepted work.
' 620-3.6 P70TECTION. After application of the paint, all markings shall be
' protected while the paint is drying. The fresh paint shall be protected
from injury or damage of any kind. The contractor shall be directly
responsible and shall erect or place suitable warning signs, flags or
barricades, protective screens, or coverings as noquired. All surfaces
' Shall be protected from disfiguration by spatter, splashes, spillage,
drippings of paint or other materials.
1
t
DIV 11 Page 417
7 7 r. ~I
' io/2-4/74
AC 150/5370-10
ITEM P-620 RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING
620-3,7 DEFECTIVE WORKMANSHIP OR MATERIAL. When any material not conforming
_ to tIiq requirements of the specifications or plans has been delivered to the
project or incorporated in the work or any work perforated is of inferior
quality, such material or work shall be considered defective and shall be
' corrected as directed by the engineer, at the expense of the contractor.
Method of Measurement
r
620-4.1 The quantity of runway and taxiway numbering and marking as shown on
tie plans to be paid for shall be the number of square feet of painting or
one item complete in place, all performed in accordance with the
specifications and accepted by the engineer.
r Basis of Payment
620-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square foot or
contract lump sum for painting, This price shall be full compensation fotof
furnishing all materials and for all preparation layout, and application
the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary
to complete the item.
' Payment will be made under:
item P-620-5.1 Runway and Taxiway Painting - per square foot.
' Item P-620-5.1 Runway and Taxiway Painting - lump sum.
TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMNTS
' Test and short titic Material and short title
None 1 TT-P-85--Paint
' J TT-B-1325--Reflective
Beads
i -
1Federal Specification
i
' It
Page 08 DIV
i 7 i7 r
e
AC 150/5370-10
10/24/74
' DIVISION IV
' DRAINAGE
' ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM S>rWERS AND CULVERTS
' Description
701-1.1 This item shall consist of pipe of the types, classes, sizes, and
dimensions required on the plans, furnished and installed at the places
designated on the plans and profiles, or by the engineer, in accordance with
these specifications and with the lines and grades given.
The item shall include the bid price per linear foot of pipe in piece, the
cost of common excavation and backfill, the cost of furnishing and installing
' all trench bracing, all fittings required to complete the pipe drain as shown
on the plans, and the material for and the making of all joints, including
all connections to existing drainage pipe and structures.
' Materials
701-2.1 GENERAL. The pipe shall be of the type called for on the plans or
in the proposal and shall be in accordance with the following appropriate
t requirements.
When harmful concentrations of petroleum fuels are wasted to the piping, pipe
' containing bituminous products in its coating and/or paving, nor pipe
jointing made with material, such as rubber, that would also be adversely
affected shall not be used.
' 701-2.2 VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE. Vitrified clay pipe shall conform the
requirements of AASHO M 65; or the appropriate ASTM C-13, C-261, or C-462 for
' standard strength pipe, and ASTH C-200, C-278, or C-463 for extra strength
pipe.
' 101-2.3 CONCRETE SEWER PIPE. Concrete sewer pipe, standard, nonreinforced,
shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 86 or A.STM C-14.
t
DIV IV Page 463
1 AC 150/5370-10 1O/24/74
' ITEM D-,701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS
' 701-2.4 CONCRETE CULVERT AND SEWER PIPE. Concrete culvert and sewer pipe,
reinforced, shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 370 or ASTM C-76.
' 701-2.5 CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE. Corrugated steel pipe shall conform to the
requirements of Fed. Spec. WW-P-405.
1 701-2.5,1 STRUCTURAL PLATE PIPE, PIPE ARCH, AND AR(H. Structural plate
pipe, pipe arch, and arch shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec.
WW-P-405.
1 701-2,5.2 ASBESTOS-BONDED CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE. Asbestos-bonded corrugated
steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed, Spec. WW-P-405.
701-2.6 BITUMINOUS-COATED CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE. Bituminous-coated
corrugated steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec.
WW-P-405.
701-2.6.1 BITUMINOUS-COATED STRUCTURAL PLATE PIPE, PIPE ARCH, AND ARCH.
' Bituminous-coated structural plate pipe, pipe arch, and arch shall conform to
the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW-P-405.
' 701-2.6.2 BITUMINOUS-COATED, ASBESTOS-B W DED CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE.
Bituminous-coated, asbestos-bonded corrugated steel pipe shall conform to the
requirements of Fed. Spec, WW-P-405.
701-2.7 CORRUGATED ALUMINUM ALLOY PIPE. Corrugated aluminum alloy pipe
' shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW-P-402.
' 701-2,8 BITUMINOUS-COATED, CORRUGATED ALUMINUM ALLOY PIPE.
Bituminous-coated, corrugated aluminum alloy pipe shall conform to the
requirements of Fed. Spec. WW-P-402.
1 701-2.9 ASBESTOS-CENENT SEWER PIPE. Asbestos-cement sever pipe shall
conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. SS-P-331.
t
Page 464 DIV IV
AC 150/5370-1.0
10/24/74
ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS
701-2.10 MORTAR. Mortar for pipe joints and connections to other drainage
structures shall be composed of 1 part, by volume, of Portland cement and 2
conform to conform to the
parts of mortar sand. 1. 'Thee portland sand cement shall
equirementsgofrAASHOsM
AASHO M 85, Type ype
45. Hydrated lime may be added to the mixture of sand and cement in an
amount equal to 15% of the weight of cement used. The hydrated lime shall
' meet the requirements of ASTH C-6.
701-2.11 CONCRETE. Concrete for pipe cradles shall conform to the
requirements of Item P-610.
' 701-2.12 OAKUM PACKING. Oakwt packing for joints in bell and spigot pipe
shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. HH-P-117.
' 701-2.13 RIBBER GAS10;T JOINTS. Rubber-type gaskets for concrete nonpressure
pipe shall conform to the requirementa of ASTM C-443.
t If the gaskets are to be exposed to petroleum products, a swelling test based
on Methods 6001 and 6211 of Fed. Std. 601 shall be used. When the letter
meettth212* F. , the e low-temperature swelling
method is used with No. 3(Gaskefor 70 ts shallhours
' exceed 1002, by volume.
requirements of Fed. Spec. HH-G-156).
' 701-2.14 COKPOSITION CASKET JOINTS. Factory fabricated jointing connections
using materials having resilient properties on vitrified clay pipe shall
conform to the requirements of AST?i C-425.
' If the gaskets are to be exposed t3 petroleum products, a swelling test based
on Methods 6001 and 6211 of Fed. Std. 601 shall be used. When the latter
' method is used with No. 3 oil for 70 hours at 212° F., the swelling shall not
exceed 100%, by volume. (Gaskets shall meet the low-temperature flexibility
requirements of Fed. Spec. HH-G-156).
t 701-2.15 JOINT-SEALING COMPOUND, Joint-sealing compound used in filling
joints of bell and spigot sewer pipe shall conform to the requirements of
' Fed. Spec. SS-S-169 or SS-S-210.
1
Page 465
D1V IV
777.1
i. „ .
' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/711
' ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS
Construction Methods
' 701-3.1 EQUIPMENT. All equipment necessary and required for the proper
construction of storm sewers and culverts shall be on the project, in
first-class working condition, and approved by the engineer before
' construction is permitted to start.
The contractor shall provide appropriate hoisting equipment to handle the
pipe while unloading and placing it in its final position without damage to
the pipe,
' The contractor shall provide hand tampers and pneumatic tampers to obtain
the required compaction of the pipe bed and the b_ckfill, as specified.
' 701-3.2 EXCAVATION,
(a) Commo . The contractor shall do all common excavation to thb depth
' shown on the plans. Common excavation shall consist of all excavation not
included under rock excavation.
a (b) ock. The contractor shall do all rock excavation to the specified
depth shown on the plans plus the required addtional depth for bedding.
Rock excavation shall consist of the removal of boulders and detached rock,
1/2 cubic yard in volume or greater, and of all rock in place in ledges or
masses which can be removed only by the use of bare and sledges or by
blasting.
' {,there rock, or soil containing rocks or gravel, hard pan, or other
unyielding foundation material is encountered in trench excavation, the pipe
shall be bedded in accordance with the requirements of one of the classes of
' bedding but with the following additions; The hard unyielding material
shall be excavated below the elevaticn of the bottom of the pipe or pipe
bell to a depth of at least 8 inches or 1/2 inch for each foot of fill over
the top of the pipe, whichever is greater, but not more than three-fourths
the nominal diameter of the pipe. The cushion shall consist of a fine
compressive material, such as silty clay or loam, lightly compacted, and
shaped as required for the specified class of bedding. The cost of
' furnishing and placing the cushion material shall be included in the bid
price per cubic yard for rock excavation. Before any rock is removed, the
engineer shall have the opportunity to obtain the necessary data to
' determine the yardage to be used for payment. The bottom of the trench
shall be excavated to a horizontal section as far as practicable.
1
Page 466 DIV 1V
r
AC 15015370-10
10/24/71
ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS
r (c) General. Excavated material not required or acceptable for
backfill shall be disposed of by the contractor as directed by the engineer.
' Common excavation shall not be carried below the required depth; but when it
is, the trench shall be backfilled at the contractor's expense with material
approved by compacted
compaction density control h tests surrounding
the t FAA to the
T 611earth material as de
' when directed, unstable soil shall be removed for the full width of the
trench and replaced with sand or with approved granular material. The
engineer shall determine the depth of removal of unstable soil and the and amount of backfill neieldin .co dThe ition tolformathebbed forcthe pipe haWhento
a firm but slightly y 8
' not specified in the special provisions, the cost of removing unstable soil
and replacing it with approved maieriai shall be covered by a supplemental
agreement for the cubic yards of excavation and of approved material.
r The depth of cut shown on the plans is from the surface grade to the invert
of the pipeline. In case the depth of cut is changed from that shown on the
plans, the change shall not exceed 6 inches without a revision in the
r contract unit price per linear foot of pipe. However, if the depth of cut
is changed more than 6 inches, compensation or deduction of work involved,
whether increased or decreased, shall be provided for in a supplemental
' agreement.
The minimum width of the trench at the top of the pipe, when placed, shall
' be a width which will permit the proper construction of joints and
compaction of backfill around the pipe. The sides of the trench shall be
vertical, unless otherwise approved by the engineer. The maximum allowable
width of the trench shall not exceed 12 inches on each side of the pipe when
' placed, unless otherwise approved by the engineer.
The bed for the pipe shall be so shaped that at least the lower quarter of
a the pipe circumference shall be in continuous contact with the bottom of the
trench.
The contractor shall do such trench bracing, sheathing, or shoring necessary
' to perform and protect the excavation as required for safety and conformance
to governing laws. The bracing, sheathing, or shoring shall not be removed
in one operation but shall be done in successive stages as determined by the
' engineer to prevent overloading of the pipe during back£illing operations.
The cost of the bracing, sheathing, or shoring, and the removal of same,
shall be included in the unit price bid per foot for the pipe.
1
r
DIV IV Page 467
1
1
' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/'j4
' ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS
' 701-3.3 CRADLES. When the engineer finds the bottom of the trench to be an
insufficient foundation for the pipe, he shall determine the locations and
' dimensions of the necessary cradles to properly support the pipe. The design
details for the cradles shall be as shown on the plans.
701-3.4 LAYING AND INSTALLING PIPE.
(a) Clay-Pipe and Concrete Pipe. The contractor shall provide the
' necessary mason's lines and supports to insure installation of the pipe to
line and grade, as staked by the engineer. The contractor's facilities for
lowering the pipe into the trench shall be such that neither the pipe nor the
trench will be damaged or disturbed.
The engineer shall inspect all pipe before it is laid, and reject any section
that is damaged by handling or is defective to a degree which will materially
e affect the function and service of the pipe.
The laying of the pipe in the finished trench shall be started at the-lowest
point and laid upgrade. When bell and spigot pipe is used, the bell shall be
laid upgrade. If tongue and groove pipe is used, the grooved end shall be
laid upgrade.
' The pipe shall be firmly and accurately set to line and grade so that the J
invert will be smooth and uniform. The pipe shall be protected from water
during placing and until the mortar in the joints has thoroughly set.
When bell and spigot pipes are used, spaces for the pipe bells shall be dug
in the pipe subgrade to accommodate the bells. These spaces shall be deep
' enough to insure that the bells do not bear the load of the pipe; they shall
not be excessively wide in relation to the longitudinal direction of the
trench. When the pips are laid, the barrel of each section of pipe shall be
' in contact with the quadrant-shaped bedding throughout its full length,
exclusive of the bell, to support the entire load of the pipe.
' Pipe shall not be laid on frozen ground.
When placing concrete pipe constructed with elliptical reinforcing, the pipe
shall be oriented in accordance with the manufacturer's markings of top or
' bottom.
The upgrade end of pipelines not terminating in a structure shall be plugged
t or capped as approved by the engineer.
' Page 468 DIV IV
i
' 10/24/'14 AC 150/5370-10
r ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS
' Pipe which is not true in alignment, or which shows any settlement after
laying, shall be taken up and relaid without extra compensation.
t The contractor shall provide, as may be necessary, for the temporary
diversion of steam flow in order to permit the installation of the pipe under
dry conditions.
' (b) Corrugated Steel -Pipe. Corrugated steel pipe shall be laid with
separate sections joined firmly together with coupling bands conforming to
' Fed. Spec. WW-P-405, with out% ide laps of circumferential joints pointing
upgrade, and with longitudinal laps on the sides.
Proper facilities shall be provided for lowering the pipe when it is to be
' placed in a trench. The pipe shall be laid carefully and true to lines and
grades on a bed which is uniformly firm throughe+st tcs length. Any pipe
which is not in true alignment, or which shows any undue settlement after
' being laid or is damaged, shall be taken up and relaid without extra
compensation.
The pipe shall be placed so that the element of the cylindrical pipe
' constituting the centerline of the paved section shall coincide with the flow
line of the culvert or sewer. Sections of paved pipe shall be laid so that
the flow line is smooth and continuous across joints.
' All pipe shall be handled so as to prevent bruising, or breaking of the
spelter coating or the bituminous coating. All spots on the pipe where the
' spelter or bituminous coating has been injure4 or destroyed shall be painted
with two coats of asphaltic paint, or otherwise repaired in a satisfactory
manner.
t Where elongated pipe is shown on the plans or specified in the proposal, the
pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW-P-405.
' 701-3.5 MORTAR. The mortar shall be of the desired consistency for calking
and filling the joints of the pipe or for calking and filling between the
' pipe and the drainage structures. Mortar that is not used within 45 minutes
after water has been added shall be discarded. Retempering of mortar shall
not be permitted.
1
DIV IV page 469
1
' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS
701-3.6 PIPE JOINTS. Pipe joints for clay or concrete pipe may be of the
bell and spigot type or the tongue and groove type unless one type is
specified by the engineer. One of the following methods of jointing pipe
' shall be used:
(a) Cement Mortar Joints.
' (1) Bell and spigot pipe. The first pipe shall be bedded to the
established grade line, placing the bell end upstream. The interior surface
of the bell shall be carefully cleaned with a wet brush, and the lower
portion of the bell filled with mortar to such a depth as to bring the inner
surfaces of the abutting pipe flush and even. The spigot and of each
subsequent pipe shall be cleaned with a wet brush and uniformly matched into
' the bell so that the sections are closely fitted. After each section is
laid, the remainder of the joint shall be filled mortar, and a bead shall be
formed around the outside of the joint with a sufficient amount of additional
mortar. The cement mortar shall be protected from rapid drying from exposure
to sun or wind by suitable covering such as damp burlap kept moist for at
least 24 hours. If the mortar is not sufficiently stiff to prevent
appreciable slump before setting, the outside of the joint should be wrapped
' or bandaged with cheesecloth to hold the mortar in place,
(2) Tongue and Groove pipe. The first pipe shall be bedded
carefully to the established grade line with the the upstream. A allow
excavation shall be made underneath the pipe at joint and fiUed with
mortar to provide a bed for the second. pipe. The grooved end of the first
pipe shall be carefully cleaned with a wet brush, and a layer of soft mortar
1 applied to the lower half of the groove. The tongue of the second pipe shall
be cleaned carefully with a wet brush, and while in a horizontal position, a
layer of soft mortar shall be applied to the upper half of the tongue. The
tongue end of the second pipe shall then be inserted in the grooved end of
the first pipe until mortar is squeezed out on the interior and exterior
surfaces. Sufficient mortar shall be used to completely fill the joint and
e to form a bead on the outside. The cement mortar shall be protected from
rapid drying from exposure to sun or wind by suitable covering such as a damp
burlap kept moist for at least 24 hours, If the mortar is not sufficiently
stiff to prevent appreciable slump before setting, some method shall be
' provided to hold the mortar in place.
' V
Page 470 DIV I
10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
' ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SWERS AND CULVERTS
(b) Cement Grout joints.
' (1) Bell andspigot pipe. The pipe shall be bedded and installed
as described in a above, with the exception of placing mortar. Suitable
means shall be furnished for centering the spigot into the bell. The joint
' shall be sealed with cement grout poured or pumped into diaper bands. Diaper
bands shall be made from a suitable fabric of sufficiently close weave to
prevent the loss of cement from the grout but shall not be waterproof. The
' longitudinal edges of the bands shall be rolled and hemmed in a manner to
contain a steal wire or strap along each edge. The width of the band shall
be such that it will tie back of the bell and yet extend over the joint. The
length shall extend to at least 40% of the outside diameter of the pipe, but
the steel wires or straps shall be of sufficient extra length so the ends can
be twisted or fastened together at the top of the pipe to hold the diaper
tight against the pipe. After securing the band, an inspection shall be made
' to insure that the band is positipned completely around the pipe and that the
joint is covered. The fabric of the band shall be dipped in cement mortar
before placing, but the fabric shall not be dry nor the mortar set before
' pouring the joint. The cement grout shall consist of the same materials as
specified for mortar but shall contain sufficient water to maintain a
free-pouring consistency. The grout shall be poured between the band and the
pipe through the openings in the diaper at the bottom of the pipe. The
pouring of grout shall alternate from side to side of the pipe, and
successive pourings shall fill the joint in almost equal lifts on each side.
Care shall be exercised to seal the joint at the bottom of the pipe. The
diaper shall be left in place. No backfilling shall be done until the joints
have been inspected and approved.
(2) Tongue and groove pipe. The pipe shall be bedded and
installed as described in (a)(2) above, with the exception of placing the
mortar. Suitable means shall be furnished for centering the tongue into the
groove. The joint shall be sealed with cement grout poured or pumped into
' diaper bands. The bands shall meet the requirements of (b)(1) above. The
diaper band shall be approximately 8 inches in width and shall be placed
symmetrically over the joint. The sealing of the joint shall meet the
requirements of (b)(1) above. No backfilling shall be done until the joints
have been inspected and spproved.
(c) Rubber asket ,loints, The gasket shall be installed in accordance
' with the manufacturer's instructions.
' DIV IV Page 471
10/24/74
AC 150/5370-10
' ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS
' (d) Com osition casket Joints. The gasket shall be installed in
accordance wit1, the manufacturers instructions.
(e) Joint-s ealing Cospouni. Joint-sealing compound, hot-pour,
'
mineral-filled, shall be used in filling joints of bx11 and spigot sewer
pipe. The bell and spigot pipe shall be installed and centered so that the shall
orkum 1 annular apace anduniform
then shallhbe sea edrwithca jo nt compounddconforming to
joint packing
the requirements of Fed. Spec. SS-S-169. The oakum shall be packed into tht
for pouring ace, me
the e
the bel ' joint mp as to The space pshall beat least 1 inchnforfpipes 15linches or less
the compound. :',B to 24 inches in
in diameter, shall be at least 1 112 inches foi pipes
r than 24 inches in
diameter, and shall be at least 2 inches for p pes large joint runner
diameter. When jointing pipe in its final position, a suitable
previously coated to facilitate removal shall be placed
shall be the pipe,until
leaving an opening at the top of the runner. The joint poured
completely filled with the compound, • the pouring shall be made as rapidly as
possible without entrapping air. After the compound has cooled and set=, the
runner may be rem:,-.red. The joint shall be inspected for unfilled spaces is
1 unsatisfactory jointing. Alternate joints may be poured bere the pipe
lowered into the trench. In this case, the joint shall be poured with the
pipe in a vertical position without the use the runner. The compo nted,
shall be, thoroughly set before the pipe is
the pipe shall be handled carefully so as not to move or deform the jointing. ackf r 701-3.7 reas;- n abl Gtime afters heap pand esearevinstalled, unless
oth erled
within ithin a reasoaab a
protection of the pipe is directed. The backfill material shall be selects is pl granular ie a d1 foot over the top shalltbeimaterial whichacan be
the
sides of the the p pipp
readily compacted. It shall notcontain
clay,stones
or anyaother material whichvis
1 frozen lumps, chunks highly plastic
in shall use beBs moistened or dried,
kfiU material shell
objectionable Loo be the caompacted.by the method material
if necessary,
be approved by the engineer. o ex
6 in depth
The backfill shall be placed is eclat carershall be takendto secure thorough
along each aide of the pipe. P This backfill
compaction under the heasidee fiche structurepto an elevation of 1
shall be brought up evenly nly on each
foot over the tip of the pipe, or such greater elevation as directed by the
engineer. Backfilling shall be done in a manner to avoid injurious top or
side pressures on the pipe.
DIY IV
Page 472
' I 0/24/'14 AC 150/5370-10
' ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SM. RS AND CULVERTS
' In embankments and for other areas outside
lateral die ts, the fill shall
the
compacted at each side of the pipe for a
outside diameter or 12 feet, whichever is lees, and carried up to an
elevation of at least 1 foot above the top of the pipe. The backfill shall
be compacted to the density required for embankments in unpaved areas under
item P-152. Under paved areas, the subgrade and any backfill shall be
compacted to the density required for embankments for paved areas under Item
P-152.
shall be at the expense
' Movement of construction pipe damaged culvert
contractors risk. Any pipe
of the contractor.
701-3.8 CONNECTIONS. Where the plans call for connections to existing or
system.
watertight proposed smooth uniformtflow linewillnbecobtainedathroughout thedrainage d a
1 761-3.9 CIEANINC AND RESTORATION OF SITE. After the backfill is completed,
the contractor shall dispose W&
deposited l lin material, dirt, and r boisasfrom
the site. Surplus dirt may d embankment, shoulders, r
ordered by the engineer. Except for paved areas of the airport, the
contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to their original condition.
clear, andeInvgoodlco tools and dition. other
After all
leaving completed, th eentire the contractor
eequipment,work is
Performance of the work described in this section is not payable directly but
'
shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the contractor covered
under the contract unit price for the pipe.
701-3.10 INSPECTION. Prior to final approval of the drainage system, the
engineer, accompanied by the contractor's representative, shall e
thorough inspection, by an appropriate method, of the entire installation
t Any indication of defects in material or workmanship, or obstrucion o flow
in the pipe system, shall be further investigated and corrected. Defects due
to the contractor's negligence shall be corrected by the contractor without
' additional compensation and as directed by the engineer.
Page 473
DIV IV '
AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
t ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS
' Method of Measurement
' 701-4.1 The footage of pipe to be paid for shall be the number of linear
feet of pipe in place, completed, and approved to be measured along the
centerline of the pipe from end or inside face of structure to the end or
inside face of structure, wh:lchever is applicable. The several classes,
types, and sizes shall be measured aeoarately. All fittings shall be
included in the footage as ty,)ical pipe sections in the pipeline being
' measured.
701-4_2 The volume of concrete for pipe cradles to be paid for shall be the
M number of cubic yards of concrete complete in place and accepted as
determined from the dimensions sham on the plans or as ordered by the
' engineer.
701-4.3 Rock required to be removed shall be computed by the cubic yard for
' the specified width of the trench and to a depth of 4 inches below the bed of
the pipe. No payment shall be made for the cushion material placed for the
bed of the pipe or for additional backfill material.
Basis of Payment
' 701-5.1 Payment All be made at the contract unit price per linear loot for
each kind of pipe of the type, class, and size designated; at the contract
unit price per cubic yard of concrete for pipe cradles; and at the contract
These. prices shall be full
wit price per cubic yard for rock excavation.
compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation,
' excavation, and installation of these materials, and for all labor,
equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item.
Payment will be made under,
item D-701-5.1 Size inch (Type of pipet per linear
foot.
Item D-703-5.1 Concrete for Pipe Cradles - per cubic yard.
Item D-101-5.1 Rock Excavation - per cubic yard.
DIu IV
Page 474
1 1
t AC 150/5370-10
10/24/74
' ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEVERS AND CULVERTS
TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
Test and short title Material and short title
' FAA T-611--Density AASHO M 65--VC Pipe
ASTM C-13--VC Pipe
' ASTM C-261--VC Pipe
t ASTM C-462--VC Pipe
ASTM C-200--VC Pipe
' ASTM C-278--VC Pipe
ASTH C-463--VC Pipe
' AASHO M 86--Sewer Pipe
' ASTM C-14--Sewer Pipe
WW-P-405--Corrugated
Pipe
1 ~'rh1-P-402--Aluminum
Pipe
AASHO M 190--Bituminous
CS Pipe
t SS-P-331--Asbestos CS
Pipe
AASHO M 85--Portland
Cement
' AASHO M 45--Sand
ASTM C-6--1.1me
' 1/HH-P-117--Oakum
t
DIV IV Page 4n5
r
AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
' ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SW ERS AND CULVERTS
' 1/HH-G-156--Flexibility
Fed. Std. 601--Gasket
' Swell
ASTH C 443--Rubber
r Gasket
ASTM C 425--Gasket
' YSS-S-210--Sealer
1/SS-S-169--Sealer
' ASTH C-76 RC--Pipe
' AASHO H 170 RC--Pipe
ROTE: Others as required by referenced specifications.
r
.3/Federal Specification
t
1
r
Page 476 DIV IV
1
1
10/2)1/'14 AC 150/5370-10
' DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
' i'fKM D-751 Mtu4kL0LPS9 CATCH BASINS, INLETS
AND INSPECTION HOLES
' Description
' %51-1.1 Thia item shall consist of manholes, catch basins, inlets, and
inspection holes, in accordance with these specifications, at the specified
' locations and conforming to the lines, grades. acid dimensions shown on the
plane or required by the engineer.
Materialu
' 151-2.1 `BRICK. 'ilia brick shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 91.
' 751-2.2 MORTAR. The mortar for brick masonry and similar work shall be
comnused of l part of Portland cement and 2 parts of mortar sand, by volume.
The Portland cement shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 85. The
' sand shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 45. Hydrated lime may be
added to the mixture of sand and cement in an amount not to exceed 15% of
the weight of cement used, The hydrated lime shall meet the requirements of
AST14 C 6. The water shall be clean and free of deleterious amounts of
acidu, alkalies, or organic material. if the water is of questionable
quaLity, it shall be tested in accordancn with AASHO T 26,
' 151-2.3 CONCRETE. Plain and reinforced concrete used in structures,
connections of piper with Nt.ructures, and the support of structures or
' frames shall conform to this requirements of Item P•610.
751-2.4 PRECAST CONCRETE PIPE MANHOIE RINGS, Precast concrete pipe manhole
rings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C-418, Unless otherwise
specified, the risers and offset cone sections shall have an inside diameter
of not less than 36 inches nor more than 48 inches,
DIV LV Page 4E)
_ 1
' AC 15015370-10 10/24/74
' ITEH D-751 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS
AND INSPECTION HOLES
751-2.5 CORRUGATED METAL. Corrugated metal shall conform to the
' requirements of Fed. Spec. WW-P-405.
' 751--2.6 FRAMES, COVERS, AND GRATES. The castings shall conform to one of
[he following requirementst
(a) Gray iron castings shall meet the requirements of AASHO M 105.
r (b) Malleable iron castings shall meet the requiremeuts of AASHO M 106.
(c) Steel castings shall meet the requirements of AASHO M 103.
(d) Structural steel for grates and frames shall conform to the
requirements of AASHO M 94.
All castings or structural steel units shall conform to the dimensions shown
on the plans and shall be designed to support the loadings specified:
' Each frame and cover or grate unit shall be provided with fastening members
to prevent it from being dislodged by traffic but which will allow easy
' removal for access to the structure.
All castings shall be thoroughly cleaned and given two coats of approved
' bituminous paint. After fabrication, structural steel unite shall be
galvanized to meet the requirements of AASHO M 111.
' 751-2.7 STEPS, The steps or ladder bare shall be gray or malleable cast
iron, galvanized wrought iron, or galvanized steel. Wrought iron shall meet
tha requirements of AASHO M 100. The steps shall be the size, length, and
' shape shown on the plans and those steps that are not galvanized shall be
given a coat of bituminous paint, when directed.
1
1
' Page 490 DIV IV
10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
ITEM D-751 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS
AND INSPECTION HOLES
' Construction Methods
751-3.1 W CLhSSIFIED EXCAVATION,
' (a) The contractor shall do all excavation for structures and structure
footings to the lines and grades or elevations, shown on the plans, or as
staked by the engineer. The excavation shall be of sufficient size to permit
' the placing oil the full width and length of the structure or structure
footings shorn. The elevations of the bottoms of footings, as shown on the
plans, shall be considered as approximately only; and the engineer may order,
in writing, changes in dimensions or elevations of footings necessary to
' secure a satisfactory foundation.
(b) Boulders, logs, or any other objectionable material encountered in
' excavation shall be removed. All rock or other hard foundation material
shall be cleaned of all loose material and cut to a firm surface either
level, stepped, or serrated, as directed by the engineer. All seams or
' crevices shall, be cleaned out and grouted. All loose and disintegrated rock
and thin strata shall be removed. When concrete is to rest on a surface
other than rock, special care shall be taken not to diiturb the bottom of the
excavation, ar,d excavation to final grade shall not be made until just before
' the concrete or reinforcing is to be placed,
(c) The contractor shall do all bracing, sheathing, or shoring
' necessary to Implement and protect the excavation and the structure as
required for I-afety or conformance to governing laws. The cost of bracing,
sheathing, or shoring shall be included in the unit price bid for the
structure.
(d) Unlcss otherwise provided, bracing, sheathing, or shoring involved
in the construction of this item shall be removed by the contractor after the
' completion of the structure. Removal shall be effected in a manner which
will not disturb or mar finished masonry. The cost of removal shall be
included in tle unit price bid for the structure.
' (e) After each excavation is completed, the contractor shall notify the.
engineer to that effect; and concrete or reinforcing steel shall be placed
' after the engineer has approved the depth of the excavation and the character
of the foundation material.
1
r
DIV IV page 491
' AC 150/5370-10 to/24/74
a
ITF.II D-751 11XNHOLES, CATCH BASItIS, INLETS
' AND INSPECTION HOLES
' 751-3.2 BRICK STRUCTURES.
(a) Foundationu, A prepared foundation shall be placed for all brick
structures after the foundation excavation is completed and accepted. Unless
' otherwise specified, the base shall consist of reinforced concrete mixed,
prepared, and placed in accordance with the requirements of Item P-610. The
foundation shall be built to the correct elevation and shall be finished to
' cause the least possible resistance to flowing water.
(b) Laying Brick. All brick shall be clean and thoroughly wet before
' laying so that they will not absorb any appreciable amount of additional
water at the time they are laid. All brick shall be laid in freshly made
mortar. Mortar that is not used within 45 minutes after water has been added
shall be discarded. Retempering of mortar shall not be permitted. An ample
' layer of mortar shell be spread on the beds and a shallow furrow shall be
made in it which can be readily closed by the laying of the brick. All bed
and head Joints shall be filled solid with mortar. End Joints of stretchers
' and side or cross Joints of headers shall be fully buttered with mortar and a
shoved Joint made to squeeze out mortar at the top of the ,Joint. Any bricks
that may be loosened after the mortar has taken its set, shall be removed,
cleaned, and relaid with f resh mortar. No broken or chipped brick shall be
used in the face, and no spalls or bats shall be used except where necessary
to shape around irregular openings or edges; in which case, full bricks shall
be placed at ends or corners where possible, and the bats shall be used in
the interior of the course. In making closures, no piece of brick shorter
than the width of a whole brick shall be used; and wherever practicable,
whole brick shall be used and laid as headers.
(c) Joints. All Joints shall be slushed with mortar at every curse,
but slushing alone will not be considered adequate for making an acceptable
1 ,Joint. Exterior faces shall be laid up in advance of baking. Exterior
faces shall be back plastered or pargeted with a coat of mortar not less than
3/8-inch thick before the backing is laid up. Prior to pargeting, all Joints
on the back of face courses shall be cut flush, Unless otherwise noted,
Joints shall be not less than 1/4-inch nor more than 1/2-inch wide and
whatever width is adopted shall be maintained uniform throughout the work.
(d) Pointing. Face joints shall be neatly struck, using the weather
joint. A11 Joints shall be finished properly as the laying of the brick
progresses. When nails or line pins are used the holes shall be immediately
' plugged with mortar and pointed when the nail or pin Is removed.
' Page 492 DIV IV
' 70/211/74 AC 150/5370-10
ITEM D-751 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS
AND INSPECTION HOLES
(e) Cleaning. Upon completion of the work all exterior surfaces shall
be thoroughly cleaned by scrubbing and washing down with water and, if
' necessary to produce satisfactory results, cleaning shall be done with a 5%
solution of muriatic acid which shall then be rinsed off with liberal
quantities of clean fresh water.
' (f) Curing and Cold Weather Protection. In hot or dry weather, or when
directed by the engineer, the brick masonry shall be protected and kept moist
' for at least 48 hours after laying the brick. Brick masonry work or pointing
shall not be done when there Is frost in the brick or when the air
temperature is below 50° F. unless the contractor has on the project ready to
use, suitable covering and artificial heating devices necessary to keep the
' atmosphere surrounding the masonry at a temperature of not less than 60° F.
for the duration of the curing period.
' 751-3.3 CONCRETE STRUCTURES. Concrete structures shall be built on prepared
foundations, conforming to the dimensions and form indicated on the plans.
The construction shall conform to the requirements specified in Item P-610.
' Any reinforcement required shall be placed as indicated on the plans and
shall be approved by the engineer before the concrete is pour?d.
All invert channels shall be constructed and shaped accurately so as to be
smooth, uniform, and cause minimum resistance to flowing water. The interior
bottom shall be sloped downward toward the outlet.
751-3.4 PRECAST CONCRETE PIPE STRULT URES, Precast concrete pipe structures
shall be constructed on prepared or previously placed slab foundations and
' shall conform to the dimensions and locations shown on the plans. All
precast concrete pipe sections necessary to build a completed structure shall
be furnished. The different sections shall fit together readily, and all
' pointing and connections shall be cemented with mortar. The top of the upper
precast concrete pipe member shall be suitably formed and dimensioned to
receive the metal frame and cover or grate, or other cap, as required.
Provision shall be made for any connections for lateral plie, including drops
and leads that may be ing'talled in the structure. The flow lit.es shall be
smooth, uniform, and cause minimum resistance to flow. The metal steps which
are embedded or built into the side walls shall be aligned and planed at
' vertical intervals of 12 inches. When a metal ladder replaces the steps, it
shall be securely fastened into position.
1
1
DIV IV Page 493
1
77
1
' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/7+
ITEM D-751 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS
AND INSPECTION HOLES
' 751-3.5 CORRUGATED METAL STRUCTURES. Corrugated metal structures shall be
constructed on prepared foundations, conforming to the dimensions and
' locations as shown on the plans. The structures shall be prefabricated.
Standard or special fittings shall be furnished to provide pipe connections
or branches of correct dimeriaions. The connections or branches shall be of
' sufficient length to accommodate connecting bands. The fittings shall be
welded in place to the metal structures. When indicated, the structures
shall be placed on a reinforced concrete base. The top of the metal
' structure shall be designed so that either a concrete slab or metal collar
may be attached to which can be fastened a standard metal frame and grate or
cover. Steps or ladders shall be furnished as shown on the plans.
' 751-3.6 INLET AND OUTLET PIPES. Inlet and outlet pipes shall extend through
the walls of the structures for a sufficient distance beyond the outside
' surface to allow for connections but shall be cut off flush with the wall on
the inside surface, unless otherwise directed. For concrete or brick
structures, the mortar shall be placed around these pipes so as to form a
' tight, neat connection.
' 751-3.7 _PLACEMENT AND TREATMENT OF CASTINGS. FRAW SAND FITTINGS. All
castingd, frames, and fittings shall be placed in the positions indicated on
the plans or as directed by the engineer, and shall be set true to line and
to correct elevation. If frames or fittings are to be set in concrete or
' cement mortar, all anchors or bolts shall be in place and position before the
concrete or mortar is placed. The unit shall not be disturbed until the
mortar or concrete has set.
' When frames or fittings are to be placed upon previously constructed masonry,
the bearing surface or masonry shall be brought true to line and grade and
shall present an even bearing surface in order that the entire face or back
of the unit will come in contact with the masonry. The unit shall be set in
mortar beds and anchored to the masonry as indicated on the plans or as
directed and approved by the engineer. All units shall set firm and secure.
After the frames or fittings have been set in final position and the concrete
or mortar has been allowed to harden for 7 days, then the grates or covers
shall be placed and fastened down.
' Page 494 DIV IV
10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
' ITEM D-751 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS
AND INSPECTION HOLES
751-3.8 INSTALLATION OF STEPS. The steps shall be Snsi:alled as indicateu
' on the plans or as directed by the engineer. When the steps are to be set
in concrete, they shall be placed and secured in position i,efore the
concrete is poured. When the steps are installed in brick masonry, they
' shall be placed as the masonry is being built. The steps shall not be
disturbed or used until the concrete or mortar has hardened for at least 7
days. After this period has elapsed, the steps shall be cleaned and
painted, unless they have been galvanized.
' When steps are required with precast concrete pipe structures, they shall be
cast into the sides of the pipe at the time the pipe sections are
' manufactured or set in place after the structure is erected by drilling
holes in the concrete and cementing the steps in place.
' When steps are required with corrugated metal structures, they shall be
welded Into sligned position at a vertical spacing of 12 inches.
In lieu of steps, prefabricated ladders may be installed. In the case of
' brick or concrete structures, the ladder shall be held in place by grouting
the supports in drilled holes. In the case of metal structures, the ladder
shall be secured by welding the top support and grouting the bottom support
1 into drilled holes in the foundation or as directed.
751-3.9 BACKFILLINC.
' (a) After a structure has been completed, the area around it shall be
filled with approved material, in horizontal layers not to exceed 8 inches
in loose depth, and compacted to the density required in Item P-152, and as
determined by FAA compaction control tests T bll. Each layer shall be
deposited all around the structure to approximately the same elevation. The
' top of the fill shall meet the elevation shown on the plans or as directed
by the engineer.
(b) Backfilling shall not be ple^__d .:,dint any structure until
' permission is given by the engineer. In the case of concrete, such
permission shall not be given until the concrete has been in place 7 days,
or until tests made by the laboratory under supervision of the engineer
' establish that the concrete has attained sufficient strength to provide a
factor of safety against damage or strain in withstanding any pressure
created by the backfill or the methods used in placing it.
w
' Div Iv Page 495
' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
1 ITE11 D-751 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS
AND INSPECTION HOLES
' Backfill shall not be measured for direct payment. Performance of
' this work shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the contractor
covered under the contract unit price for the structure involved.
' 751-3.10 CLEANING AND RESTORATION OF SITE. After the backfill is completed,
the contractor Shall dispose of all surplus material, dirt, and rubbish from
the site. Surplus dirt may be deposited in embankments, shoulders, or as
ordered by the engineer. The contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to
their original condition.
' After all work is completed, the contractor shall remove all tools and
equipment, leaving the entire site free, clear, and in good condition.
' Method of Measurement
' 751-4.1 Manholes, catch basins, inlets, and inspection holes shall be
measured by the unit.
Basis of Payment
751-5.1 The accepted quantities of manholes, catch basins, inlete, and
inspection holes will be paid for at the contract unit price per each,
complete and in place. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing
' all materials and for all preparation, excavation, backfilling and placing of
the materials; furnishing and installation of such specials and connections
to pipes and other structures as may be required to complete the item as
1 shown on the plans; and for all labor equipment, tools and incidentals
necessary.to complete the structure.
Payment will be made under:
Item D-751-5.1 Manholes--per each
' Item D-751-5.1 Catch Basins--per each
Item D-751-5.1 Inlets--per each
1
Page 496 DIV IV
1
i
IG/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
' ITEM D-751 M&W OLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS
AND INSPECTION HOLES
Item D-751-5.1 Inspection Holes--per each
' TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENT
' Teat and short title Material and short title
AASHO T 26--Water AASHO M 91--Brick
FAA T-611--Density AASHO M 85--Portland
Cement
' AASHO M 45--Sand
ASTM C-6--Lime
ASTM C-478--Manhole
Ring
WW-P 405--CMP
AASHO M 105--Cray
' Iron
' AASHO M 106--Malleable
I ro n
AASHO M 103--Steel j
AASHO M 94--Crate and
Frames
' AASHO M 111--Galvanize
' AASHO M 100--Wrought
Iron
NOTE: Others as required by referenced specifications,
' VFederal Specification
t
DIV IV Page 497 (Reserve Page 49"
' io/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
ITEM D-752 CONCRETE CULVERTS, HEADWALLS, AND
MISCELLANEOUS DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
' Description
752-1.1 This item shall consist of either plain or reinforced concrete
culverts, headwalls, and miscellaneous drainage structures constructed in
' accordance with these specifications, at the specified locations and
conforming to the lines, grades, and dimensions shown on the plans or
required by the engineer.
t
Materials
t 752-2.1 CONCRETE. Plain and reinforced concrete shall meet the
requirements of item P-610.
Construction Methods
752-3.1 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION.
(a) Trenches and foundation pits for structures or structure footings
shall be excavated to the lines and grades or elevations shown on the plans
or as staked by the engineer. The excavation shall be of sufficient size to
' permit the placing of the full width and length of the structure or
structure footings shoran. The elevations of the bottoms of footings, as
shown on the plans, shall be considered as approximate only; and the
' engineer may order, in writing, changes in dimensions or elevations of
footings necessary to secure a satisfactory foundation.
' (b) Boulders, logs, or any other objectionable material encountered in
excavation shall be removed. All rock or other hard foundation material
shall be cleaned of all loose material and cut to a firm surface either
level, stepped, or serrated, as directed by the engineer. All seams or
' crevices shall be cleaned out and grouted. All loose and disintegrated rock
and thin strata shall be removed. When concrete is to rest on a surface
other than rock, special care shall be taken not to disturb the bottom of
' the excavation, and excavation to final grade shall not be made until just
before the concrete or reinforcing steel is to be placed.
1
DIY 1V pager 49)
' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
ITEM D-152 CONCRETE CULVERTS, HEADWALLS, AND
MISCELLANEOUS DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
' (c) the contractor shall do all br :ing, sheathing, or shoring
necessary to perform and protect the excavation and the structure as required
for safety or conformance to governing laws. The cost of bracing, sheathing,
or shoring shall be included in the unit price bid for excavation.
' (d) Unless otherwise provided, bracing, sheathing, or shoring involved
therewith shall be removed by the contractor after the completion of the
structure. Removal shall be effected in a manner which will not disturb or
mar finished concrete. The cost of removal shall be included in the unit
price bid for excavation.
(e) After each excavation is completed, the contractor shall notify the
engineer to that effect, and concrete or reinforcing steel shall be placed
after the engineer has approved the depth of the excavation and the character
of the foundation material.
752-3.2 BACKFILLINC.
' (a) After a structure has been completed, backfilling with approved
material shall be accomplished by applying the fill in horizontal layers not
' to exceed 8 inches in loose depth, and compacted to the density required in
Item P-152, and as determined by FAA compaction control teats T-bll.
(b) No backfill-ing shall be placed against any structure until
' permission is given by the engineer. In the case of conrrete, such
permission shall not be given until the concrete has been in place 7 days, or
until tests made by the laboratory under the stapervision of the engineer
establish that the concrete has attained sufficient strength to provide a
factor of safety against damage or strain in withstanding any pressure
created by the backfill. or the methods used in placing it.
' (c) Fill placed around concrete culverts shall be deposited on both
sides at the same time and to approximately the some elevation. Care shall
be taken to prevent any wedging action against the structure, and all slopes
' bounding or within the areas to be backfilled shall be stepped or serrated to
prevent wedge action.
' (d) Backfill will not be measured for direct payment. Performancti of
this work under the contract is not payable directly but shall be considereu
as a subsidiary obligation of the contractor, covered under the contract unit
price for "Unclassified Excavation for structures."
1 Fate 500 DIV IV
10/24/14 AC 150/5370-10 ' ITEM D-752 CONCRETE CULVERTS, HEADWALLS, AND
MISCELLANEOUS DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
752-3.3 WEEP HOLES. Weep holes shall be constructed as shown on the plans.
752-3.4 CIBANING AND RESTORATION OF SITE. After the backfill is completed,
the contractor Fhall dispose of all surplus material, dirt, and rubbish from
' the site. Surplus dirt may be deposited in embankment, shoulders, or as
ordered by the engineer. The contractor shall restore all disturbed areas
to their original condition,
' After all work is completed, the contractor shall remove all tools and
equipment, leaving the entire site free, clear, and in good condition.
Method of Measurement
1 752-4.1 The yardage of unclassified excavation for structures to be paid
or shall be t'a,t number of cubic yards, measured in original position, of
' material excavated in accordance with the plans, or as directed by the
engineer; but in no case shall any yardage be included in the measurement
for payment which is outside of a volume bounded by vertical planes 18
inches outside of snd parallel to the neat lines of the footings.
752-4.2 The yardage of concrete to be paid for shall be the number of cubic
'
yards of concrete, complete in place and accepted. In computing the yardage
of concrete for payment, the dimensions used shall be those shown on the
plans or ordered by the engineer. No measurements or other allowances shall
expansion
' be made for forma, false work, cofferdams, pumping, bracing,
joints, or finishing of the concrete. No deductions in yardage s1+all be
made for the volumes of reinforcing steel or embedded items.
752-4.3 The poundage of reinforcing steel to be paid for shall be the
calculated theoretical number of pounds placed as shown on the plans,
' complete in place and accepted. The unit weight used for deformed be,
shall be the weight of plain square or round bars, as the case may ,
equal nominal size.
t
DIV IV Page 501
t
A4 + n µ y
r
' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
' ITEM D-752 CONCRETE CULVERTS, HKADWALLS, AND
MISCELLANEOUS DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
Basis of Payment
752-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for
unclassified excavation for structures; at the contract unit price per cubic
' yard for concrete for the structures; and at the contract unit price per
pound for reinforcing steel. These prices shall be full compensation for
furnishing all materials and for all preparation, excavation, and placing the
materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to
complete the structure.
Payment will be made under;
Item D-752-5.1 Unclassified Excavation for Structures per
cubic yard.
Item D-752-5.1 Structural Concrete - per cubic yard.
Item D-752-5.1 Reinforcing Steel - per pound.
r
TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
' Test and short title Material and short title
' FAA T-611--Density None
NOTE: Others as required by W erenced specifications.
1
1
i
1
1
r
Page 502 DIV IV
1
ell, 77
ITEM T-901-SEEDING
' T-901 SEEDING. All paragraphs under Item,T-901, Seeding, shall apply with
the following modifications:
' 901-2.1 SEED. Delete these paragraphs and substitute the following:
1'he grass seed shall be common bermuda and shall conform to the requirements
' of Federal Specification JJJ-S-181.
All seed must meet the requirements of the Texas Seed Law including and
labeling requirements for showing purity, germination, name and type of seed.
' Seed furnished shall be of the previous season's crop and the date of analysis
shown on each bag shall be within nine months of the time of delivery to the
project. All seed used shall be hulled bermuda grass seed having a purity of
a 95% and a germination of 90%. The application rate shall be 8 pounds per acre
and the recommended planting date will be January 1 to May 15. Bermuda grass
seed shall be furnished in sealed, standard containers unless written exception
is granted. Seed that is wet or moldy or that has been otherwise damaged in
transit or storage will not be acceptable. The seed shell be free of field
bindweed, hedgeweed, and nutgrass seed. Seed shall not contain other noxious
weed seed in excess of the limits allowable under the Federal Seed Act and
applicable state seed lawn. Peed labeled as mixture or pasture mixture will
not be acceptable. Common bermuda grass seed shall not contain in excess of 3%
of giant strains of bermuda grass. Each seed container shall bear the date of the
' last germination, which date shall be within a period of six months prior to
commencement of planting operations.
901-2.2 LIME. Delete this paragraph.
901-2.3 FERTILIZER. Delete the paragraphs and substitute following:
' All fertilizer used shall be delivered in bags or containers clearly labeled
showing the analysis. The fertilizer is subject to testing and shall be in
accordance with the Texas Fertilizer Law. A pellAted or granulated fertilizer
' shall be used with analysis of 16-20-0 representing the percent of nitrogen,
phosphoric acid, and pot ash nutrients respectively.
In the event it is necessary to substitute a fertilizer of a different analysis,
' it shall be pellated or granulated fertilizer with a lower concentration. The
total amount of nutrients furnished and applied per acre shall equal or exceed
16-20-0. Fertilizer shall be applied uniformly at the average of 400 pounds
per acre for all types of turfing.
1
1
' 901-4.1 MEASUREMENT. Delete the paragraph and substitute the followings
' The quantity of seeding to be paid for shall be the number of acres measured
on the ground surface, completed and accepted. The quantity of fertilizer
' to be paid for shall be the number of tons used.
901-5.1 PAYMENT. Delete the paragraph and substitute the following:
The quantity of seeding determined as provided above, will be paid for at
the contract unit price per acre, or fraction thereof, for the pay item
listed below which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing
'
and placing all material and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals
necessary to complete the work prescribed in this item. This quantity of
fertilizer shall be paid for by the ton.
TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
Test and short title Material and short title
None 1 iii-S-191--Seed
r ;~e V x-ri Ali r:i ;~i t'l 5 i. r. t7 r.
r.. : ."'.Y 'i 7
' AC 150/5370-10
t o/24/7 i+
DIVISION V
' TURFING
ITF14 T-901 SEEDING
' Description
901-1_1 This item shall consist of seeding the areas sbown on the plans or
as directed by the engineer in acco-+snce with these specifications.
t Materials
' 901-2__ ED• Ti'" kinds f grass, legume, and cover-crop seed furnished
cal
Of Fed. ulated in the ,JJeSi181provisions. Seed shall conform to
shall a those stip
the requirements
in mixtures in standard conte~de oE
Seed shall be furnisleed seppaaratelY or weight, percentages of purity
' with the seed name,
a-.,id percentage of m,.ximun we
germination weed seed content
and hard seed,
e certifying
clearly marked for each kind i es ofda statementrbytor the veshallndor furnish rnish the
engineer duplicate signed cop recognized laboratory for seed
that each lot of seed has been tested by a This statement shall include:
testing within 6 months of late dateeofvtest, lot number for each kind of
name and address of laboratory, percentages of purity and of
seed, and the results of tests as to name, P k-I
d of germination, and percentage of wee content ofor eacki dnof seeded furnishe ,
and, in case of a mixture, the proportions
I,IMII . Lime, if slecified, shall be groitnd limestone containing not
901-2.2
less than 859 of total anti PassuthroughnlsAo that
90 will pass throoF,h a Providing the rates of
100 0 mesh sieve. Coarser material will he acceptable, p the application are iced intile t Speciald provisions onathe basisiofmtleat~`Oti1(v"
g above. esiun lime shall contain
' and depth specific
atleast 109 ofmagnesium c,xide lime. or a high r..agst
Y80 507
N D1V V
' AC 150/5370-10
10/24/7
ITEM T-901 SEEDING
' 901-2.3 FF.RT11,IZER. Fertilizer, if specified shall be
stnri;ird commercial
fertilizers supplied separately or in mixtures containing the rercentages of
total nitrogen, available phosphoric acid, and water-soluble potash. They
shall be applied at the rate and to the depth specified in the special
provisions, and shall meet the specified requirements of the applicable State
' and Federal laws. They shall be furnished in standard containers with name,
weight, and guaranteed analysis of contents clearly marked thereon. No
cyanamide compounds or hydrated lime shall be permitted In mixed fertilizers
' The fertilizers may be supplied in one of the following forms;
(a) A dry, free-flowing fertilizer suitable for application by a R
' common fertilizer spreader;
(b) A finely-ground fertilizer soluble In water, suitable for
application by power sprayers; or
(c) A granular or pellet form suitable for application by
' blower equipment.
901-2.4 SOIL FOR RF.PATRS. The soil for fill and topsotling of areas to be
repaired shall be at least of equal quality to that which exists in areas
adjacent to the area to be repaired. Vie soil shall be relatively free from
large stones, roots, stumps, or other materials that will interfere with
' subsequent sowing of seed, compacting, and establishing turf, And shall be
approved by the engineer before being placed.
Construction Methods
' 901-3.1 ADVANCE PRFPARATION A_ND CLEA_11P. Aftur grading of areas has been
completed and before applyfnf;fertilircr and ground limf:;tonc, areas to be
seeded shall be raped or ntherwlr+e clrared of .stnne:; lari,cr tlian 2 inches in
any diameter, sticks, stump:;, and uthr~r c'.ohrF; w1kich mi,,ht interfere with
sowing of seed, gru~4th of f;rasres, or suhsegrrent maintenance of grass-coverer:
areas. If any damn ge by erosion or other causes has Occurred after the
completion of grading and before beginning the application of fertilizer and
ground limestone, the rout;•actOr shall, rep,iir such da^;age. This may include
filling gullies, smoothing Irregularities, and repairinj; other incidental
dam,ige .
Page 57£3
my v
" 7 7
r
AC 150/5370-10
10/24/74
fTEFt T-901 SEEDING
An area to be seeded shall be considered a satisfactory seedbed without
additional treatment if it has recently been thoroughly loosened and worked
to a depth of not less than 5 inches as a result of grading operations and,
if immediately prior to seeding, the top 3 inches of sorlois loose, friable,
reasonably free from large clods, rocks, large roots,
matter, and if shaped to the required grade.
However, when the area to be seeded is sparsely sodded, weedy, barren and
' unworked, or packed and hard, any grass and weeds shall first be cut or
otherwise satisfactorily disposed of, and the soil then scarified or
otherwise loosened to a depth not less than 5 inches. Clods shall be broken
N and the top 3 inch es of soil shall
rollersd dinto rags, harrows,toryotherbed by
of cultipackers, be
dieting, or by
appropriate means.
901-3.2 DRY APPLICATION MTHOD.
(a) Liming. Lime, if required, shall be applied separately and prior
to the application of any fertilizer or seed and only on seedbeds which have
previously beenprepared of soil described after whichvthe eedbedeshalllagain be properly
' into the top p
graded acid dressed to a smooth finish.
(b) Fertilizing. Following advance preparations and cleanup, and
liming if required, fertilizer shall be uniformly spread at the rate which
will provide not less than the minimum quantity stated in the special
provisions.
(c) Seeding. Grass seed shall be sown at the rate specified on the
plans or in the special provisions immediately after fertilizing, and the
fertilizer and seed shall be raked within the depth range stated in the
special provisions. Seeds of legume ether accordance or themixturs,shall be
inoculated before mixing or sowing, in is required at other than
' the manufacturer of the inoculant. When seeding
the or in sshsallebasons
sown bynthe same methods requ4iredpforagrassvand leg'-mecseeding p
(d) okll nx. After the seed has been properly covered, the see g g
ed
shall be immediately compacted by means of an approved lawnroller, soil having a
40 to 65 pounds per foot of width for ISO to 200 poundsopernfoot of width for sandy
to pack), and weighing
tendency
or light soils.
1
' Page f''1
DIV v
AC 150/5370-10 10/24/711
' ITEM T-901 SEEDING
' 901-3.3 WET APPLICATION METHOD.
(a) General. The contractor may elect to apply seed and fertilizer
(and lime, if required) by spraying them on the previously prepared seedbed
in the form of an aqueous mixture and by using the methods and equipment
described herein. The rates of application shall be as specified in the
special provisions.
' (b) Sprayingf4ulpment. The spraying equipment shall have a container
or water tank equipped with a liquid level gauge calibrated to read in
' increments not larger than 50 gallons over the entire range of the tank
capacity, mounted so as to be visible to the nozzle operator. The container
or tank shall also be equipped with a mechanical power-driven agitator
capable of keeping all the solids in the mixture in complete suspension at
at.l times until used.
The unit shall also be equipped with a pressure pump capable of delivering
100 gallons per minute at a pressure of 100 pounds per square inch. The pump
shall be mounted in a line which will recirculate the mixture through the
tank whenever it is not being sprayed from the nozzle. All pump passages and
pipe lines shall be capable of.providing clearance for 5/8 inch solids. The
parer unit for the pump and agitator shall have controls mounted so as to be
accessible to the nozzle operator. There shall be an indicating pressure
gauge connecte? and mounted immediately at the back of the nozzle.
' The nozzle pipe shall be mounted on an elevated supporting stand in such a
manner that it can be rotated through 360 degrees horizontally and inclined
vertically from at least 20 degrees below to at least 60 degrees above the
horizontal. There shall be a quick-acting, three-way control valve
connecting the recirculating line to the nozzle pipe and mounted so that the
' nozzle operator can control and regulate the amount of flow of mixture
delivered to the nozzle. At least three different types of nozzles shall be
supplied so that mixtures may be properly sprayed over distance varying from
20 feet to 100 feet. (hie shall be a close-range ribbon nozzle, one a
' medium-range ribbon nozzle, and one a long-range jet nozzle. For case of
removal and cleaning, all nozzles shall be connected to the nozzle pipe by
means of quick-release couplings.
1 In order to reach areas inaccessible to the regular equipment, an extension
hose at least 50 feet in length shall he provided to which the nozzles may be
t connected.
' page 510 DIV V
' 10/24/14 AC 150/5370-10
' ITEM T-901 SEEDING
' (c) Mixtures. Lime, if required, shall be applied separately, in the
quantity specified, prior to the fertilizing and seeding operations. Not
more than 220 pounds of lime shall be added to and mixed with each 100
gallons of water. Seed and fertilizer shall be mixed together in the
relative proportions specified, but not more than a total of 220 pounds of
these combined solids shall be added to and mixed with each 100 gallons of
' water.
All water used shall be obtained from fresh water sources and shall be free
' from injurious chemicals and other toxic substances harmful to plant life.
Brackish water shall not be used at any time. The contractor shall identify
to the engineer all sources of water at least 2 weeks prior to use. The
engineer may take samples of the water at the source or from the tank at any
time and have a laboratory test the samples for chemical and saline content.
The contractor shall not use any water from any source which is disapproved
by the engineer following such tests.
All mixtures shall be constantly agitated from the time they are mixed until
they are finally applied to the seedbed. All such mixtures shall be used
' Within 2 hours from the time they were mixed or they shall be wasted and
disposed of at locations acceptable to the engineer.
(d) r9 in . Lime, if required, shall be sprayed only upon previously
' prepared seedbeds. After the applied lime mixture has dried, the lime shall
be worked into the top 3 inches, after which the seedbed shall again be
properly graded and dressed to a smooth finish.
' Mixtures of seed and fertilizer shall only be sprayed upon previously
prepared seedbeds on which the lime, if required, shall already have been
' worked ins The mixtures shall be applied by means of a high-pressure spray
which shall always be directed upward into the air so that the mixtures will
fall to the ground like rain in a uniform spray. 'Nozzles or sprays shall
never be directed toward the ground in such a manner as might produce erosion
' or runoff.
Particular care shall be exercised to insure that the application is made
uniformly and at the prescribed rate and to guard against misses and
overlapped areas. Proper predetermined quantities of the mixture in
accordance with specifications shall be used to cover specified sections of
known area. Checks on the rate and uniformity of application may be made by
' observing the degree of wetting of the ground or by distributing test sheets
of paper or pans over the area at intervals and observing the quantity of
material deposited thereon.
1
DIV V Page 51
7~ 7777
AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
' ITE4 T-901 SEEDING
' On surfaces which are to be mulched as iadicated by the plans or designated b5
the engineer, seed and fertilizer applied by the spray method need not be
raked into the soil or rolled. However, on surfaces on which mulch is not to
be used, the raking and rolling operations will be required after the soil
' ties dried.
901-3.4 MAINTENANCE OF SEEDED AREAS. The contractor shall protect seeded
areas against traffic or other use by warning signs or barricades, as
approved by the engineer. Surfaces gullied or otherwise damaged following
seeding shall be repaired by regrading and reseeding as directed. The
contractor shall mow, water as directed, and otherwise maintain seeded areas
in a satisfactory condition until final inspection and acceptance of the
work.
When either the dry or wet application method outlined above is used for work
done out of season, it will be required that the contractor establish a good
stand of grass of uniform color and density to the satisfacti7n of the-
engineer. If at the time when the contract has been otherwtije completed it
is not possible to make an adequate determination of the color, density, and
' uniformity of such stand of grass, payment for the unaccepted portions of the
areas seeded out of season will be withheld until such time as these
requirements have been met.
Method of Measurement
901-4.1 The quantity of seeding to be paid for shall be the number of units
of 1,000 square feet, measured on the ground surface, completed and accepted.
' w
Basis of Payment
901-5.1 The quantity, dQtermined as provided above, will be paid for at the
contract unit price per 1,000 square feet, or fraction thereof, for the pay
Item listed below, which price and payment shall be full compensation for
furnishing and placing all material and for all .labor, equipment, tools, and
incidentals necessary to complete the work prescribed in this item.
DIV
Page 512 V
'
r .
r
' 10/24/14 AC 150/5370-10
' ITEM T-901 SEEDING
' Payment will he made under:
Item 901-5.1 Seediag - per 1,000 square feet.
1
TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
' Test and short title Material and short title
None JJJ-S-181--Seed
-VFedaral Spe:iffeat ion
1
1
r
r
' DIV V
Page 513 ~PE3p ^~e Page 5111)
1
' AC 150/5370-10
10/24/'74
' ITEM T-903 SPRIGGING
' Description
' 903-1.1 This item shall consist of planting sprigs of living grass plants
at the locations shown on the plans or as directed by the engineer in
' accordance with these specifications.
Materials
903-2,1 SPRIGS. Sprigs shall be healthy living stems (stolons or
'
' rhizomes), of the grass species stated in the special provisions, harvested
without adhering soil and obtained from sources where the sod is heavy and
thickly matted. The presence of weeds or other material which might be
detrimental to the proposed planting will be cause for rejection of sprigs.
903-2.2 LIME. Lime, if specified, shall conform to the requirements of
'
' 901-2.2.
' 903-2.3_ FERTILIZER. Fertilizer if specified shall conform to the
requirements of 901-2.3.
' 903-24 WATER. All water used shall be sufficiently free from oil, acid,
alkali, salt, or other harmful materials that would inhibit the growth of
grass. Brackish water shall not be used at any time. It shall be subject
' to the approval of the engineer prior to use,
t 903-2.5 SOIL. FOR REPAIRS. The soil for fill, and topsoiling of areas to
be repaired, shall conform to the requirements of 901-2.4.
' Construction Methods
' 903-3.1 GENERAL. Areas to be sprigged and the location of sprigging
material, if available on the site, shall be shown on the plans. Areas
requiring special ground surface preparation such as tilling, and those in
' a satisfactory condition to remain undisturbed, shall also be shown on the
plans.
i
'
pIV V Page 515
,
N . + 7 '.h is ~'.i
' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/7+
' ITEM T-903 SPRIGGING
Suitable equipment necessary for proper preparation of the ground surface
and for the handling and placing of all required materials shall be on
hand, in good condition, and shall be approved by the engineer before the
' various operations are started. The contractor shall demonstrate to the
engineer, before starting the various operations, that the planting and
application of required materials will be made at the specified rates.
' When weather conditions are such that unsatisfactory results may occur, the
work shall be stopped until the desired results can be obtained.
' 903-3.2 ADVANCE PREPARATION AND CLEANUP.a After grading a fa reasbeas been
coapleted and before applying fertilizer ' sprigged shall be raked or otherwise cleared of stones larger than 2 inches
in any diameter, sticks, stumps, and other debris which might interfere
with sprigging, growth of grasses, or subsequent maintenance of
grass-covered areas. If say damage by erosion or other causes has occurred
after grading of areas and before beginning the application of fertilizer
and ground ling gullies, lesmcontractor -shall repair oothing such damage. This
and repairing otheray
include filling
incidental damage. 4
' 903_3.3 APPLYING FERTILIZER AND GROUND LIMESTONE. Fullowing advance
preparation and cleanup, fertilizer shall be uniformly spread at a rate
which will provide not less than the minimum quantity of each fertilizer
' ingredient as stated in the special provisions. If use of ground limestone
is required, it shall then be spread at a rate which will provide not less
than the minimum quantity stated in the special provisions. These
• materials shall be incorporated into the soil to a depth of not less than 2
inches by discing, raking, or other methods acceptable to the engineer.
Any stones larger than 2 inches in any diameter, large clods, roots, and
other litter brought to the surface by L%is operation shall be removed.
On steep slopea where fertilizer and ground limestone cannot be
incorporated G''_fectively by me:hanical equipment, they may be applied with
power sprayers, blower equipment, or other approved method, and need not be
incorporated into the soil.,
' 903-3.4 HARVESTING SPRIGS. The sprigs obtained from sources off the site
shall be from suitable areaaO3materialcwhich contains lgrass gandtweeds
' Regardless of the source, sprigging
DIV V
' Page 516
77 "Y"
1 AC 15015370-10
10/24/'14
' ITEM T-903 SPRIGGING
1 taller than 6 inches shall be mowed to a height of 3 inches, and the
clippings raked and removed before harvesting begins. Harvesting may be
performers by any meti:od acceptable to the engineer, including crisscross
' cultivation, shallow plowing, of other acceptable methods to thoroughly
loosen the sprigs from the soil and to bring them to the surface. After
loosening the sprigs from the soil, they shall be gathered in small piles
or windrows, watered, and kept moist until planted.
Not more than 24 hours shall elapse between harvesting and planting sprigs,
except that, when weather or other uncontrollable conaitions interrupt the
' work, a time extension may be granted, provided the sprigs are still moist
and viable. Sprigs that have heated in stockpiles, have become frozen,
permitted to dry out, or otherwise seriously damaged during harvesting or
delivery shall be rejected and shall be disposed of as directed by the
engineer.
903-3.5 PLANTING SPRIGS. Sprigging shall be done only wnot be ithin the periods
stlpul: ,d in the special provisions. Sprigging t frozen, or
windy weather, or when the ground is dry, excessively we
otherwise untillable. If the soil is not moist when the sprigs are being
set, water shall be applied until the soil is moist and in a workable
condition. One or more of the following methods shall be used, whichever
' is shown on the plans or stated in the special provisions:
(a) Broadcast Sprtaa~n3• Sprigs shall be broadcast by hand or by
' suitable equipment in a uniform layer over the prepared surface with
soacing•between sprigs not to exceed 6 inches. The sprigs shall then be
forced into the soil to a depth of 2 to 4 inches with a straight spade or
similar tool, or with a disc harrow or other equipment set to cover the
i sprigs to the required depth.
(b) Row SpriRRinR• Furrows shall be opened along the approximate
contour of slopes at the spacing and depth stated in the special
provisiorls, Sprigs shall be plAced without delay in a continuous row in
the uper . crow with successive sprigs touching, and they shall be covered
immediately.
(c) SEQt pLjUinrt. Spot sprigging shall be performed as specified
under row sprigging, except that groups of 4 sprigs or more shall be spaced
18 inche9 apart in the rows.
oIV v Page 517
'
' AC 150/_,370-10 10/2V74
' ITEM T-903• SPRIGGING
' 903-3.6 MULCHING AND COMPACTING. Afeer planting of sprigs has been
completed and prior to compacting, the surface shall be cleared of atones
larger than 2 inche3 in any diameter, large clods, roots, and other litter
brought to the surface during sprigging.
plans stated in the
If mulching of sprigged aibe on the
in accordancecial
' provisions, the sprigged areas shall
with the requirements of Item T-90,8 within 24 hours from the time sprigging
has been completed, weather and soil conditions permitting.
If mulching is not shown on the plans nor stated in the special provisions,
the sprigged area shall be compacted within 24 hours from the time sprigging
has been completed, weather and soil conditions permitting, by cultipackers,
rollers, or other satisfactory equipment operated at right angles to the
slope. Compaction shall not be done when the soil is in such condition that
' it is picked up by the equipment.
903--3.7 ESTABLISHING TURF. The contractor shall be responsible for the
proper care of the sprigged areas during the period when the plants are
becoming established and he shall protect the sprigged areas against traffic
by warning signs or barricades approved by the engineer. Surfaces gullied
or otherwise. damaged following sprigging shall be repaired by regrading and
resprigging as directed. The contractor shall mow, eater as directed, and
otherwise matintain sprigged areas in a satisfactory condition until final
inspection and acceptance of the work.
Method of Measurement
403-4.1 The quantity of sprigging to be paid for shall be the number of
'
' units of 1,000 square feet, measured on the ground surface, completed and
accepted.
' Basis of Payment
903-5.1 Thy quantity, determined as provided above, will be paid for at the
contract unit price per 1,000 square feet or fraction thereof for the pay
item listed below, witch price and payment shall be full compensation
Page 518 DIV V
777
r
AC 150/5370-10
r jo/24/74
r ITEM T-903 SPRIGGING
r for furnishing and placing all material including any of
sprigged areas, and for all labor, equipments
necessary to complete the work prescribed in this item.
1 Payment will be made under:
1 Item 903-5.1 Sprigging - per 1,000 square feet.
TESTING AND I ATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
r Test and short title !Material and short title
r
None None
NOTE; Others as required by references: specifications
r
1
r
1
1
1
1
1
I
DiV V Page 519 (Reserve Pape 520)
1
' 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
1 ITEM T-905 TOPSOILING
' Description
' 905-1.1 ibis item shall consist of preparing the ground surface for
topsoil application, removing topsoil from designated stockpiles or areas
to be stripped on the site or from approved sources off the site, and
' placing and spreading the topsoil on prepared areas in accordance with this
specification at the locations shown on the plans or as directed by the
engineer.
t Materials
' 905-2.1 TOPSOIL. Topsoil shall be the surface layer of soil with no
admixture of refuse or any material toxic to plant growth, and it shall be
1 reasonably free from subsoil and stumps, roots, brush, stones (2 inches or
more in diameter), clay lumps or similar objects. Brush and other
vegetation which will not be incorporated with the soil during handling
' operations shall be cut and removed. Ordinary sods and herbaceous growth
such as grass and weeds are not to be removed but shall be thoroughly
broken up and intermixed with the soil during handling operations. The
topsoil or soil mixture, unless otherwise spec fied or approved, shall have
' a pH range of approximately 5.5 pH to 7.6 pH, when tested in accordance
with the methods of testing of the Association of Official Agricultural
Chemists in effect on the date of invitation of bids. The organic content
shall be not less than 3% nor more than 20% as determined by the
wet-combustion method (chromic acid reduction). There shall be not less
that. nor more than BOX of the material passing the 200 mesh siave as
' determined by the wash test in accordance with AASHO T 11.
Natural topsoil may be amended by the contractor with approved materials
and methods to meet the above specifications.
' 905-2.2 INSPECTION AND TESTS. Within 10 days following acceptance of the
' Vfd, the engineer shall be notified of the scurce of topsoil to be
furnished by the contractor. The topsoil shall be inspected to determine
if the selected soil meets the requirements specified and to determine the
depth to which stripping will be permitted. At this time, the contractor
may be required to take representative soil samples from several locations
within the area under consideration and to the proposed stripping depths,
for testing purposes as specified in 905-2.1,
'
DIY Y Page 527
t y r' '
777- v
i
' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
' ITEM T-905 TOPSOILING
i Construction Methods
' 905-3.1 GENERAL. Areas to be topsoiled shall be sham on the plans. If
topsoil is available on the site, the location of the stockpiles or areas
to be stripped of topsoil and the stripping depths shall be shown on the
' plans.
Suitable equipment necessary for proper preparation and treatment of the
i ground surface, stripping of topsoil, and for the handling and placing of
all required materials shall be on hand, in good condition, and approved by
the engineer before the various operations are started.
905-3.2 PREPARING THE GROUND SURFACE. Immediately prior to dumping and
i spreading the topsoil on any area, the surface shall be loosened by discs
or spike-tooth harrows, or by other means approved by the engineer, to a
minimum depth of 2 inches to facilitate bonding of the topsoil to the.
covered subgrade soil. The surface of the area to be topsoiled shall be
i cleared of all stones larger than 2 inches in any diameter and all litter
or other material which may be detrimental to proper bonding, the rise of
capillary moisture, or the proper growth of the desired planting. Limited
i areas, as shown on the plans, which are too compact to respond to these
operations shall receive special scarification.
' Grades on the area to be topsoiled, which have been established by others
as shown on the plans, shall be maintained in a true and even condition.
Where grades have not been established, the areas shall be smooth-graded
and the surface left at the prescribed grades in an even and properly
i compacted condition to prevent, insofar as practical, the formation of low
places or pockets where water will stand.
i 905-3.3 OBTAINING TOPSOIL. Prior to the stripping of topsoil from
designated areas, any vegetation, briers, stumps and large roots, rubbish
i or stones found on sucih areas, which may interfere with subsequent
operations, shall be removed using methods approve3 by the engineer. Heavy
sod or other cover, which cannot be incorporated into the topsoil by
discing or other means shall be removed.
i
i
' Page 528 DIV V
r
r AC 150/5370-10
10/2./74
1
ITEM T-905 TOPSOILING
' When suitable topsoil is available on the site, the contractor shall remove
this material from the designated areas and to the depth as directed by the
engineer. The topsoil shalt be spread-on areas already tilled and
smooth-graded, or stockpiled in areas approved by the engineer. Any
topsoil stockpiled by the contractor shall be rehandled and placed without
r additional compensation. Any topsoil that has been stockpiled on the site
by others, and is required for topsoiling purposes, shall be removed and
placed by the contractor. The sites of all stockpiles and areas adjacent
r thereto which have been disturbed by the contractor shall be graded if
required and put into a condition acceptable for seeding.
When suitable topsoil is secured off the airport site, the contractor shall
r locate and obtain the supply, subject to the approval of the engineer.
The contractor shall notify the engineer sufficiently in advance of
operations in order that necessary measurements and tests can be the made. The
r contractor shall remove the topsoil from approved areas
and directed. The topsoil shall be hauled to the site of the work and placed
for spreading, or spread as required. Any topsoil hauled to the site of
r the work and stockpiled shall be rehandled and placed without additional
compensation.
r 905-3.4 pLAC1NG TOPSOIL. The topsoil shall be evenly spread on the
prepared areas to a uniform depth of 2 inches after compaction, unless
' otherwise shown on the plans or stated in the special provisions.
Spreading shall not be done when the ground or topsoil is frozen,
excessively was or otherwise in a condition detrimental to the work.
Spreading shall be carried on so that turfing operations can proceed with a
r minimum of soil preparation or tilling.
After spreading, any large, stiff clods and hard lumps shall be broken with
a pulverizer or by other effective means, and all stones or rocks (2 inches
or more in diameter), roots, litter, or any foreign matter shall be raked
up and disposed of by the contractor. After spreading is completed, the
' topsoil shall be satisfactorily compacted by rolling with a cultipacker or
by other means approved by the engineer. The compacted topsoil surface
shall conform to the required lines, grades, and cross sections. Any
topsoil or other dirt falling upon pavements as a result of hauling or
handling of topsoil shall be promptly removed.
1
1
r DIV V Page 529
7-7
AC 150/5370-10
10/24/74
ITEM T-905 TOPSOILING
Method of Measurement
' 905-4.1 The yardage of topsoil obtained on the site to be paid for shall
be the number of cubic yards of
and stripped or excavated. topsoil measured in its original position
The yardege of topsoil stockpiled by others and
' removed for topsoiling by the contractor to be paid for shall be the number
of cubic yards of topsoil measured in the stockpile. Topsoil shall be
measured by volume in cubic yards computed by the method of end areas.
' 905-4.2 The yardage of topsoil obtained off the site
to be the number of cubic yards of topsoil measured in Its ori pinal for shall
t and stripped or excavated. Topsoil shall be measured by volume inocubicn
yards computed by the method of end areas.
t Basis of Payment
905-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per cubic ard
copsolling (obtained on the site). This price shall be full compensationor
for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, placing, and
' spreading of the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and
incidentals necessary to complete the item.
' 905-5.2 Payment will be made at the contract unit
topsoiling (obtained off the site). This price shall be fullccomic yard for
for furnishing all materials and for all Peneation
spreading of the materials, and for all labor. eequipment, ac an
tools, and
incidentals necessary to complete the item.
Payment will be made under;
Item T-905-5.1 Tops oiling (Obtained on Sftt or Removed from
' Stockpile) - per cubic yard.
Item T-905-5.2 Topsoiling (Furnished from Off the Site) - per
' cubic yard.
' Page 530
DIV V
r
' 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
' ITEM T-905 TOPSOILING
' TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMEN"fS
' 'feat and short title Material and short title
AASHO T 11--Gradation None
1
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
' DIV V Page 531 (Reserve Page 532)
r
r 10/2V74 AC 150/5370-10
ITE:4 it llo EISTAU1TION OF AIRPORT
UIMDMGRO'T,D ELECTRICAL DUCT
r
Description
r 110-1.1 This item shall consist of underground electrical ducts installed
r in accordance with this specification at the locations and in accordance
with the dimensions, designs, and details shown in the plans. This item
shall include the installation of all underground electrical ducts or
underground conduits. It shall also include all trenching, backfilling,
r removal, and restoration of any paved areas; manholes, concrete encasement,
mandreling installation of steel drag wires and duct riarkers, capping, and
the testing of the installation as a completed duct nyatem ready for
r installation of cables, to the satisfaction of the engineer.
r Equipment and Materials
110-2.1 GENERAL. All equipment and materials covered by referenced
speci- fications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certifica-
tion of compliance with the applicable specification when so requested by
the engineer.
r 110-2.2 BITUMINOUS FIBER DUC'K'. Bituminous fiber duct and fittings shall
' conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. W-C-581 or W-C-575 and shall be
one of the following, as specified in the proposal:
(a) Type I. for concrete encasement.
(b) Type II, for direct burial.
110-2 S ASBESTOS CEMEt7r DUCT. Asbestos cement duct and fittings shall*
conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. W-C-571 and shall be one of the
following, as specified in the prcpcsal:
r (a) Type I, for concrete encasement.
(b) Type II, for, direct tmrial.
r TEEf, CON-TIT. Rigid steel conduit and fitting3 shall conform to
110-2.5 S
r the requirements of Fed. Spec. Vd-C-581.
r ~DIV VI Page 613
r
~k j
10/2k/7t+
AC 150/517-0-10
I^' i 1x110 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT
' U:47)EROROUT D ELECTRICAL DUCT
110-2.6 cmca ii. Concret: shall conform to item P-610,, Structural Portland
Cement Concrete, using 1-inch maximum site coarse aggregate.
110-2.7 ?Lr.ST'C CO`IiL T• Plastic conduit and fittings shall conform to
the requ.re-ants of Fe1. Spec, W-C-1094 and shall be ones of the following,
' as specified in the proposal:
(a) TLype I - Suitable for underground use either directly in the earth
or encased in co-.Crete.
(b) ;",-Pe 1I - Suitable for either above ground or underground use.
Construction Methods
110-3.1 3:2AI,. Th: contractor shall install underground ducts at the
approximate locations indicated in the airport layout plans. The engineer
shal) indicate specific locations as the work progresses. Ducts shall be
of the size, t5ate ia1, and type indicated in the plans or specifications.
'
.
Where no size is indicated in the plans or specifications, the ducts shall be
not less than 3 inches inside diameter. All duct lines shall be laid so as
to grade to:rard hand'n,1es, manholes and duct ends for drainage. Grades
shall be at least 3 snot.°s per 100 feet. On runs where it is not practi-
cable to maintain the grade all one way, the duct lines shall be graded from
the center in both directions toward manholes, handholes, or duct ends.
t Pockets or traps 1her2 moisture m4Ly accumulate shall be avoided.
The contractor shall :mandrel cacti duct. An iron-shod mandrel, not more
t than 1/4-inch smaller than the bore of the duct shall be pu:3hed through
therducte}ole, have a
or rubbers gasket cl rods. The
each duct
leather
' All ducts installed s'nski l be provided with a No. 10 gauge galvanized iron
or steel d.-ag -.mire for -ralling• the penwinent wiring. Sufficient length shall
be left nanno--s or ndn oles ~o bend the drat; wire back to prevent,it
' from slipping tack into t.".e duct. Where spare ducts are installed, as
indicated on `'^e pans, t-ie open ends shall be plugged with removable
tapered l o-1 `he duct manufactureror or Srith hardarcod :dugs
' conforr,ir.3 a,c-;c_ntv?y shape of the duct and having the larger end of
the plu: _ _-_st Treater in diameter than tl.e duct.
DIV VI
Paae 61~
to/24/74
AC 150/5310-10
I
1T V 1-110 liiSTAI,IATION OF A1RpOjt,p
U:'1DERGROVM 1"l- ECiR1CA1. DUCT
' All ducts ,hall 've !,r,curely fastened in place during; Crt,t,truction and
progress of the 4ork and shall be plugged to prevent sc(•pr,ge of grout,
water, or dirt. Any duct section having a defective joint shall not be
installed.
' All ducts, except nteel conduit, installed under runways, taxiways, aprons,
and other paved areas shall be encased in a concrete envelope.
Where turf is well established and the sod can be removed, it shall be
carefully stripped and properly stored.
' Trenches for ducts may be excavated manually or with mechanical trenching
equipment. Walls of trenches shall be essentially vertical so that a
minimum. of shoulder surface is disturbed. Blades of road pu rols or graders
shall not be used to excavate the trench. The contractor shall ascertain
the type of soil or rock to be excavated before bic:ding. All excavation
shall be unclassified.
110- .2 DUCTS ENCASED IN CONCRETE
- Unless otherwise shotim in the plans,
' concrete-encased ducts shall be installed so that the top of the concrete
envelope is not less than 18 inches below the finished subgrade where
installed under runways, taxiways, aprons, or other paved areas, and not
less than 18 inches below finished grade ifi ere installed in unpaved areas.
' Ducts under paved areas shall extend at least 3 feet beyond the edges of
the pavement or 3 feet beyond any underdrains which rrv,y be installed
alongside the paved area. Trenches for concrete-encased ducts shall be
t opened the complete length before concrete is laid s) that if any obstruc-
tions are encountered, proper provisions can be made to avoid them. All
ducts for concrete encasements shall be placed on a .ayer of concrete not
less than 3 inches thick prior to its initial set. There two or more
ducts are encased in concrete, the contractor shall apace them not less
than 1 112 inches apart (measured from outside wal) to outside wall)
using spacers applicable to the type of duct. Ar, the duct laying progresses,
concrete not less than 5 inches thick shall be placed around the sides and
top of the duct bank. End bells or couplings shall be installed flush
with the concrete encasement where required.
When specified, the contractor shall reinforce the bottom side and top of
oncasementa with steel reinforcing mesh or fabric or other approved metal
' reinforcement. When directed, the contractor shall supply additional
supports where the Around is soft and boggy, ,Aiere ducts cross under
' DIV V( Pa Pe 615
77
t
'
AC 15.5/5370-10 10/24/74
' I 'FI4 L-i 10 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT
1 U?.i1:;"R0UND ELECTRICAL DUCT
roadways, or where other:ise shown on the plan3. Urvier such conditions,
' the'ec mlete duct struct.-e --all be supported on reinforced concrete
footings, piers, or piles located at approximately 5-foot intervals.
' When clay or soapston=_ ducts are specified, they shall be installed with
concrete encasement as described above. Clay conduit shall be of the single-
bore type. Where the self-centering sockedjoint type of single clay duct
is used, conduit shall be built up, tier by tier, and separated only by
suffic'_ent mortar or fine acs,-regate concrete to bed the ducts evenly and
fill all voids between du^_ts. Single ducts shall be jointed together and
the jo'_nts 3routed vP th port:and cement mortar. A suitable gasket (of
' rubber or o.zer approve: ra,erial) shall first be placed in the receptacle
end of duct, prior to t:-.e joining operation, in order to exclude all
mortar from the lost.
' Where the s v are bore butt.-joint type of clay duct, single or multicell,
is used, sections shall be aligned with at least four steel dowel pine
' and jo'-,3 .;rapped frith ~u^.t tare 6 inches wide and lapped 6 inches. All
joints in a bank of single-bare ducts shall be staggered, be,,inning evenly
from Vna manhole or handhole, by means of short lengths 6, 8, 9, 129 and
15 inc:-.=_s long. Cer:e*it nortar shall be trowled around each and every joint.
Voids _n the duct bunk, cau::ed by the external shape of t?,e corners of the
condui., s?-al"i also be filled Frith mortar. The joining; and joints of
soapstcne duct s:.all be dine :n accordance with the manufacturer's
reco==_-dat' ons.
' - 110-3 42 DJCTS W"MFOUT =`CPS"PE MCASDIRM Trenches for single-duct lines
shall 'ca not less than b inces nor more than 12 inches wide, and the trench
for 2 cr more ducts insta"Lied at the same level shall be proportionately
wider. Trench buttFi:s for ducts without concrete enceserr,ont shall be mado
' to con:"o~m accurately to grade so as to provide uniform support for the
duct a_-.ng, _~s entire l erg 1^.
A layer cf line earth Ck.t ria', at least 4 inches thick (loose measurement)
shall be placed in t!',- t:ttc!, cf t~P trench as bedding for the duct. The
bedding ~.ater'_al shall cons_st of soft dirt., sand or other fine fill, and
' it shat= contain no Pai't'e.e '.hat weuld be retained on a 1/4-inch sieve.
The be __n5 rater:a: shat: be .a:n.iped until film.
' DIV V1
YaE;e bl~
I
t
' 10/24/74 AC 150/:,370-10
ITEd I, 110 is<~I:= i? A1RPORr
MDERGRGU dD DUCT
Unless otherwise shown in plans, c.. direct burial shall be installed
' so thAt the tops of all ducts are a. _,azL 18 inches below the finished
grade.
When two or more ducts are installed in the same trench without concrete
enchsement, they shall be spaced not less than 2 inches apart (measured
from outside wall to outside wall) '_n a c)rizontal direction and not less
than 6 inches apart in a vertical d-. e:ticn.
' Trenches shall be opened the corplete length before duct is installed so
that if any obstructions are encountered, proper provisions can be made
' to avoid them.
11o-3.4 DUCT MARKERS. The ends of all ducts shall be
marked by a concrete slab mar?!5^ 2 s_;are and 4 inches thick extending
approximately 1 inch above t'.e s .:.e markers shall be located above
the ends of all ducts or duct tars, ec=_rt r,here ducts terminate in a
handhole, manhole, or building.
The contractor Shall impress the ,.,o -,d "DUCT" on each marker slab. He shall
also impress on the slab the number a ' size of duets beneath the marker.
The letters shall be 4 inches hi& B...nd 3 inches wide frith rridt'a of stroke
1/2-inch and 1/4-inrh deep or as large as the available space permits.
' 110-3.5 AACMILINO. After conc:e-e-encased ducts have teen properly
installed and the concrete has had :_r,,.e to set, the trench shall be
backfilled in at least two layers excavated material not larger than
4 inches in diameter ar.d thorout^'_-.• s-=-c_G and corlpacted to at least the
density of the surrounding and stsir"ted; sazl. If necessary to obtain the
desired compaction, the backfill material shall be moistened or aerated
as required.
Trenches shall not be excessive.y r..•l ei,d shalt not contain pools of water
during baekfilling operations.
The trench shall be completely bac:-filled and tamped level with the
adjacent surface: except that, vh en scd to be placed over the trench,
' the baekfilling shall he ntopi cd at ~ equal to the thickness ci' the
sod to be used, with proper allow r.ce for settlement.
' D1V JI Page 01?
7 77'77
f
AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74
li"c1'1 L-iIO MSTALLATION OF AIRPORT
' 1TiTD 11,GROU;lD LUCTRICAL DUCT
Any excess excavated material &hall be removed and disposed of in accordance
with instruction,; issued by the engineer,
For ducts without concrete envelope, 6 inches of sand, soft earth, or other
' fine fill (loose measurement) shall be placed around the ducts and carefully
tamped- around and over them with hand tampers. The remaining trenen may be
filled with regular run of excavated material and thorou)~hly tamped, as
' specified above.
110-3.6 RESTORATION. Wrsere sod has been removed, i : 7'nr.'11 be replaced
' as soon as poso'b?e after the back filling is completed. 1 Areas disturbed
by the trey.:ing, storing of dirt, cable laying, pad conslru-;9ion and other
work s:-a'i'l be reato.ad to its original condition. The reutoration shall
a include any necessar,/ topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sprigging,
or naTlchinc. Al! s::ch work shall be performed in accordance with the
FAA Standard Tu-fing Specifications. The contractor shall be held
responsible for ra'-ntaaning all disturbed surfaces and replacements until
' final accop tar.ce.
' Glethod of Measurement
110-4,: T're c._n„i:y c° unlerFrot:nd duct to be paid for under this item
shall be the number of linear feet of duct installed, measured in place,
completed, and accepted. Separate measurement shall be made for the
various types and sizes.
Ba--i8 of Payment,
110-5.'_ ha;^-.ent will be made at the contract unit price for each type
and size of sirs :'_=-;;ay or r.-ilti-way duct completed and accepted. This price
shall to fu'_! co:epareation for furnishing all materials and for all
preparat-on, assenbl;, and installation of these materials, and for all
labor, squi 7.,.snt, tc:'s, and incidentals necessary to complete this item.
Page E_3 DIV VZ
' 10/24/74 AC 150/5310-10
ITFII 1,-I 10 TN1j"'._:_; '10:1 OF AIPPOFT
IINDFIGIi,01JI D E1 ?Ch_'. DUCT
Payment will be made under:
Item 1 110-`i.l ;in;;: n-wayr or !",11 t i-v:ay Lleclr Leal Daft--
per linear foot.
Federal Specification. Reiererced in Item 1-110
Number Title
w-C-571 Conduit arid FittinFe, idorunctal, rigid; (A3bestos-Cement or
Fire-Clay Cement), (for Electrical Purposen).
' W-C-575 Conduit and Fittings! F.orinetallic, Rigid, bituminized Fiber;
Laminr;ted Wall.
W-C-581 Conduit and Fitt?ns; I'rr,Tetallic, Rigid, (bituminized
Homogeneuuo Fiber).
t vi-C-1094 Conduit and Fittings; Nonmetai:rc, Rig;,i, (Plastic).
WW-C-581 Conduit, Metal, Rig-,d; and Coupling, Elbow; and Nipple,
Electrical Conduit: Zinc-Coated.
1
' DIV vi Pace 4-19 (Reserve Pates 620 throuei 61~.~
' l0/24/74 AC 150/5370-10
DIVISI011 V1I
' TESTS I,1ID APPH4DIX
TEST 611 COMPACTION COIrInOL :'E::TS
' General
1 611-1.1 U&cCRIPTI011. This specification shall govern the determination
of the maa~density, field density, and percent compaction of those
materials for whic', a minimum percent compaction is specified. It covers
the basic procedures to be followed in perform-ng the test for maximum
density, field density, and percent compaction. cubic n all cases density
eliall be stated as the dry weight in pounds per
' 611-2.1 MAXI i IM DEIISI'N. Maximum density is defined as the maxi iuu dry
weight in pounds per cubic foot obtained when a material is mixed w!th
' different percentages of water and compacted is obtainedrd manner. tThe
percentage of water at which maximum is termed
e optimum moisture content.
611-2.2 LABORATORY COMPACTION TESTS. The mazfmss density shall be
' determined by the appropriate method shos,T, below:
(a) Where Ali , f the Material Passes a 1;fl. 4 sieve. Use A.A.~HO 2' 180,
Method A (of B for areas designed for aircraft wei fin 30,000 pounds or
more, and AASHO T 99, Method A (or B) for areas designed for aircraft
weighing less than 0,000 pounds.
' (b) Where the Material Contains Particles larger Than a No. 4 Sieve.
Us,i AASHO T 180, Method C or D for areas dcs wed for aircraft weighing
30,000 pounds or more and AASHO T 99, Method C (or D) for areas designed
' for aircraft weighing less %1,000 pound3.
Where '.x.e Material Contains Particles Larger Than y In=h.
w the rcp acement procedure given in th3 note under Method C oi'
Follow
' AASHO T 99 or' T 180.
DTV VII Page 657
'
r
r
' 1TIiM L-107 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT 8-FOOT AND
12-FOOT IM NI) ND CONES
r Description
' 107-1.1 This item :,hall consist of an airport wind cone furnished
ansc installed in accordance with this specification at the location
and in accordance with the dimensions, design, and details shown in
the plans.
The work shall include the furnishing and installation of a support
e for mounting the wind cone, the specified wire, and a concaete
foundation. The item shall also include all cable connections,
conduit and conduit fittings, the furnishing and installation of
all lamps, ground rod and ground connection, the testing ci the
installation, and all incidentals necessary to place the wind cone
in operation as a completed unit to the satisfaction or' the
' engineer.
Equipment and Matorials
' 107-2.1 GENERAL.
' (a) Airport lighting equipment and materials coveTed by FAA
specifications shall have the prior approval of the Federal
Aviation Administration, Airports Service, Washington, D.C. 20 M
' and shall he listed :n Advisory Circular 150/5345-1, Approved
airport Lighting Equipment.
(b) All other equipment and materials covered by other
' referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through
manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable
3pecifiration when requested by the engineer.
' 107-2.2 IiIND CONES.
' (a) The 12-foot wind cone shall conform to Military Specifi-
cation MIL-I-7854, Indicator Assemblies, Wind Cone, Unlighted and
Externally Lighted. It shall be mounted on a hinged support
' conforming to the requirements of. AC 150/5345-14, Specification
for L-827 "A"-Framed Hinged Support for 12-Foot Wind Cone.
1
r
r
ITEM L-107 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT 8-FOOT AND
12-FOOT WIND CONES
' (b) The 8-foot wind cone and hinged steel ps,le shall conform
to the requirements of Advisory Circular 150/5345.2?, Specification
for L-807 Fright-Foot Illuminated Wind Cone.
' 107-2.3 WIRE. Wire in conduit rated up to 5,000 volts shall conform
to Advisory Circular 150/5345-7, Specification for L-824 Underground
Cables for Airport Lighting Circuits, for rubber insulated neoprr,ne
covered wire, of Federal Specification J-C-30, Type P.11W, for rubber
insulated fibrous covered wire. For ratings up to 600 volts,
thermoplastic wire conforming to Federal Specification J-C-30,
Types TW, T11W, and THWN, shall be used. The wires shall be of
the type, si;;e, number of conductors, and voltage shown in the
plans or in rLhe proposal.
' 107-2.4 CONDUIT. Rigid steel conduit and fittings shall conform
to the requirements of Federal Specification WW-C-581.
107-2.5 CONCRETE. The concrete for foundations shall be pro-
portioned. placed, and cured in accordance with Ttem P-610,
Structural Portland Cement Concrete.
' 107-2.6 PAINT.
(a) Red lead priming paint for ungalvanized metal surfaces,
and the mixing thereof, shall conform to the 97-1 grade Federal
Specification TT-R-191. The red lead shah be furnished in paste
form and delivered to the job in the original unbroken packages
1 oearing tbn maker's nama and brand designation. The raw liil3eed
oil, turpentine, and drier shall be in accordance with the Federal
Specifications listed below:
' Raw Linseed Oil - T-L-215
T
Turpentine TT-T-841
Drier; Paint, Liquid, Type I---------------TT-D-651
' (b) Priming paint for galvanized metal surfaces shall be
zinc dust-zinc oxide primer paint conform +.ng to Federal
Specifi- cation TT-11-641. If necessary, add not more than 112 pint of
turpentine to each gallon,
1
t ,
r
' ITEM L-107 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT 8-FOOT AND
12-TOOT WIND CONES
(c) Orango paint for the body and the finisn coats on metal
and wood surfaces shall consist of a ready-mixed nonfading paint
meeting the requirements of Federal. Specification TT-P-59. The
color shall be in accordance with Federal Standards 595, Aviation
Gloss Orange Number 11197.
(d) White paint for body and finish coats on metal and wood
surfaces shall be ready-mixed paint conforming to Federal Specifi-
cation TT-P-102.
(e) Priming paint for wood surfaces shall be mixed on the job
by thinning the above specified aviation-orange or white paint by
adding 112 pint o; raw linseed oil to each gallon.
' Construction Methods
107-3.1 INSTALLATION. The hinged support or hinged pule shall
e instaTc -on a concrete foundation as shown in the plans.
107-3.2 COUNTERWEIGHT. .The contractor shall furnish and install a
a counterweight on_t Ingl:d support for the 12-foot wind cone. The
counterweight may consist of lead w;.irhts which may be furnished
with the "A" frame assembly or it r,ay consist of concrete poured
' around the bottom of the hinged s.i)port. Where concrete is used,
the counterweight shall be apprcxin,ately 12 inches wide by 24
inches denp and should weigh apVro)-Imately 500 rounds. The
counterweight should be 25 to 50 pounds loss than the weight
1 needed to balance the assembly. 'the counterbalancing should
operate to the satisfaction of ttio engineer.
107-3.3 ELECTRICAL CONNECTION. The contractor shall furnish all
T-aFor an -F,, teriTIs an s,.a mak(- complete vlectt !,-al connLci ions
in accordance with the wiring diagram furnished with the project
plans.
If underground cable from the transformer vault to the wind cone
site and duct for this cable installation under paved areas is
' rey fired, the cable and duct shall be Installed in accordance wit),
and paid for by linear foot measurement as described in Item L-108,
Installation of Underground Cables for Airports, and Item L-1100
' Installation of Airport Underground Electrical Duct.
1
VA
' ITEM L- 107 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT 8400T AND
12-FOOT WIND CONES
107-3.4 300STi:R TRANSFORMER. If shown in plans or specified in
joi spee ications, a oosteT transformer to compensate for voltage
drop to .he lams shall be installed in a suitable weatherproof
housing. The hooster transformer shall be installed as indicated
in the plans and described in the proposal. If the booster trans-
former is required for installation in the transformer vault, it
shall be :.nstalled in accordance with and paid for as described in
Item L-109, Installation of Airport Transformer Vault and Vault
Equipment
107-.7,.5 GROUND CONNECTION AND GROUND ROD. The contractor shall
urn s-ana install a i;roun rod, grounding cable, and ground
clamps for grounding the "A" frame of the 12-foot assembly or pipe
support cf the 8-foot support near the base. The ground rod shall
be of the diameter and length specified in the plans and shall
be copper or copper clad. The ground rod shall be driven into the
' ground adjacent to the concrete foundation s, that the top is
at least 6 inches below grade. The grounding cable shall consist
of No. 8 AWG bare str&nded copper wire or larger and shall be
' firmly attached to the ground rod by means of a ground connector
or clamp. The other end of the grounding cable shall be securely
attached to a leg of the "A" frame or to th-i base of the pipe
' support with noncorrosive metal and shall be of substantial
construction. ripe resistance to ground shall not exceed 25 ohms.
107-3.6 PAINTING. Three coats of paint shall be applied (one prime,
' one body, an one finish) to all exposed material installed under
this item except the fabric cone, obstruction light globe, and lamp
reflectors. The wind cone assembly, if painted on receipt, shall
be given one finish coat of paint in lieu of the three coats
specified above. The paint shall meet the requirements of Federal
Specification YT-P-59. The color shall be in accordance with
' Federal Standard 595, Aviation Gloss Orange Number 12197.
107-1.7 LAMPS. The contractor shall furnish and install four 200-
watt011S-voli geleral lighting service lamas in the reflectors
for the 12-foot crone or four 150-watt, 115-volt lamps for the 8-foot
cone. A clear 100-watt, 107-watt, or 116-watt, 115-volt traffic
signal lamp with a medium screw base, or a 100-watt, A-21 bulb,
115-volt, medium prefocus base lamp shall be furnished and installed
in the obstruction light as required,
1 ♦'9
1
' ITEM L-107 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT 8-FOOT AND
12-FOOT WIND CONES
' X07-3.8 CIfAJN AND PADLOCK. The contractor shall furnish and
install a ,M abile` operating chain for lowering and raising the
hinged toP section. The chain shall be attached to the pole
support in a manner to prevent the light fixture assembly from
striking the ground in the lowered position.
r A padlock shall also be furnished by the contractor on the 8-foot
wind cone for securing the hinged top section to the fixed lower
section. Keys for the padlock sha;' he delivered to the engineer.
Method of Measurement
i
IJ7-4.1 The quantity to be
;iu`mber-of wind cones installed i as fcompletedtunitstin place,bac-the
r cepted, and ready for operation.
Basis of Payment
107-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price for
eac completed and accepted jab. This price shall be full compen-
sation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation,
assenbly, and installation of thsse materials, and for all labor,
equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item.
Payment will be made under:
Item L-107-5.1 (a) 12-Foot Wind Cone in Place--per
unit.
Federal Specifications Referenced in Item L-107
t Number Title
J-C-30 Cable and Wire, Electrical (Power, Fixed
' Installation).
1
1
IT17M L-107 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT 8-1-OOT AND
' 12-FOOT WIND BONES
TT-D-651 Drier; Paint, Liquid.
1 TT-1.-215 Linseed Oil, Raw, (for Uso in Organic Coatings).
' TT-P-59 Paint: Ready-Mixed, ,iternational Orange.
TT-P-641 Primer, Paint; Zinc Dust-Zinc Oxide.
' TT-P-102 Paint, Oil: Titanium-Lead-Zinc and Oil,
Ready-Mixed, White and Light Tints.
' TT-R-191 Red Lead, Dry and Paste In Oil,
TT-T-801 Turpentine; Gum Spi.ri.s, Steam Distilled,
Sulphate Wood, and Destructively Distilled.
14-P-115 Panel, Power Distribution.
WW-C-581 Ccniuit.. Metal, Rigid; and Coupling,. Elbow; ani
Nipple Electrical Conduit: Zinc-Coated.
' Fed. Std. 595 Colors.
Military Specifications Referenced in Item L-107
' Number [itle
MIL-1-78S4 indicator Assemblies, Wind Cone, Unlighted and
' Externally Lighted.
FAA Specifications Referenced in Item L-107
' Number Title
' AC 150/5345-7 Specification for L-824 Underground Cables
for Airport Lighting Circuits.
AC 150/5345-14 Specification for L-827 "A" Frane Hinged
Support for 12-Foot Wind Cone.
AC ISC/5345.27 Specification for L-807 Eight-Foot Illuminated
Wind Cone.
r
1
ITEM L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE
FOR AIRPORTS
' Description
108-1.1 This item shall consist of underground cable furnished and
' instnTTed is accordance with this specification at the locations
and in accordance with the design, dimensions, and details shown
in the plans. This item shall include the excavation and backfill
of the trench and the installation of cable avd counterpoise
wire in trench, duct or conduit. It shall include splicing, cable
marking, and testing of the installation and all incidentals nec-
essary to p; ace the cable in operating condition as a completed
unit to the satisfaction of the engineer. Thie item shall not
include the installation of the duct or conduit.
Equipment and Materials
108-2.1 GENERAL.
' (a) Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by FAA
specifications shall have the prior approval of the Federal Avi-
ation'Administration, Airports Service, Washington, D. C. 205919
and shall be listed in Advi.,orv Circular 150/5345-1, Approved
Airport Lighting Equipment.
(b) All other equipment and materials covered by other ref-
erenced specifications shall b- subject to acceptance through
manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable
specification, when requested by the engineer.
108-2.2 CABLE. Underground cable shall conform to the requirements
o Spec cation for L-824. Underground Electrical Cables for Air-
port Lighting Circuits. Tha following types are covered in Spe,-
ificatiort L-824:
(a) Type A--Single and multiple conductor cable with 600-volt
performance type insulation with an overall neoprene jacket.
(b) Type B--Single and multiple conductor cable with 3,000-or
5,000-volt zone Resistant" insulation with ap overall neoprene
jacket.
i
.a~~r
ITEM L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE
FOR AIRPORTS
' All cable for airport lighting service shall be stranded viz:
600-volt-- 7-strand; 3,000- and 5,000-volt--19 strand. For
power cable, conductor size shall not be smaller than No. 8 AWG.
' Control cable, conductor size shall be not less than No. 12 AWG.
These limits on conductor sizes shall not apply to leads fur-
nished by manufacturers on transformers and fixtures.
If telephone control cable is specified, copper shielded, poly-
ethylene insulated and jacketed, No. 19 AWG telephone cable
1 conforming to the United States Department of Agriculture, Rural
Electrification Administration (REA) Bulletin 345-14, REA Spec-
ification for fully Color-Coded, Polyethylene Insulated, Double
Polyethylene-Jacketed Telephone Cables for Direct Burial, shall
be used.
Where counterpoise conductors are to be installed and where soil
conditions would adversely a`fect bare copper wire, thermoplastic
wire conforming to Federal Specification J-C-30, Type TW, 600-
volt, may be used.
in b the o plans conductors, and/or prstrand oposal. service voltage
Cable etype, size, 0
specified number
be
shall
' 108-2.3 BARE COPPER WIRE Counter oise . Bare copper wire for
counterpoise insta aUons s al Fe stranded wire conforming to
ASTNI Specifications B3 and B8.
108-2.4 CABLE CONNrLf IONS. In-line connections of underground
pr1mary cables s-53.1 e o the type called for in the plans or
'
in the proposak, and .,hall. ho one of the types listed below.
When the plans or the proposal permit a choice of connection,
the contractor shall indicate in the bid the type of connection
he proposes to furnish.
(a) The Cast Splice. A cast splice, employing a plastic
mold and using epoxy resin equal to that manufactured by Minnesota
Mining and Manufacturing Company, 'Scotchcast" Kit No. 82--A, or
as manufactured by ilysol Corporation, "Hysenl Epoxy Splice" Kit
No. 1135, for potting the splice is approved. This means of
I spli:ing is the only type approved for telephone control cable.
1
r:
f „ n p
f
ITEM L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE
FOR AIRPORTS
(b) The Vulcanized _Splice. A vulcanized spl;.ce employing Joy
Manufacturing Company' Vulcanizing Kit No. X-1601-8 or e? ual is
approved for field vulcanized splices. The proper molds or various
' cable sizes shall be used.
' (c) The Field-attached Plug-in Splice. F;gure 14 of Spec-
ification or L-823 lug an eceptac e, Cable Connectors, em-
ploying connector M ts, is approved for field attachment to single
conductor cable.
(d) The Factor -molde-i Plug-in-S lice. Specification for
L-823 Connectors, Factory-MoCde. to individual Conductors, are
i approved.
(e) The Taped Splice. Taped splices employing field-applied
rubber, or synthetic. rubber tape covered with plastic tape are
approved. The rubber tape should neet the requirements of Military
Specification MIL-I-3825 and the plastic tape should comply with
toil. Spec. Mil-I-7798 or Fed. Spec. 1111-I-59S. In all the above
N cases, connections of cable conductors shall be made using crin.p
connectors utilizing a crimping tool designed to make a complete
crisp before the tool can be removed. No. 19 AWG telephone
control wires may be connected by means of wrapped and soldered
splice, 3M Company Moisture Proof UR Tvpe Connector, or equal,
or by a method approved by the engineer.
' 108-2.5 CONCRETE. Concrete for cable markers shall conform to
pee ication Item P-610, "Structural Portland Cement Concrete."
' Construction Methods
108-3.1 GENERAL. The contractor shall install the specified
' cable at the approximate locations indicated in the airport
lighting layout plans. The engineer shall indicate specific
locations.
Cable connections between lights will be permitted only at the light
locations for connecting the underground cable to the primary
leads of the individual insulating transformers. The contractor
' shall be responsible for providing cable in continuous lengths for
home runs or other long cable runs without connections, unless
otherwise authorized in writing by the engineer or shown in the
plans.
1
' ITEM L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE
FOR AIRPORTS
' 108-3.2 INSTALLATION IN DUCT OR CONDUIT. This item includes the
nstallation o t fie cable irauct or conduit as described below.
The maxinum number and voltr2e ratings of cables installed in
' each single duct or conduit, and the current-carrying capacity of
each cable shall be in accordance with the latest National Electric
Code, or the code of the local agency having jurisdi.tion.
Tt,a contractor shall make no connections or joints of any kind in
cables installed in conduits or ducts.
The duct or conduit shall be installed as a separate item in
accordance with Item L-110, "Installation of Airport Underground
Electrical Du.t." The contractor shall make sure that the dvet
p is open, continuous, and clear of debris before installing cable.
The cable shall be installed in a manner to prevent harmful
stretching of the conductor, injury to the insulation, or damage
' to the outor protective covering. The ends of all cables shall
be sealed with moisture-seal tape before pulling into the conduit
and it shall be left sealed until connections are made. Where
more than one cable is to be installed in a duct under the same
' contract, all cable shall be pulled in the duct at the esme The pulling of a cable through ducts or conduits may be
accom- 1
plished by handwinch or power winch with the use of cable grips
or pulling eyes. Pulling tensions should be governed by rec-
ommended standard practices for straight pulls or bends. A
lubricant recommended for the type of cable being installed shall
be used where pulling lubricant is required. Duct or conduit
markars temporarily removed for excavations shall be replaced
as required.
108-3.3 1RENCIIING. Where turf is well established and the sod
`j cafe he removed, it shall be carefully stripped and properly stored.
Trenches for cables may be excavated manually or with mechanical
trenching equipment. Walls of trenches shall be essentially ver-
tical so that a ;,iinimum of shoulder surface is disturbed Road
patrols or graders shall not be used to excavate the trench with
' their blades. The bottom surface of trenches shall be essentially
smooth and free from coarse aggregate. Unless otherwise sppec-
ified, cable trenches shall be excavated to a minimum dept}, of 18
inches below finished grade, except as follows:
(a) When off the airport or crossing under a roadway or
driveway, the minimum depth shall be 36 inches unless otherwise
` specified.
1 ITE'%j L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE
FOR AIRPORTS
(b) Minimum cable depth when crossirt, under a railroaC track,
shall be 42 inches unless otherwise specified.
The contr:.tor shall excavate all cable trenches to a width not
less than 6 inches. The trench sheiidene where more than
tiro cables are to be installed parallel
all cables in the same
' 1~ss otherwise specified in the plans location and running in the same genCral direction shall be in-
stalled in the same trench.
When rock excavation is encountcred, the rock shall be removed to
a de th of at least 3 inches below the required cable depth and
it shall be replaced with bedding material of earth or sand
r ^o staining no mineral aggregate particles that would be retained
on a sieve. The shall Allaexcavatione of
soil or or
shall be unclassified,
108-3.4 INSTALLATION IN TRENCeIE`. The Mechanical cable-not use
a ca e p ow :or nsta ng machine if
equipment may dplans conjunction with a should
specified on project prior to backfilling.
' provide for physical inspection of cable pr
Sharp bends or kinks in the cable shall not be permitted.
Cables shall be unreeled in place alongside or in the trench and
r shall be carefully placed along the bottom of the trench. The
cable shall not be unreeled and pu}led into the trench from one
' end.
Where two or more cables are laid parallel in the same trench,
they shall be placed laterally a minimum distance of 3 inches
apart, and the trench shall be widened sufficiently to accomplish
' this.
toshall pmosthcable tdepthuatoor3below the
Cables
filydisPlaceover mentewithother
vmu
minimun required dept's below finished vvade.
Not less than l foot of -able s+o.%:k shall be left on each side
of all connections, in_ulating and ent at points placed in thentrenchtinfaeseriestof S
The s s
curves. ,1Aoit!.onal slack cable shall be left in runway light
bases, h,oeto where it is required to
ions, The amountnof
the cable e above ground level the engineer, or as shown in
ns l aend shall speCbficationsted by
the slack
pla
f,
ITEM L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE
FOR A.1 RNORTS
e 108-3.5 BACKFILLING. After the cable has been installei, the
trenc s all be 3 inches de-p, loose measurement, and shall be
either earth or sand containing no mineral aggregate particles
e that would be retained on a 1/4-inch sieve. This layer sha21
not be compacted. The second layer shall be 5 inches deep,
loose measurement, and shall contain no particles that would be
retained on a 1-inch sieve. The remainder of the backfill shall
be excavated or imported mineral and shall not contain stone or
aggregate larger than 4 inches maximum diameter. The third and
subsequent layers of the backfill shall not exceed 8 inches in
maximum depth, loose measurement.
The second, and subsequent layers shall be thoroughly tamped and
compacted to at least the density of the adjacent undisturbed
soil, and to the satisfaction of the engineer. If necessary to
obtain the desired compaction, the backfill material shall be
moistened or aerated as required,
' Trenches shall not be excessively wet and shall not contain pools
of water during backfilling operations. The trench shall be
1 completely backfilled and tamped level with the adjacent s+.rface,
except that when sod is to be placed over the trench, tl~e back-
filling shall be stopped at a depth equal to the thickness of the
sod to be used, with proper allowance for settlement. Any excess
' excavated material shall be removed and disposed of in accordance
with instructions issued by the engineer.
108-3.6 RESTORATION, Where sod has been removed, it shall be
' replaced' as soon as possible after the backfilling is completed.
All areas disturbed by the trenching, storing of dirt, cable
laying, pad construction, and other work shv11 be restored to its
original condition. The restoration shall include any necessary
topsoil.ing, fertilizing, liming, seeding, rodding, sprigging or
mulching. All such work shall be performed in accordance with
the FAA Standard Turfing Specifications. The contractor shall be
held responsible for maintaining all disturbed surfaces and re-
plr.cements until final acceptance.
' 108-3.7 CABLE MARKERS. The location of runway light circuits
shall be mar e by a concrete slab marker, 2 feet square and
4 inches thick, extending approximately 1 inch above the surface.
Each cable run from the line of runway lights to the equipment
vault shall also be marked at approximately every 200 feet along
the cable run, with an additional marker at each change of direc-
tion of cable run. All other cable buried directly in the
N
' ITEM L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CAF1,E
FOR AIRPORTS
earth shall be marked in the same manner. The contractor shall
not install slab markers where cable lies in straight lines between
obstruction light poles which are spaced 300 feet apart, or less.
N Cable markers shall be installed immediately above the cable. The
contractor small impress the word "CABLE" and directional arrows
4nineach ches cale high andk3nincheb.wide, withewiethaof stroker1/2minchy
' and 114 inch deep.
The location of each underground cable connection, except at
' lighting units or insulating transformers, s~iall be marked by
a concrete marker slab placed above the connection. The contrac-
tor shall impress the word "SPLICE" on each slab. lie also shall
' impress additional circuit identification symbols on each slab
if so desired b;, the engineer.
108-3.8 SPLICING. Connections of the type shown in the plans
shall e ma e y experienced personnel regularly engaged in this
type of work and shall be made as follows:
(a) Cast splices. These shall be made by using crimp
' connectors for jointing conductors. Molds shall be assembled,
and the compound shall be mixed and poured in accordance with
' manufacturer's instructions and to the satisfaction of the
engineer.
' (b) Vulcanized Splices. These :hall be made by using
crimp connectors or joining conductors. The splice shall be
made, using compounds furnished by the manufacturer, in accordance
with his instructions and to the satisfaction of the engineer.
(c) Field-attached Ply-in Splices. These shall be assembled
in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. These splices
shall be made by plugging directly into mating connectors, In
all cases the joint where the connectors come together shall be
wrapped with at least one layer of rubber or synthetic rubber tape
and one layer of plastic tape, one-half lapped, extending at
' least 1-1/2 inches on each side of the joint.
(d) Factor -molded Plug-in Splices. These shall be made by
plugging d rest y into rating connectors. In all cases, the joint
where the connectors come together shall be wrapped with at least
one layer of rubber or synthetic rubber tape and one layer of
' plastic tape, one-half lapped, extending at least 1-1/2 inches on
each side of the joint.
ITEM L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE
FOR AIRPORT'
(e) Taped Splices. A taped splice shall be made in the
following manner:
Bring the cables to their final position and cut so that the con-
ductors will butt. Remove insulation and jacket allowing for bare
condu:tor of proper length to fit compression sleeve connector with
' 1/4 inch of bare conductor on each side of the connector. Use a
sharp knife to pencil insulation and jacket at approximately the
same angle as a pencil point. Care must be taken to avoid nicking
or injuring the conductor during removal of insulation or pencil-
ing. Do not use emery paper on splicing operation since it contains
metallic particles. The copper conductors shall be thoroughly
1 cleaned. Join the conductors by inserting them equidistant into
the compression connection sleeve. Crimp conductors firmly, in
place with crimping tool that requires a ennplete crimp before tool
can be removed. Test the crimped connection by pulling on the cable.
Scrape the insulation to assure that the entire surface over which
the tape will be applied (plus 3 inches on each end) is clean.
After scraping wipe the entire area with a clean lint-free cloth.
' Do not use solvents.
Apply high-voltage rubber tape one-half lapped over bare conductor.
This tape should be tensioned as recommended by the manufacturer.
Voids in the connector area may be eliminated by highly elongating
the tape stretching it just short of its breaking point. Through-
out the rest of the splice less tension should be used. Always
' attempt to exactly halt-lap to produce a uniform buildup. Continue
buildup to 1-1/2 times ca;ile diameter over the body of the splice
with ends tapered a distance of approximately 1 inch ova: the
' original jacket, Cover rubber tape with two layers of vinyl pres-
sure-sensit..ve tape one-half lapped. Do not use glyptol or lacquer
over vinyl tape as they react as solvents to the tape. No further
cable covering or splice be:xas are required.
If shielded cable is to be spli,:ed, prepare cable as for a regular
taped splice, except that the neoprene jacket shall be removed a
' distance not less than 5 inches from the beginning of the penciled
portion. Carefully unwrap the shielding tape from that portion
where jacket has been removed and cut off so that it extends about
' 1 inch from end of the jacket. Proceed with the topped splice as
described above and tape up to 1/4 Inch from the si,ield on both ends.
Build up rubber tape to a thickness equal to the insulation thick-
ness or 5/16 inch over connoctor.
1
t
vim. - -
7 .7 -71
ITEM L-208 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE
FOR AIRPORTS
' Next wrap one-half lapped layer of semi-conducting tape (Scotch No.
13 Semi-Conducting Tape, or equal) over splicing tape and 1/4 inch
onto the shielding tape. Wrap a fine, flat shielding braid one-half
' lapped over the spline extending 1/2 inch onto the metallic shielding.
Solder ends of braid ;.o metallic shielding tape, A bonding wire,
(Minimum No. 14 stranded copper) equal to the current carrying
' capacity of the metallic shield, should have the individual strands
wrapped around the metallic shield at both ends of the splice.
These strands should be tack soldered to the shield in several
places. The cable sheath should be replaced by wrapping with two
' one-half lapped layers of vinyl tape extending 2 inches onto the
cable jacket.
The above described splice is for a straight-through splice with
continuity of shielding.
' 108--,.9 PARE COUNTERPOISE WIRE INSTALLATION AND GROUNDING FOR
L IL I INNING PROTECTION. shown In the plans or spec £i-e-3-Tn7ob
spec ications, a stranded bare copper wire, No. 8 AWG minimum
size, shall be installed for lightning protecticn of the ender-
' ground cables. the bare counterpoise wire shall be 3;,stalled i
the same trench ':ot the entire ldttgth of the insulated cables
it is designed to protect, .nd shall be placed at a distance of
' approximately 4 inches from the insulated cable. The counterpoise
wire shall be securely attached to each light fixture base, or
mounting stake The counterpoise wire shall also be securely at-
tached to copper or copper-clad ground rods installed not more than
1,000 feet apart around the entire circuit. The ground rods shall
he of the length and diameter specified in the plans, but in no
case shall they be less than 8-feet long nor less than 5/8 inch in
' diameter.
The counterpoise system shall terminate at the transformer vault or
' tit the power source. It shall be securely attached to the vault or
equipment, grounding system. The connections shall be made as shown
in the project plans and specifications.
t 108-3.10 TESTING. Fhe contractor shall furnish all necessary
equ pment an appliances for testing the underground cable circuits
after installation. The contractor shall test and demonstrate to
' the satisfaction of the engineer the following:
(a) That all lighting power and control circuits are continuous
' and free from short circuits.
' ITEM L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUNII CABLE
FOR AIRPORTS
t (b) That all circuits are free fron unspocified grounds,
' (c) That the insulation resistance to ground of all non-
grounded series circuits is not less than 50 megohms,
groundeddconductors eOfnmultiple circuits cis to ground
than all non.
(e) That all circuits are properly connected in accordance
' with applicable wiring diagrams.
(f) That all circuits are operably. Tests shall be conducted
that include operating each control not less than 10 times and the
' continuous operation of each lighting and power circuit for ;lot less
than 1/2 hour.
' Method of Measurement
108-4.1 The quantity of trench to be paid for shall be the linear
eet o trench, including the excavation, backfill, and reconditioning,
completed, measured as excavated, and accepted as satisfactory.
When specified in the proposal, separate measurement shall be made
' for trenches of various specified widths.
108-4.2 The footage of cable or counterpoise wire installed in trench
to Fe-paid for shall he the number of linear feet of cable nr counter-
poise wire installed in trenches measured in place, completed, ready
for operation, and accepted as satisfactory. Separate measurement
shall be made for each cable or counterpoise wire installed in trench.
108-4.3 The footage of cable or counterpoise wire installed in duct
in crnduit to be aid for
ready sforlopbe the eration, ~mand accepted rasesatisfacto~
Y,
Separate measurement shall be made for each cable or counterpoise
wire installed in duct or conduit.
1
-77
' ITEM L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE
FOR AIRPORTS
Basis 00 Payment
108-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit rice for
irenc ing cable and bare counterpoise wire installed in trench
' or duct in place by the contractor and accepted D;r the engineer.
'this price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials
and for all preparation and installation of these materials, and
for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to j
complete this item.
Payment will be made under:
Item L-108-5.1 Cable Trench--per linear foot,
' Item L-108-5.1 Underground Cable, installed in trench--per
linear foot,
Item L-108-5.1 Underground Cable, installed in duct or
conduit--per linear foot.
Item L-108-5,1 Bare Counterpoise Wire, installed in trench,
' including ground rods and grou!.dtng connectors--
per linear foot.
' Ite;n L-108-5.1 Bare Counterpoise Wire, installed in duct--
per linear foot.
' FAA Specifications Referenced in Item L-108
Numbev Title
' AC 150/5345-7 Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical
Cables for Airport Lighting Circuits.
AC 150/5345-26 Specification for L-823 Plug ,Pnd Receptacle
Cable Connectors.
' Federal Specifications Referenced In Item L-108
Number Title
' J-C-30 Cable and Wire, 1lectrical Power, Fixed
installation.
' }11l-I-S95 Insulation Tape, Electrical, Pressure-Sensitive
Adhesive, Plastic, for Low-Temperature
Application.
1
ITEM L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE
FOR AIRPORTS
' ASTM Specifications Referenced in Item L-108
' Num};c,l. Title
B-3 Soft or Annealed Copper Wire.
B-8 Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductor, Hard,
Medium-Iiard, or Soft.
Military Specifications Referenced in Item L-108
Number Title
MIL-I-3825 Insulation Tape, Electrical, Self-Fusing,
for Use in Electronics, Communications,
' and Allied Equipment.
MIL-I-7798 Insulation, Tape, Electrical, Pressure-Sensitive
' Adhesive, Plastic.
1
1
1
r
r ITEM L-109(S), INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT LIG11TING
REGULATOR AND TERMINAL BUILDING
r EQUIPMENT
Description
109 1.1 This item shall consist of the replacing of an existing
a ~'nyrt lighting regulator with one of larger capacity. This
WC shall also include the -.nstallation of conduits and wiring;
r tho marking and labeling of equipment and the labeling or tagging
Of' wires; the testing of the installation; and the furnishing of
all incidentals necessary to place it in operating condition as
r a completed unit to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER. Related
doscriptions of work requirements are displayed on the drawings.
Equipment and Materials
r 109-2.1 General
(a) Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by FAA
specifications shall have th; prior approval of the Federal Aviation
Administration, Airports Service, Washington, D.C., 20S90, and shall
' be listed in Advisory Circular 150/5345-1E, Approved Airport
Lighting Equipment.
(b) Circuit breakers, panelboards, fuses, wire, terminal
r blocks, and all other regularly used commercial items of electrical
equipment not covered by FAA equipment specifications shall conform
to the applicable rulings and standards of Institute of Electrical
' and Electronic Engineers or the National Electrical Manufacturers
Association. In all cases, equipment shall be iew and a first-
l;rade product. This equipment shall be supplied', in the quantities
required for the specific project and shall incorporate the elec-
trical and mechanical characteristics specified in the proposal
and plans.
' (c) All other equipment and materials covered by other
referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through
manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable
' specification when requested by the ENGINEER.
109-2.2 FAA-ApQroyed E uipment
' Certain items of airport lighting equipment are covered by indi-
vidual FAA equipment specifications. The specifications are
listed below:
1
r
i
1 -
' AC 150/5345-38, Specification for Control Switches in Airport
1,1Eliting Panel.
AC 150/5345-7C, Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical
Cables for Airport Lighting Circuits.
AC 150/5345-11, Specification for L-812 Static Indoor Type Constant
' Current Regulator Assembly; 4KW and 7-1/2KW; With Brightness
Control for Remote Operation.
' 109-2.3 Wire
Wire in conduit rated 5,000 volts shall conform to Advisory
' Circular 150/5345-7C, Specification L-824 Underground Electrical
Cables for Airport Lighting Circuits. For ratings up to 600
volts, thermoplastic wire conforming to UL Standard No. 83, Types
T111V and T11HN, shall be used. The wires shall be of the type,
size, number of conductors, and voltage shown in tho plans or in
the proposal.
109-2.4 Rigid Steel Conduit
Rigid steel conduit and fittings shall be in accordance with
Federal Specification WW-C-581.
' Construction Methods
' 109-3.1 General
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish, install and connect all equipment,
equipment accessories, conduit, cables, wires, buses, grounds,
breakers, fuses, and support necessary to insure a complete and
operable electrical distribution center for the airport lighting
system as specified herein and shown on the plans. The equipment
' installation and mounting shall comply with the requirements of the
National Electrical Code and local code agency having jurisdiction.
1
° N Ms r
r .7
•
1
A 109-3.2 Power Supply Equipment
' Regulator and control switch shall be installed where indicated.
Remove related existing equipment to accommodate
The regulator shall be srL on steel channels the new regulator.
,
a concrete pad in turn setting on
.
109-3.3 Markin and Labelin
All equipment, control wires, terminal blocks, etc., shall be
tagged, marked, c,r labeled as specified below:
(a) Wire Identification. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and
install self-sticking wire labels or identifying tags on all control
wires at the point where they connect to the control equipment
or the the terminal blocks. Wire labels, if usc-d shall be of
' the self-sticking preprinted type and of the manviacturer's rec-
ommended size for the wire involved. Identification markings
designated in the plans, or by the ENGINEER, shall be followed.
Tags, if used, shall be of fiber not loss than 3/4-inch in diameter
and not less than 1/32-inch thick, Identification markings
designated in the plans or by the ENGINEER shall bo stamped on
tags by means of small tool dies. Each tag shall be securely
tied to the proper wire by a nonmetallic cord.
(b) Labels. The CONTRACTOR shall stencil identifying lables
' on the cases of regulators, overcurrent devices with white oil
paint as designated by the ENGINEER. Thp letters and numerals
shall be not less than 1 inch in height and shall be of propor-
tionate width. The CONTRACTOR shall also mark the correct circuit
designations in accordance with the wiring diagram on the terminal
marking strips which are a part of each terminal block.
' Basis of Payment
109-4.1 Payment will be made at the contract lump-sum price for
the completed installation of th,a regulator, new service, new
service panel, control panel, ar.d all required connections. This
price shall be full compensatiot for furnishing all materials on o t m
and aterials,landoforaallnlaboremoquipment,ntools,~tand incidene
necessary to complete the item, talc
t Payment will be made tinder:
Item L-109-4,1, Installation of Airport Lighting Regulator
and Control Switch - Lump Sum
Yi Y imi L-116 INSTALLATION OF mini 17iTmm
1 RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY LIGHTS WIM STAKE
140UNTING
Description,
' 116-1.1
This item shall consist of medium intensity runway or taxiway lights
for series circuits, mounted on metal stakes, furnished and installed
' in accordance with this specification at the locations and .'n --onformity
with the dimensional design, and details shown on the plans. Included
in this item shall be the furnishing and insUklling of transformmere
' and, if specified, a concrete anchor. This i':em shall also include
all cable connections, the furnishing and installing of all lamps,
the testing of the installation, and all incidentals necessary to place
t these lights in operation as a completed unit to the satisfaction of
the engineer.
t Equipment and Materials
116-2.1 General.
' (a) Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by FAA specifications
shall have the prior approval of the Federal Aviation Administratio'.t,
Airports Service, Washington, D. C. 25090, and shall be listed
in Advisory Circular 150 45-1, Approved Airport Lighting Equipment,
(b) All other equipment and materials covered by other referenced
' specifications shall be subject to acceptance through the me.nufaeturer's
certification of compliance with the applicable specifications.
(c) Lists of the equipment and materials required for a particular
system are contained in the applicable advisory circulars.
116-2.2 Tape.
Rubber and plastic electrical tapes shall be Scotch Electrical Tape
Numbers 23 and 88, respectively, as manufactured by the Minnesota
1 Mining and MYsnufacturing Company, or an approved equal.
116-2.3 Concrete.
' Concrete for beekfill shall be proport!onoid not leaner than a 1.3-6 mix
by volume and shall have a compressive strength of not less than 2)000 FSI.
Approved clean aggregate shall be used to produce the concrete.
t
1
a~
t R 6 p"H ♦TP:.
-7 1 r' '77
r
r
Construction Methods
1166-3.1 placing the L10te.
Zhe elevated lights shall be installed at the locations shown on the plans.
r 116-3.2 Transformer Installation.
'lhe transformer shall be buriea in the ground at a suitable location
a°ijacent to the stake. No portion of the transformer case shall be
leas than 10 inches heloW the ground level. The transformer shall be
laid on a side with leads horiz.ntal and trained toward the stake.
The primary cable connections shall be made as described in paragraph
116-3.6 (a) or (b), as required. The secondary lead of the transformer
shall be brought into position at the bottom of mounting assembly
fitting. The attached connector on the transformer lead sh&U be fastened
io ths fitting by means of the holding ring provided for this purpose.
The primary leads shall be positioned with the cable connectors in
' place on the clamp support attached to the stake.
The transformer shall be placed on a 3-inch layer of bedding material
and shall be covered with a layer of the same material and of the same
thickness. Bedding and cover material shall be either earth or nand
containing no particles that would be retained on a 1/4-inch sieve.
All backfill material shall be thoroughly tamped and compacted. If
r necessary to obtain compaction, the backfill material shall be moistened
or aerated as required.
r 116-3.3 Stake Installation.
The stake shall not be installed by driving. Rhe excavation for the 1
r stake shall be not less than 6 inches in diameter. The stake shall be
installed to a sufficient depth so that the shearing groove of the
breakable coupling shall not extend more than 34 inches above finished
grade. Backfill shall be made with earth containing no particles that
r would be retained on a 1-inch sieve. All backfill material shall be
thoroughly tamped and compacted. If necessary to obtain compaction, the
backfill material shall be moistened or aerated as required. The stake
shall be vertical to within 3'. The stableness of the stakes inetalled
in place shall be to the satisfaction of the engineer.
r 116-3.4 Concrete Anchor.
If shown on plans or specified in fob specifications, the stake shall
be backfilled with concrete to form an anchor. The design of the concrete
i
r
r
NOW
anchor shall be in accordance vith dimensions shown on the plans. It
used, construction forms shall be removed after the concrete has set.
Precast concrete anchors on stakes are permissible; if specified.
' 116-3.5 Assembling the Unit.
The elevated light shall be assembled in accordance with the manufacturer's
installation instructions. The transformer secondary shall be connected
' to the lamp leads by means of the disconnecting plug and receptacle
provided with the unit, and this joint shall not be taped. A lamp
of the proper rating shall be installed in the fixture.
' 116-3.6 Cable Connections.
t Underground cable will be installed between the units as a separate
item under Item L-108, "Installation of Underground Cable for Airports".
The contractor shall connect this cable to the transformer. The
connection to the underground cable supply shall be We by one of
' the following methods;
(a) Direct Connection. Thai transformer primary lead connectors
shall be plugged dirsetly into mating connectors of Field-Attacbed
or Factory-Molded Plug-In Splices on the supply cables, whichever
is called for on the plans. The splices shall be attached to the
supply cables as specified in Item L-108.
(b) Pigtail Splic'.ng Lead Connection. When the plans specify that
' pigtail splicing leads are to be supplied with the transformers,
the pigtail leads shall be connected to the supply cable by means
of either a Cast SpliceA a Vulcanized Splice,
whichever is called for on the plans. The splices shall be made
' as specified in Item L-108.
Qua joint khere the transformer mating connectors come together shall
be wrapped with at least two layers of plastic tape, cne-half lapped,
extending at least 1i inches each side of t'.:e joint.
' 116-3.7 Leveling and Beam Adjustment.
The optical system shall be leveled to within 1°. Leveling shall be
accomplished as recommended by the manufacturer.
e
The contractor shall be held responsible for the correct
' leveling, adjustments and orientation of 811 elevated lights installed
1 by him. Final adjw%tment shall be made at night,
and shall be to the satisfaction of the engineer.
Numbers.
' 116-3.8 identification
An identifying number aball be assigned t3 each unit in accordance with
' the plans. The placing of numbers to identify the unit shall be accomplished
by one of the following methods;
t (a) Numbers shall be stenciled on the runway side of the fixture.
(b) A noncorrosive tag shall be fastened to the fixture.
' (c) A noncorrosive metal disc of 2 inches minimum diameter, with numbers
permanently stamped or cut out shall be attached to the fixture.
116-3.9 Tests.
The installation shall be fully tested by continuous operation for
' a period of not less than j hour as a completed unit prior to acceytance,
and these tests shall include the functioning of each control not less
than 10 times. The completed circuit shall be tested in accordance with
the applicable provisions of items L-108s "Installation of Underground
' Cable for Airports".
Method of Measurement
116-_4.1
The quantity of lights to be paid for under this item shall be the
' number of mach type of medium intensity runway or taxiway lights installed
with stakes as completed unitr. In place, ready for operation, and
' accepted by the engineer.
Preis of PaMat
Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for each complete
' stake m,)itnted medium is tensity runway or taxiway li jtt installed in
place and accepted by the engineer. This price shell be full compensation
for furniching all materials; for all preparation, assetibly, and instaL`stion
II
t
of these materials; and for all labors equlOment, tools and incidental--%
necessary to complete this lten.
Payment vitil be made unders
8 Item L-116-5.1 InsWtation of medium Intensity Runvay
Lights Stake Mounted - per each.
Item L-116-5.1 Installation of Taxiway Lights Stake
' Mounted - per each.
1
1
1 1
_ J
' ITEM L-117 INSTALLATION OF INTERNALLY LIGHTED TAXI
GUIDANCE SIGNS WITH STAKE MOUNTING
Description
' 117-1~1
This item shall consist of internally lighted taxi guidance signs
for aeries circuits, mounted on metal stakes, furnished and installed
in accordance with this specification at the locations and in con-
formity with the dimensions, design, and details shown on the plans.
Included in this iten shall be the furnishing and installing of
transformers and, if specified, a concrete anchor. This item shall
also include all cable connections, the furnishing and installing
t of all lamps, the testing of the installation, and all, incidentals
necessary to place these signs in operation as a completed unit to
the satisfaction of the engineer.
' t4uipment and Materials
117-2.1 General
' (a) Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by FM
specifications shall have the prior approval of the Federal
Aviation Administration, Airports Service, Washington, D.C.
25090, and shall be listed in Advisory Circular 150/5345-1,
Approved Airport Lighting Equipment.
' (b) All other equipment and materials covered by other referenced
specifications shall be subject to acceptcnce through the
manufacturer's certification of compliance 0th the applicable
' specifications.
(c) Lists of the equipment and materials required for a particular
' system are contained in the applicable advisory circulars.
117-2.2 Taxi Guidance Signs
' The taxi guidance signs shall conform to the requirements of
Specification L-8:9, "Specification for Internally Lighted Airport
Taxi Guidance Sign." Each unit shall be furnished complete with
' the specified panels, mounting assemblies, breakable couplings,
transformer(s), and stake(a).
II
sir
117-2.3 Insulating Transfo:imere
conform ca
Insulating Transformers shall Isolation Transformers for Airport Lighting Systems. L-830,
117-2.4 TO P-0
e Rubber and plastic electrical tapes shall beScotch Electrical
Tape Numbers 23 and 88, respectively, as manufactured aual.
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, or an approved q
117-2.5 Concrete
Concrete for backfill shall be proportioned not leaner than a
a 1-3-6 mix by volune and shallcompressive strength bofuaed clean aggregate shall not less than 2,000 PSI. Approved
' to produce the concrete.
Construction Methods
117-3.1 Placing the Signs
The taxi guidance signs shall be installed at the locations shown
on the plans.
117-3.2 Transformer Installatiuu
' The transformer shall be buried in the ground at a suitable location
adjacent to the stake. No portion of the transformer cast, shall be
less than 10 inches below the ground level. The transformer shall be
' laid on a side with leads horizontal and trained toward the stake.
The primary cable connections shall be made of described in paragraph
116.3.6 (a) or (b), as required. The secondary lead of the transformer
shall be brought into position at the bottom of mounting assembly
fitting. The attached connector on the transformer lead shall be
fastened to the fitting by means of the holding ring provided for this
purpose, The primary leads shall be positioned with the cable con-
nectors in place on the clamp support attached to the stake.
The transformer shall be placed en a 3-inch lavar of bedding material
' and shall be covered with a layer of the same material and of the sa;se
thickness. Redding and cover material shall be either earth or sand
containing no particles thee. would be retained on a 1/4-inch sieve.
All backfill material shall be thorouEhly tamped and compacted. if
necessary to obtain compaction, the backfill material shall be
moistened or aerated as required.
1
' 117-3.3 Stake Installation
' The stale shall not be installed by driving. Tha excavation for the
stake shall be not less than 6 inches in diameter. The stake oshall r th be
installed to a sufficient depth so that the shearing groove of the
r breakable coupling shall not extend more than 3~ inches above finished
grade. Sackfill shall be made with -arth containing no particles that
would he retained on a I-inch sieve. All backfill material shall be
' thoroughly tamped and compacted. If necessary to obtain compaction,
the backfill material shall be moistened or aerated as required. The
stake shall be vertical to within 30. The stableness of the stakes
' installed in place shall be to the satisfaction of the engineer.
117-3.4 Concrete Anchor
' If shown on plans or specified in job specifications, the stake shall,
be backfilled with concrete to form an anchor. The design of the con-
crete anchor shall be in accordance with dimensions shown on the plans.
' construction
anchors shall
on stakes are permissiole, if concrete has
117-3.5 Assembling the Unit
' The taxi guidance sign shall be assembled in accordance with the manu-
±!actur.,r's installation instructions. The transformer secondary shall be
' connecod to the lamp leads by means of the disconnecting plug and recep-
tacle provided with the unit, and thin loin,;; shall not be taped, A lamp,
or latrps of the proper rating shall be installed in the fixtu:n. The
distdnee froth the finished grade to the top of the sign shall ;a as indi-
' csced on the plans but in no event shall be less than 20 inches nor moro
than 30 inches.
' 117-3.6 Cable Conner!ions
Underground ca'.)It +iill be installed as a sepatate item under Item L-1081
"Installation of .mderground cable for Airports." The contractor shall
connect this cable to the transformer. The connection to the under-
ground cable supply shall be made by one of the following methods-
(a) Ditect Connection, The transformer primary lead connectors shall
be plugged directly into mating connectors of Field-Attached or
Factory-Molded Plug-:n Splices on the supply cables, whichever
is called for on the plans. The splices shall be !ittached to the
supply cables as specified in Item L-108.
(b) Pigtail Splicing Lead Connection, When the plans specify that pig-
tail splicing leads are to be supplied w+th the transforaers, the
pigtail leads shall Abe connected to the supply cable by means of
either a east Splices a Vulcanised Splice,
whichever is called for on the plans, The splices shall be made
as specified in Item L-108,
The joint where the transformer mating connectors come together shall
be wrapped with at least two lryars of plastin tape, one-half lapped,
' extending at least lj inches each side of the joint.
r
!.17-3.7 Identification Numbers
' 1,17-3.
identifying rshail ban the unit accordance
shall
with h the 1~ plans. The placing of numbers to identify
be accomplished by one of the following methods:
(a) Numbers not less than 2 inches high nor more than b inches
' high shall be painted or stenciled on one and of the sign
in yellow paint.
(b) A noncorrosive metal disc of 2 inches minimum diameter,
' with numbers permanently stamped or cut out shall be
attached to one end of the sign by at least two metal
screws,
r 117-3,13 Tests
The installation shall be fully tested by continuous operation for
r a period of not less than ~ hour as a completed unit prior to ac-
ceptance, and these tests shall include the functioning of each
control not less than 10 times. The completed circuit shall be
tested in accordance with the applicable provisions of Items L-108,
"Installation of Underground Cable for Airports."
' Ha thoLl of Measurement
117-G.1
' The quantity of signs to be paid for under this item shall be the
number of each taxi guidance sign of like size, installed as com-
plated units in place, ready for operation, and accepted by the
engineer.
Basis of Payment
117-5.1
' 120-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for each
complete taxi guidance sign of like size installed in place by the
contractor and accepted by the engineer. This price shall be full
compensation for furnishing all materials; for all preparation,
assembly, and installation of these materials; and for all labor,
equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete this item.
' Payment will be made under;
Item L-120.5.1 Airport Taxi Guidance Signs, in Place--
per unit of like size.
1
ITEM L-V INSTALLATION OF VISUAL
APPROACH SLOPE INDICATORS AND ACCESSORIES
Description
L-V-1,1
This item shall consist of a visual approach slope indicator
' (VASI) system, having four lamp housing assemblies (thus describ-
ed more completely as a VASI-4), a power control assembly, and
an aiming instrument set. This VASI-4 system shall be achieved
' in part by the relocation and re-use of two (2) existing lamp
housing assemblies and an existing power control assembly, such
components presently serving as a VASI-2 system. This item shall
I include all devices, material, labor, and incidentals necessary
to situate this system in complete operating condition to the
satisfaction of the Engineer. Concrete bases, cables, cable con-
nections, and careful attention to adjustment of visual angles
are matters included in this item.
L-V-1.2
This specification refers to L-851 Visual Approach Slope Indicators
and Accessories, and to related equipment, material, and work.
' Related Documents
' L-V-2.1 FAA Documents. The following publications of the issue
in effect on the ate of application for qualification :'orm a
part of this specification and are applicable to the extent
specified herein,
2. 1.1 FAA Specificatiens-
FAA-G-2100/lb Electronic Equipment, General Requirements,
r Part 1 Fasic Requirements for all
Equipment
FAA-6-2100/lb Amendment 2, Electronic Equipment, General
Requirements
FAA-G-2100 Supplement 4, Electronic Equipment, General
Requirements
i.-V-2_.1.2 FAA Standards.
FAA-STD-013a Quality Control lrogram Requirements
' 1-V-2 1 3 FAA Drawings.
' M E-4904 Frangible Coupling, Type 1 and IA. Details
1
L-V-2.1.4 FAA Advisory Circulars.
AC ISO/S34S-lE Approved Airport Lighting Equipment
L-V-2.2 Federal Publications. The following publications cf
!be issue in a ect on the ate of application for qualification
' farm a part of this specification and are applicable to the extent
specified herein.
L-V-2.2.1 Federal Specifications.
' QQ-A-200/8 $ 9 Aluminum Alloy Bar, Rod, Shapes, Tube
and 'lire, Fxtruded
Qf,-A-250 Aluminum Alloy Plate and Sheet, General
Specification for
QQ-2-626 Brass, Rod, Bar and Strip
TT-C-489 Enamel, Alkyd, Gloss
L-P-383 Plastic Material, Polyester Resin, Glass
Fiber Base, Low Pressure Laminated
QQ-A-591 Aluminum Alloy Die Castings
' QQ-A-601 Aluminum Alloy Sand Castings
TT-E-527 Enamel, Alkyd, Lusterlol;s
TT-P-1757 Primer Coating, Zinc Chromate, Low-Moisture-
Sensitivity
L-V-2.2.2 Military Specifications,
' MI,,-C-5541 Chemical Conversion Coatings on Aluminum
and Aluminum Alloys
MIL-R-7575 Resin, Polyester, Low Pressure Laminating
MIL-S-7720 Steel, Corrosion Resistant
MIL-A-3625 Anodic Coating, for Aluminum and Aluminum
Alloys
MIL-C-9084 Cloth, Glass, Fis:ished, for Resin Laminates
MIL-M-15617 Mats, Fibrous-Glass, for Reinforced Plastics
MIL-C-22750 Coating, Epoxy Polyamide
MIL-C-25050' Colors, Aeronautical Lights and Lighting
' Equipment General Requirements for
L-V-2,2.3 Federal Standards.
' FED-STD-595 Colors
' L-V-2.2,4 Military Standards.
MIL-STD-8108 Environmental Testing Methods
MIL-STD-462 Electromagnetic Interference Character-
istics, Measurements of
MIL-STD-889A Dissimilar Metals
1
1 -
' L-V-2.2.5 National Fureau of Standards.
NBSIR-74/603 Standard Procedure for Setting
' Photoelectric Controls
L-V-2.3 Other Publications. The following publications of the
ssue in effect on t hi ate of application for qualification
' form a part of this specification and are applicable to the extent
specified herein.
' L-V-2.3.1 National. Electrical Manufacturers Association (NFMA) Stds.
SG-5 Standards for Power Switchgear Assemblies
L-V-2.3.2 National Board of Fire Underwriters Standard.
NFPA No. 70 National Electrical Code
L-V-3.1 VASI-4.
(a) Four lamp housing assemblies complete with lamps
' and mounting hardware in accordance with paragraph
3.4.
' (b) One aiming instrument set complete with level, aiming
bar, calibration bar, and storage case in accordance
with paragraph 3.5.
' (c) One. power and control assembly including all compo-
nentt~ in accordance with paragraph 3.6.
(d) Two instruction books in accordance with paragraph
3.12,
1 L-V-3,2 Guneral Functional Requirements. The equipment specified
ere n s a precision opt ca assembly an with its control circuitry
is to be used at airports to provide accurate visual glide path
' information to landing aircraft. The equipment consists of the
lamp housing assembly (3.4), the aiming instrument set (3,5),
and the power and control assembly (3.6).
' L-V-3.3 Environmental Re uirements. The equipment shall be designed
or out oor installation an continuous operation, and shall meet
all specification requirements while operating under the following
' environmental conditions.
L-V-3.3.1 Temperature. A temperature range from -430C to +550C.
' L-V-3.3.2 Altitude. Any altitude from sea level to 10,000 feet
(`305 'm)-above sea -level.
r
' L-V-3.3.3 HUmidii . A humidity range from 101 to 9S1 at +SSoC
' ambient temperature.
L-V-3.3.4 Sand and Dust. Expos -e to airborne sand particles
encounters on deserts or the thcr result, of air blast from jet
' aircraft.
L-V-3.3.5 Salt Spray. Exposure to a salt-laden atmosphere.
r L-V-3.4 Lamp iiousin .
L-V-3.4.1 General. The VASI-4 lamp housing contains three lamps.
amp,Dosinis an optical bench consisting of (1) a lamp
tFe
khead for mounting three PAR-64 lamps, of nit more than 200
watts each, (2) a lens bulkhead for mounting nree filter-lens
' assemblies, (3) a transition bar, (4) a vertical cutoff bar, and
(S) a horizontal aperture, all in an aluminum or reinforced fiber
glass housing shell. A centerline marking or projection shall
' be placed on the top of the housing at front and rear to facilitate
field alignment. The lamp housing shall also be provided with
a grounding lug, cable clamp, terminal block, and means for trans-
verse leveling and adjusting the vertical angle of the optical
centerline. The housing shall be designed to maintain the desired
light beam orientation under the environmental conditions specified
in paragraph 3.3 and shall hold its shape during normal shipment,
' installation, and maintenance operations. The design shf+ll pro-
hibit birds or rodents from entering the rear portion of the lamp
housing.
' L-V-3.4.2 Q tical Bench. The optical bench shall be constructed
o a um num an s a e directly connected to the mounting legs.
The aluminum shall be as specified in paragraph 3.7,2 and shall
' be of sufficient thickness to obtain the required rigidity. 'rho
dimensions for the optical bench shall be as shown in Figure 2.
' L-V-3.4.3 Housing Shell. The optical bench shall be enclosed by
a ot;s ni g~shel ma e o either aluminum or fiber glass as specified
in paragraph 3.7. If of fiber glass, the housing shall not be
' constructed as part of the optical bench. Dimensions and shape
of the i:ousing shell are optional provided they accommodate all
essential components of the optical bench. The housing shell shall
cover that portion of the bottom of the optical bench from the
' rear and to 3 inches (7.6; cm) in front of the lens bulkhead. The
remaining portion of the bottom may be either screened in or closed.
Adequate drain holes shall be provided in the covered bottom
' surfaces. Pro%!isions may be made on the rear vertical surface
of the shell fo; mounting the power and control assembly.
' L-V-3.4.4 Access. A hinged of sliding cover plate shall be
prov a on t e ousing to permit access to the lamps, filter lens,
and electrical components. The access cover plate shall have a
r
r
positive latch to permit securing in the closed position. The
latch sha)l be easily opened and secured with a gloved hand.
1.-V-3.4.5 Bulkheads. Bulkheads shall be provided at the locations
' M win on figure or mounting the lamps and filter lens. The
bulkheads may be of the removable type if required to facilitate
replacement of lamps and filter lens. If of the removable type,
quick-disconnect hardware shall be used that permits easy removal
without the use of tools. 'Cho bulkheads and retaining hardware
for the lamps and filter lens shall insure no movement which
could affect the optical performance.
L-V-3.4.5.1 Lam Niountin The lamp bulkhead shall be designed
to provide or the amps being mounted in such a manner as to provide
positive positioning of the lamp seating lugs against the lamp
seating plane. The PAR-64 lamps are to be held firmly in place
by a lamp mounting system to maintain proper seating of the lamps
' yet allow lamps to be easily replaced by one person. The vertical
plane formed the lamp seating lugs shall be perpendicular to
the lamp housing optical centerline.
i
L-V-3.4.5.2 Filter-Lens Assembly. Filter-lens assemblies shall
be supp a or each amp in a amp housing. They shall consist
of an aviation red (ptr MIL-C-25050) filter (or filter lens if
required) at the top and clear glass (or lens if required) at the
bottom. The filter (leas) assemblies and retaining hardware shall
be positively keyed to assure correct mounting in relation to the
' lens bulkhead. The filter (lens) assemblies shall be easily
removable for replacement purposes.
L-V-3.4.6 A erture. The aperture is an open space typically 2
t Inches tinch (5.08 t .08cm) in height and is located, with
respect to the lamp and lenses, as shown in Figures I and 2. The
bottom surface of the aperture shall be parallel with the bottom
' surface of the transition bar. The width of the aperture shall
be sufficient to allow the required horizontal beam spread of the
light beam, see figures 3 and 4. The design shall provide for an
optional feature to be included, when specified by the purchaser,
' which will permit reducing the horizontal beam width to at least
12 degrees.
' L-V-3.4.7 Transition Bar. A transition bar shall. be provided for
the purposes o a ming t e housing and providing proper definition
between the red and white signal. The overall height of the
transition bar is typically 1 inch (2.54 cm) with a ledge located
:/2 inch (1.27 cm) above the bottom of the transition bar to rest
the aiming bar on. The width of this ledge should be sufficient
to support the level included in the aiming set for transverse
' leveling. See Figure 2 for details and tolerances.
4
L-V-3.4.5 Cutoff Bar. A cutoff bar shall be provided as shown
' in gore required to prevent stray light reflections.
L-V-3.4.9 Terminal Block. A terminal'block shall be provided in
' the rear o t He amp ousing. The terminal block shall be of
rugged construction incorporating noncorrosive-type terminals
rated to carry 10 amperes at 480 Vac. Electrical contact surfaces
or terminals shall be brass, bronze, or copper. Pressure screws
of the electrical terminals Shall be brass, bronze, or stainless
steel. The terminal block shall have sufficient terminals to
accommodate all internal connections plus connection of external
' power cables using conductors ranging in size from 012 AWG to
08 AWG.
' L-V-3.4.10 Lamp Connectors. Lamp connectors, General Electric
C 2 or equa quality hall be provided with each housing for
connecting each larp to the terminal block. The leads shall be 016
AWG minimum, heat resistant (900C) insulated, stranded copper
conductors. Wiring is not to interfere with the removal of lamps,
filters, or bulkhead or in making adjustments.
' L-V-3.4.11 Power Input Cables. Space shall be provided in the rear
of the .amp ious~rig to p~ emit the connections of power and inter-
connecting cables to the terminal block. At least two holes or
knockouts shall to provided in the bottom rear of the housing to
accommodate at least 1 1/4 inch (3.2 cm) flexible conduit connectors.
L-V-3 4.12 1Veight. The weight of the lampp housing assembly,
excluding lamps and mounting legs, shall be held to a rilnimum,
consistent with the required rigidity, and shall not e:cceed 100
pounds (45 kg).
' L IF
1.4.1.3 Housing Nountin . The VASI lamp housing shall be mounted
on-Tour suppor~gs Which shall be adjustable to permit aiming
the light beam to any vertical angle from hori.ontal up to 6 degrees,
' The legs shall also permit transverse leveling of the unit where
eithor side may be up to 1 inch lower than the other side aftF,r
installation.
i.-V-3.4.13.1 Support Le s. The housing support legs shall consist
essennt ally of mount ng and adjustment hardware, (2) 2-inch
' (5 cm) EMT tubing, (3) frangible couplings conforming to FAA
Drawing B-49049 and (4) aluminum flanges. The aluminum flanges
shall be eesigned for installation on a concrete pad and Shall
' have a boss threaded to receive the frangible coupling. The
adjustment hardwar., shall be designed so us to prevent any unin-
tentional displacement of the lamp housing due to vibration. The
EMT tubing is not furnished under this equipment specification,
' but shall be a part of the Contract requirements.
' L-V-3.4.14 Lam -Out Features. Gleans shall be provided to compensate
or a burned-out series amp to insure continued operation of the
remaining lamps in a lamp housing. If load resistors are used,
athnyeycshall be light box. Any openings without uforaneeded
ventilation shall be screened.
L-V-3.4.15 Lam Housing Finish. All exterior and interior alu-
minum sur aces shall b6-retreated with a chemical film in accor-
dance with MIL-C-5541, Class IA. These surfaces shall be sprayed
' with one coat of zinc chromate primer in accordance with Federal
Specification No. TT-P-1757, composition L, color Y.
L
cause u des -V-3.4.15.1 Interior Finish. Interior ourfaces which could
lusterless, cclor No. 37038 in shall iwith FED-STDn59black,
S. The
paint shall meet the requirements of Federal Specification TT-E-527.
' Paint used on interior fiber glass surfaces shall be in accordance
with kUL-C-22750.
L-V-3.4.15.2 Exterior Finish. All exterior !zi!rfaces of the lamp
ousing, except the rout an rear of the aperture and the reflec-
tion/deflector plate, shall be painted with i.,.t less than a body
' coat and two finish coats of alkyd baking enamel in accordance
with Federal Specification TT-E-489, Class B. international orange,
color No. 12197, of FED-STD-SS5. The paint shall be applied to
at least a 3-mil thickness, and the final painted surfaces shall
be free of blotches, scratches, and runs. The front and rear of
the aperture and the reflection/deflector plate, if used, shall
meet the requirements of paragraph 3.4.15.1. For fiber glass
' surfaces, color shall Je achieved as specified in paragraph 3.7.3.
L-V-3.4.16 Photomotrics. The light output from each lamp housing
shall meet or exce~M the isocandela values of figure 2, or figures
3 and 4 as applicabi-.
L-V-3.5 Aiming Instrument Set.
L-V-3.5.1 Aimin Bar. The aiming bar shall be an accurate align-
ment instrument t at can be operated by one person. It shall be
constructed of aluminum and shall be a lightweight, rugged instru-
ment designed to permit adjustment of the optical centerline of
the lamp housing to the desired vertical angle. The use cf
timmerman nuts will not be allowed due to their lack of positive
control. One end of the aiming bar shall rest on the upper .ledge
of the transition bar and the other end on the bottom surface of
the aperture. Design and construction shall be such that, when the
instrument is sulportrd on the two surfaces indicated above,
deviation from true position due to its own weight shall not
exceed 3 minutes of arc. A dial shall be provided for setting
' the desired angle and shall indicate from 1.5 to 6 degrees in
increments of 0.10 degrees. The spacing between each degree mark
shall be at least 1/2 inch (1.3 cm). A zero-degree setting shall
be provided on the dial for calibration purposes. Alternate
designs, using a vernier dial, may be used where provided with
equivalent gradations as specified for the direct reading dial.
The bar shall be designed so that repeated changes of the dial
' setting will not cause excessive wear and detarioration of the
instrument's accuracy. Aluminum and other soft metals shall not
be used where subject to metal-to-metal rubbing. The aiming bar
I shall have provisions for firmly securing the dial setting after
factory calibration but shall permit field adjustment to the
zero-degree position by the user when the need to do so is indi-
cated by checking its accuracy on the calibration bar. The aim-
ing bar shall utilize a 6-inch (15 cm) level having an accuracy
of i2 minutes and shall be L.S. Starrett No. 98 or equivalent.
The level shall be permanently mounted on the aiming bar to permit
fine adjustments in calibrating the instrument. The level shall
have a protective device to minimize possible damage. Operating
instructions shall be permanently provided on the bar.
L-V-3.5.2 Calibration Bar. A calibration bar shall be provided
w t eac aiming ar to permit field checking and calibration.
The calibration bar shall ba constricted of aluminum of a shape,
size, and thickness to provide a rigid and accurate checking
instrument. The calibration bar shall be designed for lyiig on
a flat surface or in the carrying case (3.5.3) and shall have
adjustment features to permit its being leveled to a horizontal
r plane. A level, not attached to the bar, shall be provided with
each calibration bar to permit leveling. The level shall be the
same type as used on the aiming bar (3.5.1). The calibration
e bar shall have devices comparable to the transition bar and
aperture of the lamp housing so that the aiming bar can be mounted
thereon and accurately adjusted to the zero and 3-degree d.al
settings. Operating instructions shall be permanently provided
on the bar.
L-V-3.5.3 Carr in and Stora a C,se. A case shall be provided
' or carrying an storing t e aiming bar, calibration bar, and level.
It shall be constructed of a material suitable for tebenecd
use and shall, with all parts inside, enough Co n
carried by one person. The case shall have handles for carrying
and suitable latches for securing in a closed position. The
inside shall be designed to accommodate the instruments so they
' will be held firmly in position.
I.-V-3.:x.4 Aimin Instrument Set Finish. All aluminum surfaces
oT tTie a ming an ca rattan _nsstr mists shall be finished in
' accordance with MIL-A-8625.
' L-V-3.6 Power and Control Assembly.
L-V-3.6.1 General. The existing power and control assembly shall
be modified to the extent necessary, if any, to conform with the
descriptions herein. It shall form one compact, self-cooled unit
and shall have provisions for mounting on frangible supports or
on a lamp housing. Units shall be available to power two, four,
or six lamp housings. The operation of the power and control
assembly shall be possible from a remote location. Detailed
description of components and requirements are provided in the
' sub-paragraphs of 3.6.4.
L-V-3.6.2 Power Input Requirements. The power and control
assemblies shall be designed to operate on 240V. (480 V. optional)
for VASI's and 120 V. for SAVASI's'. The input power shall connect
to the internal circuitry through a circuit breaker (paragraph
3.6.4.2).
L_V-3.6.3 Control Cabinet. The control cabinet shall include all
power an control components (3.6.4), including terminal blocks
and protective devices. The cabinet shall be an outdoor, rain-
tight (within the meaning of NEMA definition SC-5-1.018), aluminum,
NEMA type enclosure of sufficient size. Proper high-temperature
wire (3.7.6) shall be used throughout the cabinet. Knockouts are
not required; however, the cable entrance provided shall enable
a watertight connection to be made. Sufficient wiring space shall
be provided in the bottom of the cabinet for all wiring (input,
output, and internal) and for all terminal blocks. Access to the
interior of the cabinet shall be provided through one hinged and
gasketed door equipped with provision for padlocki.ng.. The padlock
hasp shall have a 7/16 inch (1 cm) hole. The door Fhall be able
to open a minimum of 110 degrees. The internal face portion of
the door shall acc,mmodate a moisture resistant wiring diagram
„pith operating instructions for the control unit. An internal
' ground lug shall be provided in the cabinet for grounding, using a
N6 AWG bare, solid copper wire. Electronic components, where used,
shall be mounted on printed wiring boards (3.7.8). All adjustments
located on printed wiring boards shall be lockable and readily
accessible to the operator.. Assembly of circuit components shall
be made so as to facilitate component replacement without removing
the main mounting plate.
t L-V-3.6.4 Components. The following components shall be provided
with in the control cabinet.
L-V-3.6.4.1 Terminal Blocks. Terminal blocks of the enclosed base
type, with screw-pressure terminals for the smaller conductor sizes, 1
e shall be provided. The input positions shall be suitable for
k4 AWG through 48 AWG standard conductors. Positions, suitable
e -
for 08 AWG through #22 AWG standard conductors, shall be provided
for connections of 120V accessjries. Output positiuns, suitable
for 08 AWG through #22 AWG standard conductorstshall besrovided.
Each pressure-type terminal shall be equipped pressure plate
to prevent ttie tip of the screw turning directly on the wire.
Separators are required between the terminals and shall be inter-
grally molded with t`ic base material. The separators shall be of
adequate design to prevent current lea%age due to humidity. Mark-
ing shall be provided in accordance with paragraph 3.10.3.
L-V-3.6.4.2 Circuit Breaker. A 2-pole (single pole for SAVA3I),
mo a -case, t ermo-type circuit breaker shall be provided as
the main circuit breaker and power switch. The circuit breaker
shall have an arc-quenching chamber and shall be capable of 5000
amps RMS interrupting capacity.
L-V-3.6.4.3 Solid State Com onent_R_eauirements. Solid-state
p ase contro evices s a e rated for twice the.`r maximum normal
steady load current and at a minimum of 20 times normal for surge
protection. They shall have suitable heatsinks to insure operation
within the thermal constraints of tie particular device selected.
The equipment shall withstand, without operational interruption or
malfunction and without damage, a transient increase in the
input line voltage of 20% of the peak value for as long as 50
milliseconds. They shall not be damag:d by the currents or
voltage encountgred when lamp fails.
L-V-3.6.4.4 Photoelectric Switch Device. A liah± ensity ,
act vate ev ice s a a prove a All operatinf, comp
' except the photosessing device itself, may be mounted on a printed
wiring board mounted within the cabinet. The applicable features
shall provide rated lamp current/voltage when the illumination
t on a vertical surface facing north reaches 50 to 60 footcandles
(538 to 646 lux) and stall reduce power output to provide only
101 relative lamp intensity when the illumination falls to 25
to 35 footcandles (269 to 377 lux). A single electrical control
shall be provided to adjust the "turn-off" value between 25 and
45 footcandles (269 to 484 lux). A symmetrithe cal otime delay of voltage
prevent
' to 30 seconds shall be provided to
from changing due to transient light conditions. A fail-safe
feature shall set the output power at the 10% lamp intensity
level in the event the photosensing device fails in the open mode.
L-V-3.6.4.5 Photosensin Device. The photesensing device shall
e mounted above tau top sur ace of the cabinet and shall be
able to rotate and lock in position. The device shall be hermet-
ically sealed with a rated output higher than the operational
demand. The device shall have a spectral response which peaks
in the 5500-6000 angstroms region and shell activate thephoto-
electric switching device (3.6.4.4), power supply shall
provide the proper voltages and currents necessary to operate the
photoelectric switching device within the tolerances and conditions
set forth in this specification.
r~.
77
L-V-3.6.4.6 Power Control Device. device shall be
voltages
' prov a to power t e amp ous ng
or currents at the individual lamp housings. Provide one set
of variable controls for each output circuit; i.e., one set for
each two lamp housings to be connected. These controls shall
1 have sufficient range to provide 35-1001 relative lamp intensity
for day use and 1-351 for night use, as activatedrb the photocell.
For series circuits, a true RMS indicating ammete (paragraph
3.6.4.7) shall tie furnished with all solid-state units so that
field settings of 100% and 10% relative lamp intensity can be made
by matching preset marks on the meter. The control device shell
limit the MS value of the output current to no more than 3%
+land
above rated lamp current regardless of the output current
Ot
voltage wave form, input current and voltage fatransients, _al nte ' variation from nominal inpuvoltage, lamp ilu means in the
circuit failure. For multiple circuits, pr
device to compensate for 5 and 10%voltage dropsiinttheopower
input lines and 2-1/2, 5, 7-1/2, and 10% losses n t
circuit lines. This will allow i°ield connections to provide 95-
100% relative lamp intensity for day use and 10-151 intensity for
night use within a 3% voltage variation between lamp housings.
All components shall be readily removable with standard tools
without disconnecting field airing. Small electronic components
such as transistors, diodes, capacitors, resistors, etc., which
are not easily replaceable with standard electrician's such eldasools,
t shall be mounted on r male circuit heat sinks.
SCR's, thyristors, etc., , may be m
All interconnecting wires shall be terminated in either spade or
' slip-on terminals.
L-V-3.6.4.7 RMS Ammeter. A panel-type iron-vane ammeter shall be
provided in constant current power and control units. The ampere
rating of the Thepmeterlshallnhavetat leaste2tpaccuracy of The meter
meter scale.
scale shall be not less than 1200 with 0.2 ampere divisions. The
` ammeter shall measure the output current from the power and control
assembly. A switch shall be provided to switch the meter to the
different output circuits or to an off position.
t ression shall be
L V-3.6.5 Transient 50u resparagranha13.3.4,swlipth all solid state
prove a per - - likht-
' power and control units. In addition, transients caused by
ning, induction, static, switching, electromagnetic interfernce,
etc., shall be suppressed. As a minimum, the transient suppression
shall be capable of a 10 x 20 microsecond c,irrent surge of 15,000
' amperes with the subsequent power-follow current and a voltage
surge of IOKV/microsecond minimum.
I.-V-3.b.6 Repairs. The design of the power and control assembly
eld
s a e sue t at a,i justment and repairs can be la tools, if a in the
re-
with commercially aviiiable shall simple the manufacturer.
quired for servicing, ,
L-V-3.6.7 Power and Control Assembly Finish. All aluminum ex-
ter oT-rr and interior surfaces shall be pretreated with a chemical
film per MIL-C-5541, Class IA. All aluminum exyorior surfaces
of the control cabinet shall be sprayed with one coat of zinc
' chromate primer per Federal Spcification No. TT-P-1757, composi-
tion L, color Y. Following the application of the primer, the
exterior surfaces of the control cabinet shall be painted with
not less than a body coat and a finish coat of alkyd baking enam-
el per Federal Specification TT-E-589, Class B, international
orange, color No. 12197 of FED-STD-595. The paint shall be applied
to at least 3-mil thickness, and the final painted surfaces shall
' be free of blotches, scratches, and runs.
L-V-3.7 Materials. Materials and equipment components shall
5e as specs ie Tierein. Parts or materials not specifically
designated shall be suitable for the intended purpose and shall
be in accordance with the best industrial standards and prac-
tices. All fasteners, other than the screw type, shall be of
corrosion-resistant material. Threaded fastener material shall
be in accordance with MIL -S-7720 (300 series) or QQ-B-626.
L-V-3.7.1 Metals. Metals shall be either inherently corrosion 1
resistant or suitably protected to resist corrosion or oxidation.
The use of dissimilar metals shall be in accordance with MIL-
STD-889A. Parts to be removed during servicing should be suit-
ably coated to prevent corrosion or seizing.
L-V-3.7.2 Aluminum, Aluminum shall be in accordance with Fed-
era Specs cat ons OQ'A-200/8 and 9 and with QQ-A-250. All alum-
inum surfaces which aria not required to be painted shall be
anodized after fabrication in accordance with MIL-A-8625.
' L-V-3.7.3 Fiber Glass. All material used shall meet the follow-
ing requirements. The resin used in the laminate preparation
shall: meet the requirements for Grade A, Class 0 resin in accor-
dance with Military Specification MIL-R-7575. The reinforcing
mat shall meet the requirements for type PR fiber glass as set
forth in Military Specification MIL-M-IS617. Glass reinforcing,
fabric shall meet the requirements of Military Specification
MIL-C-9084. The eelcoat shall consist of polyester resin com-
pounded for spray application. The formulation used shall pro-
duce a tightly-adheving, nonbrittle, pit-free, glossy coating
on the housing shell. It shall be the manufacturer's responsi-
bility to meet the requirements for formulation and application.
Additive filler shall comply with paragraph 3.3.4 of Federal
Specification L-P-383. The adhesive used in fabrication shall
be a structural epoxy-type. Formulations containing metallic or
carbon powders as bulking agents shall not be used.
' L-V-3.7.3.1 Fabrication. The manufacturer shall select a fab-
rica~ t on metTiocT`th~et produce a laminate that meets the fol-
,,,77i 777.7,V1751i I'
77
r -
requirements. The laminate shall have 3St51 glass by
lowing
I weight. The maximum permissible quantity of fillers used, based
on weight percentage of resin, shall be 5% with cloth reinforcing
and 30% with mat reinforcing. The interior surface shall he
equivalent to a bag-molded surface, withsmooth xeriorsur surfac e
equivalent to that obtained by molding against polished
A dye stabilizer, American Cyanamid Company's "Cyasorb WG Light
Absorber," or equal shall be incorporated into the gelcoat in
accordance with
1 5tmilsainfthickn~~s maytbecapplied to obtain the
required surface texture. The le be free
I cracks, holes, blisters resin pockets sin, porosity,
burning, areas lacking resin, tackiness. delamination, wrinkling, roughness, and warpage. All such defects may be
reworked, except tackiness and serious warp tg . lorRshall
r be achieved by thoroughly mixing
prior to application. Lap widths shall be superimposed upon each
other.
L-V-3.7.40 Gasket - Mat Materials the shall
e ma a askets• etc., and shall not
r such as for door seal, dust cover g
include natural rubber or other materials which deteriorate rapidly.
L-V-3.7.S Grommets. Grommets shall meet the requirements of
I _ ,.paragraph 1-3. 10.8.
L-V-3.7.6 Cables and Wires. Cables and wires used for connection
o t e power an c°ntaragraphn3.lOt2, norhelsewhereain thissspecc
paragraph
I ified under wiring,
ifcation.
I
L_V_3,7,7 Component Ratings. When component ratings are not
specified t ey s as be selected to insure that the components
spec-
temperaturesfentheir counterednormally
underetheespec-
are not °alueseforntheexcess
mad
ified environmental conditions.
L.y_3,7,8 printed Wiring Boards. s suitable nfor this application.
' conform t~ ustry Stan a bases is ,)rohibited.
Use of copper-clad laminate.. with paper
Connectors shall conform to the best industry standards.
L-V_3,8 Workmanship: The equi4» nt shall be fabricated in accor-
ance w~itT-t a est industry practice. Welds, seams, corners,
and t eliminate
and edges shall bconstructed
edges, smooth,
edges, unsightly protrusions, oil welding flux, and
accurate bends and corners. All grease,
.
dirt shall be removed prior to pa
1,_V_3,9 Name lates• provide a nameplate permanently and legibly
r
It, I rP~ `5
W MT
7"11177
,p
filled in with at least the following:
L -V 3.9 1 Lamp housing.
FAA-L-851, VASI.
Identification: or trademark.
Manufacturer's part number, type, names
L-V-3.9.2 Power and Control Unite
FAA-L-851, VASI.
Identification: amperes, single phase 60 iiz.
volts,
Input Rating: or trademark.
Manufacturer's part number, type, name,
L V 3 9 3 Aiming Bar.
Identification: FAA-L-851. or trademark.
Manufacturer's part number, type, names I,-V-3.9.4 Calibration Bar.
FAA-L-851.
Identification: or trademark.
Manufacturer's part number, type, name,
The aiming and calibration bar
L-V-3,9,5 Instructioav~lainstruction plate installed on the
i
cover in a location easily viewed by the user
carrying case s a
contain all necessary instructions for calibration and
the
and istnsalidle of the
use of the aiming instrument set.
Wirin and Markin .
11-V-3.10 Assembl
Assembly of all parts shall be in a per-
t-V-3.10.1 Assembl -r onents accessible for servici~h t
that
m manner w tn of comp
bolts used shall cc uf sufficient leilg tightenfer at least three l full
repepllac acement. All threads wi;l show over the out alltboltsgchawhesrse
or grounding. The is
ink,. Internal-tooth lockwashers shall br wed of the electrical
good electrical continuity is eqsired f
art
shall not be used as a current-carrying p
circuitry. with
Connecting wires shall he of copper
1, V-3.10.2 Wirin uate AWG size for thelint14ded
a A-G-2100/1 ,
proper insu a non cover and of b paragrap
L
in accord ance with l
application shall conform
ecified, the wires and wring Insulated
1 Unless otherwise ether, the bundle. Secured
to the National be l ~loselylgrCode o upedo toganelboiard wiring
condue:tors may
t
with flame- retardant lacing or wiring clips and properly trained
and supported to avoid strain on the connections. hire bends with
short radii will not be permitted. When removing insuletion from
the wire ends, care shall be taken to avoid nicking or cutting
the conductors.
L-V-3.10.3 Marking. All circuit components shall be clearly
lint"1 1~' ed by -nameplates or bold permanent-type stencils.
Identification markings shall agree with designations on the wiring
diagram and parts list. All control wires shall bo provided with
end identificaiton in the form of a plastic band around the wire
with identifying markings permanently stamped thereon or with
' the markings permanently stamped into the wire itself or with
color coded wire. All power conductors shall be similarly marked.
except that a permanently stamped rigid laminate tag may be
I attached near the cable ends in lieu of the above. The terminating
points for all wires and cables at terminal blocks shall be clearly
identified with the circuit and terminal designations shown on
the wiring diagram.
L-V-3.11 Wirin Diagram. A complete wiring diagram of the elec-
triccircuits s a e mounted on the inner face of the control
I cabinet. The diagram shall be moisture-resistant or encased in
a moisture-resistant material. All leads and terminals shall
be identified on the connection diagram. The diagram shall be
sufficiently large to be easily read. All circuit components
are to be shown*and properly identified, no "black boxes" are
to be shown.
L-V-3.12 Instruction Books. Two instruction books shall be
furnished with each system ordered. Each book is to have
a complete parts list, which includes the manufacturer's name
' and identifying part number, for each item listed, together
with installation instructions for each installation. Also,
provide a parts list and installation instructions with individual
' assemblies when shi for maintenance or replacement purposes.
Furnish sufficient rawings and instructions to indicate clearly
the method of assembly and installation. Furnish sufficient
schematic wiring diagrams and theory of operation to facilitate
field repairs to all systems components.
L-V-4. QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS.
I L-V-4.1 Quality Control Provisions. The manufacturer shall
provide an maintain a qua ity control program in accordance with
' FAA-STD-013a.
L-V-4.2 ualifiration Procedures. Manufacturers producing
products, ce t tie y t e as having met the requirements
specified herein, will be listed as approved suppliers in Ad-
I
777
".1 het pPProved Airport Lighting Equipment.
visory Circular 150/5345-1,
Requests for qualification should be sub 50,tedl in writings to
the Airports Engineering Division, leoffice of rpors
ast two weeks prior
Programs, FAA, Washington, D.C. 20591, at
tests. The euest all inc:
to start afqualifica the nmanufacturer ragrees tl0 complylwith
L
~l~ A s
ry copy
all provisions of this specification; and (3) Ay ~elprmoinoased
test procedures and test data sheets; hotograpns, and installa-
of the instruction book with drreliminapy analysis of the manu-
tion instructions to permit a P
facturer's design. Successful completion of all tests specified
herein, approval of the instruction booksians w it tenaagreement by
a
the manufacturer to comply with all b pe witnessed by an authorized
for qualification All tests may
FAA representative and may be conducted at theanufcturto,the
1 plant or at an independent testing laboratory acceptable and bear
FAA. The manufacturer shall supply a of the test results of all
all testing costs. A certified copy .suthe
shall be tprerov success-
i ful ccmple 10 copies of the final approved version of
the FAA, ifnrsteerucoftion book. A Product, once listed in Advisory Circular 1 150/5345-1, may not be changed as to design, metho3 of
:manufacture,
concurof ma terials,For substitution of components
quality orquantity
t Tests. All tests as specified in paragraphs
without prior L-V-4.3 ualification T
conducted for qualification.
ru s a
L-V-4.4 Production tests. The tests specified in paragraphs
,5.1,2 an .5. s al be conducted, as a minimum, oit all
production units.
L-V-4.5 Test Procedures.
' 1 V 4 5 l Visual Inspection.
L-V-4.5.1.1 ualification Unit. The unit for qualification shall
e visua y inspecte or con ormanceto of manufacturerIselesign ,he t and specification, includilg the adequaccted
between the physical
components and the establinlist.agreThe dimensions specified
equipment, drawings, arid parts assembly shalt be checked
for the optical bench in the lamp housing ass
for conformance.
1.-V-4.5.1.2 Production. Units. Each production unit shall be
Jnspecte against a ects- oT workmanship and materials and for
' leteness and conformance with the design of the qualification
camp
unit.
'..s.2 Salt Spray Test. Salt spray test shall be performed in
t
r
accordance with MIL-STD-8108, Method 509.
L-V-4.S.3 Rain Test. The manufacturer shall conduct such rain
tests as deemed necessary to assure that equipment will operate
r properly without damage during conditions of severe thunderstorms.
Rain test procedures will be subject to FAA approval.
L-V-4.5.4 Ri idit Test. A uniformly distributed sand load of
r ps g m shall-be applied over the entire top surface
of the lamp housing. Before applying the load, the unit for qual-
ification shall be set up as specified in paragraph 4.5.6, the
r lamps energized, and the light pattern disvlayed on a vertical
surface 20 feet (6 m) from the aperture. The top, bottom, anu the
sides of the beam pattern and the transition lines shall be marked
' on the wall. The load shall then be applied by letting the sand
pour down on the center of the lamp housing, preventing svili-
over on the edees. After loading the unit with the required
amount of sand. the load shall be left on five minutes. Durine
I the application of the load, upon full load, and upon removal of
the load, the beam pattern and the transition lines shall re-
main within t1/4 inch (0.6 cm) from the original markings.
L-V-4.5.5 Operation Test. The lamp housing shall be connected
to is power source to test the lamp-out circuitry. The lamps
' shall be removed, one at a time, to check for proper operation.
The tests shall.be conducted for the day and nightime models, of
operation. For SAVASI and VASI-2 lamp housings, check the tilt
switch system to determine compliance with paragraph 3.4.1'x.
' L-V-4.5.6 Calibration of Aiming Bar. The lamp housing shall
c set up on cur mounting legs an aimed to a zero-degree set-
ting by use of a transit. The transit shall be located 100 feet
(30.5 m) in front of the lamp housing and sighted to align the
bottom surfaces of the transition bar and aperture in a horizontal
plane. The production model aiming bar shall then be placed in i,
i ' the lamp housing and its dial indicator set at zero degrees. The
aiming bar level shall then be adjusted to center the bubble and
the adjustment mechanism shall then be secured. The adjustment
r to the aiming bar shall not be changed during the subsequent tests.
The lamp housing shall then be re-aimed to an angle of 2 degrees
using the production model aiming bar previously calibrated. The
r angular setting of the lamp housing shall then be checked by use
of the transit and shall be within 12 minutes of 1 degrees. The
procedure shall be repeated for angles of 3, 4, S, and 6 degrees.
The transit may be moved in SO feet (15 m) for the three higher
r angle tests.
r
r
r
a
00001"771-1, -rw7-,,
-
Bars,
6. 1 Production Unit Tests
The
lifiction i ahall be set ~P andileveled,
' The calibration bar used for q shall be laced on the
aiming bar, calibrated according to paragraph 4.5.6, p
calibration bar with its dial set at zero degrees. Level the calibration Thbar is so
' that the level bubble on the aiming bar is centered within ~2 minutes,
calibration bar can then be used as the standard for calibrating the production
unit aiming bars. Production unit calibration bars shall be checkf.d by repeat-
ing the above procedure with the aiming bar used for qualification„ Alterna-
h checking the
submi►.ted to and approved by the. used where detailed po
L-V-4.5.7 Dielectric Test. A dielectric test shall be made on all power and
control components and wring of the qualification unit. The tests shall be
1 made using 60 Hz AG voltage applied for 1 minute between insulated parts
and ground.
1.5 KV
All power wiring
All control equipment and control wiring 0. 5 KV
8 Performanc : Tests. The power and control assembly shall be
connected to a lord consisting of one or three PAR-64 lamps (as applicable) in
each of its output circuits. The power and control assembly shall meet the
performance requirements of paragraph 3.6.4.6 while the input voltage is ex-
ternally adjusted through the range of plus or minus 10116 of its designed value.
The photosensing device shall be electrically connected to the assembly, and
operation, within the footcandle limits as set forth in paragraph 3.6.4.4 of
this specification, shall be demonstrated using the standard procedures for
' setting photoelectric controls contained in NBS1R 741603.
Each production unit
L-V-4, 5. 8.1 Performance Teats Production Units.
' shall be connected to a power source and to a load. The circuit breake:• shall
be used for "on-off, control, and the photoelectric twitching device shill be int
sity employed t°fullelo load, the output component* At the two
shallrbeucheck deto de-
levels.
termine conformance with the apeciticati-ns,
L V 4 S. g Viah and Low Temperature Test. With the design input voltage
set and the high and low light output intensities calibrated and set at 10056 and
at 101,10, the entire power and control assembly shall be placed in as environ. and ' mental chamber. The chamber shall be provided with a viewing
wiadings shall
provisioned for bringing in power and load leads, Temperatu re
be required on the top of the control cabinet. Humidity and altitude controls
of not less than chamber shall be raised to
' are not required. he
is temperature, the oadsSoC•
+1°. Alter r a a pe
1
' shall lie connected and the power and control assembly shall be energized for a
period of not less than 6 hours. The loads shall be operated at the high current
step during this test, except that periodically the photoelectric switching device
' shall be activated to prove continued operation of this device. Temperatures of
the top of the case shall be observed on an hourly basis. After completion of
thin lest, the temperature of the chamber shall be lowered to -430C. +1° a.1d
' after 4 hours or more at this temperature, the power and control assembly shall
again he energized for at least 2 ho-,rs and the photocell control unit activated to
prove continued operation at low ambient temperatures. During the operating
period of this test, the input voltage shall be regulated to within +l%a of design
voltage. At no point shall the output current or voltage deviate more than +I%.
The movement of air through the environmental chamber shall not be greater
than that necessary to maintain temperature, ane. at no time shall moving air be
forced over the surface of the unit under test or over the photocell control unit
controlling the power output level of the power and control assembly. The cur-
rent through the loads shall he checked on an hourly basis and recorded on the
test data sheet.
L-V-4. 5. 10 Transient Suppression Test. The power and control assembly
shall be tested in accordance with method C506 of MIL-STD-462, including
Notices 1, 2, and 3, to demonstrate that the transient suppreusion meets the
requirements of paragraph 3.6.5. On completion of the transient suppressicn
test, the power and control assembly shall meet the performance test of
paragraph 4. 5, 8.
' L-V-4. 5, 11 Photometric Tests, The lamp housing and optical bench shall be
leveled as outlined in paragraph 4.5.6, The distance between thet transition
' ,ar of the lamp housing and the detector, measuring the light intensity, shall
ae 100 feet (30. 5 m). Thy center of the detector shall be set level with the
center of the lamp housing aparture. After the lamp housing is connected to
its power source, adjustments shall be made to +he power unit to provide exact
rated voltage or current to the lamps, Photometric tests shall be run three
' times with a random selection from the type of lamps specified for the unit.
All tests shall meet the mLitmum photometric requirements illustrated in
figure 2 or figures 3 and as applicable.
L-V-4. 5. 12 Additional Tests. Make additional inspections and tests as
deemed necessary by the Federal Aviation Administration, Office of Airports
Piograms, Washington, D. C. to determine compliance with this specification.
L-V-4. 5, 13 Guarantee. The manufacturer shall provide each customer with
' at least the following minimum guarantee: That the product has been manu-
factured in accordance with, and will perform as required by, the governing
specification and that any defect in material or workmanship which may develop
a
during proper and normal use during a period of one year from date of installa-
tioin or a maximum of two years from date of shipment will be corrected by
repair or replacement by the manufacturer f. o. b, factory.
Cor►struction Methods
1,-V-5.I Location of System Components. The lamp housings and the power
' and control unit aihall be placed in the locations indicated on the drawings.
1.-V-5.2 Concrete Bases. Concrete bases shall be provided for the system
components as indicated on the drawings, including steel reinforcing, and
chamfering of the edges of the concrete which will :email exposed above
finished grade.
' L-V-5.3 Adjusting and Testing. Placing the system in operation, and testing
and adjusting it, shall be performed in accordance with the descriptions here-
inbefore, and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
' Method of Measurement
t L-V-6. 1. The quantity of VASI-4 systems to be paid for under this item shall
be one, completed in place, in operation, and accepted by the Engineer.
' Basis of Payment
L-V-7. 1. Payment shall be made at the contract item price for the complete
VASI-4 system ina,:ailed in place and accepted by the Engineer. This price
shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials; for all preparation,
assembly, and insl;.:tlation of components and material; and for all labor,
equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete this item.
t Payment will be made under:
' L-V installation of visual approach slope indicators and accessories.
1 -0-
~ r